DCS-Mirror
/
translationCore-Create-BCS_or_tN
mirror of https://git.door43.org/translationCore-Create-BCS/or_tN
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Converted from en_tn_06-JOS.tsv to tn_JOS.tsv 

Signed-off-by: unfoldingWord <info@unfoldingword.org>
This commit is contained in:
unfoldingWord 2023-09-05 06:32:54 +00:00
parent 62c09b95d4
commit 1f42215c84
2 changed files with 913 additions and 913 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

913
en_tn_06-JOS.tsv
View File

@ -1,913 +0,0 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br>- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br>- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br>- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br>- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.<br>
JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.<br>
JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 2 vix4 figs-you אַתָּה֙ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 you and all this people The word “you” here refers to Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 1 3 v1l7 figs-pastforfuture כָּל־מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 I have given you every place God giving the land to the Israelites in the future is spoken of as if he gave it to them in the past. This emphasizes that he will certainly give it to them. Alternate translation: “I will give to you every place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 1 3 xjc9 figs-you בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 I have given you The word “you” refers to both Joshua and the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 1 3 t94e figs-idiom כָּל־מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 every place where the sole of your foot will walk This refers to all the places Joshua and the Israelites will travel when they cross the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “everywhere you go in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 4 wl7a 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Joshua.
JOS 1 4 nbe3 figs-you גְּבוּלְ⁠כֶֽם 1 your land The word “your” refers to the tribes of Israel and not only Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 1 5 w48w figs-you יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב…לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 to stand before you In verse 5 the words “you” and “your” refer to Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 1 5 iq2e figs-doublet לֹ֥א אַרְפְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠לֹ֥א אֶעֶזְבֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 I will not abandon you or leave you The words “abandon” and “leave” mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that he will not do these things. Alternate translation: “I will certainly stay with you always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JOS 1 6 a5yc figs-imperative 0 General Information: Yahweh gives Joshua a series of commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JOS 1 6 gn34 figs-imperative חֲזַ֖ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֑ץ 1 Be strong and courageous Yahweh commands Joshua to overcome his fears with courage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JOS 1 7 db9m figs-imperative אַל־תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול 1 Do not turn from it to the right or to the left This can be stated as a positive command. Alternate translation: “Follow it exactly” or “Follow them exactly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JOS 1 7 jy5x תַּשְׂכִּ֔יל 1 be successful “achieve your goal” or “reach your goal”
JOS 1 8 t4mz 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Joshua.
JOS 1 8 lcs7 figs-doublet תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֖⁠ךָ וְ⁠אָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל 1 prosperous and successful These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize great prosperity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 1 9 vt4l figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Have I not commanded you? This refers to Yahweh commanding Joshua. Alternate translation: “I have commanded you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 1 9 fnz8 figs-imperative חֲזַ֣ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֔ץ 1 Be strong and courageous! Yahweh is commanding Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JOS 1 10 b59x figs-explicit הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 the people This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 1 11 f3rg figs-quotesinquotes עִבְר֣וּ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה וְ⁠צַוּ֤וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הָכִ֥ינוּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם צֵידָ֑ה כִּ֞י בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים אַתֶּם֙ עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֔ם נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 Go through the camp and command the people, ‘Prepare … possess.’ Embedded quotes can be expressed as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “Go through the camp and command the people to prepare provisions for themselves. In three days they will cross over this Jordan and go in and possess the land that Yahweh their God is giving them to possess.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JOS 1 11 ck8h בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים 1 In three days Here Joshua was counting his present day as day one. Alternate translation: “Two days from now” or “On the day after tomorrow”
JOS 1 11 wg1e figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן 1 cross over this Jordan “cross over” refers to going to the opposite side of the river. Alternate translation: “travel to the other side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 12 uji6 figs-explicit 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Manasseh chose to settle east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 1 12 fx7h translate-names וְ⁠לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִי֙ 1 Reubenites These were the descendants of Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 1 12 z8vh translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֔י 1 Gadites These were the decendants of Gad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 1 14 mm4q 0 General Information: Joshua continues speaking to the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh.
JOS 1 14 tf68 טַפְּ⁠כֶם֮ 1 your little ones “your little children”
JOS 1 14 fb4d figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 beyond the Jordan This refers to the east side of the Jordan River. Later most of the Israelites would live west of the Jordan, so they called the east side “beyond the Jordan.” But at this time they were all still on the east side. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 15 b5yt figs-idiom אֲשֶׁר־יָנִ֨יחַ…לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮ 1 given your brothers rest This refers to Israel defeating all their enemies residing in Canaan that they were to conquer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 15 g4ez וְ⁠שַׁבְתֶּ֞ם לְ⁠אֶ֤רֶץ יְרֻשַּׁתְ⁠כֶם֙ וִֽ⁠ירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם 1 you will … possess it This refers to living out their life on the land in peace.
JOS 1 15 rrj2 figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן מִזְרַ֥ח הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 beyond the Jordan, where the sun rises This refers to the east side of the Jordan river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 1 16 c7t9 0 General Information: These Isrelites were specifically the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh that replied to Joshua.
JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
JOS 2 1 ig8n translate-names נ֠וּן 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
JOS 2 4 k613 0 General Information: Rahab the prostitute protects the two Israelite spies from harm.
JOS 2 4 l15y וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה אֶת־שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 But the woman had taken the two men and hidden them This happened before the king’s messenger spoke to her.
JOS 2 4 am3m הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה 1 the woman This refers to Rahab, the prostitute.
JOS 2 5 j3x6 בַּ⁠חֹ֨שֶׁךְ֙ 1 dusk This is the time that day begins to change to the darkness of night.
JOS 2 6 l5zb writing-background וְ⁠הִ֖יא הֶעֱלָ֣תַ⁠ם הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה וַֽ⁠תִּטְמְנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ הָ⁠עֲרֻכ֥וֹת לָ֖⁠הּ עַל־הַ⁠גָּֽג 1 But she had taken them … on the roof This is background information and explains how she had hidden the men in [Joshua 2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 2 6 st56 הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה 1 the roof The roof was flat and strong, so people could walk around on it.
JOS 2 6 b99c בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י 1 flax a plant that is grown for its fibers, which is used in making cloth
JOS 2 7 kdj3 וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים רָדְפ֤וּ אַֽחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 the men pursued them The men pursued the spies because of what Rahab had told them in [Joshua 2:5](../02/05.md).
JOS 2 7 p4sx הַֽ⁠מַּעְבְּר֑וֹת 1 fords places where a river or other body of water is shallow enough for people to get to the other side by walking through it
JOS 2 8 ds5e figs-idiom טֶ֣רֶם יִשְׁכָּב֑וּ⁠ן 1 not yet lain down This refers to going to sleep for the night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 2 9 t8zy figs-you יָדַ֕עְתִּי כִּֽי־נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 I know that Yahweh has given you the land The word “you” refers to the all the Israelite people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 2 9 xr6a figs-metaphor נָפְלָ֤ה אֵֽימַתְ⁠כֶם֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 fear of you has come upon us Becoming afraid is spoken of as if feat came and attacked them. Alternate translation: “we have become afraid of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 2 9 u74z figs-metaphor נָמֹ֛גוּ…מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 will melt away before you This compares the fearful people to ice melting and flowing away. Possible meanings are 1) they will be weak in the Israelites’ presence or 2) they will be scattered. Alternate translation: “will be so afraid that they will not resist you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 2 10 m3e1 0 General Information: Rahab continues to talk to the Israelite spies.
JOS 2 10 bcm2 יַם־סוּף֙ 1 the Sea of Reeds This is another name for the Red Sea.
JOS 2 10 c6i6 translate-names לְ⁠סִיחֹ֣ן וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֔וֹג 1 Sihon … Og These are the names of the Amorite kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 11 qx6v figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹא־קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 our hearts melted and there was no courage left in anyone These two phrases share similar meanings, combined for emphasis. The phrase “our hearts melted” compares the hearts of the fearful people of Jericho to ice melting and flowing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 2 12 j6sz 0 General Information: Rahab continues to talk to the Israelite spies.
JOS 2 12 nmi4 figs-parallelism הִשָּֽׁבְעוּ־נָ֥א לִ⁠י֙…וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם לִ֖⁠י א֥וֹת אֱמֶֽת 1 please swear to me … Give me a sure sign These are similar statements of Rahab seeking assurance from the spies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 2 12 nh3t figs-you עָשִׂ֥יתִי עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם חָ֑סֶד 1 I have been kind to you The word “you” refers to the two spies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 2 13 m6i6 figs-euphemism וְ⁠הַחֲיִתֶ֞ם אֶת־…וְ⁠הִצַּלְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־נַפְשֹׁתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מִ⁠מָּֽוֶת 1 spare the lives … save us from death a polite way of saying “do not to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JOS 2 14 ji8q 0 General Information: The Israelite spies make the promise which Rahab asked for in [Joshua 2:12](../02/12.md)
JOS 2 14 yb7i figs-idiom נַפְשֵׁ֤⁠נוּ תַחְתֵּי⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠מ֔וּת 1 Our life for yours, even to death This idiom is a way of swearing and asking God to curse them if they do not keep their promise. Alternate translation: “If we do not do what we promise, may Yahweh cause us to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 2 15 b3dr 0 General Information: The Israelite spies continue to talk to Rahab.
JOS 2 17 dmh8 figs-hypo 1 This expresses a condition for the promise the spies had made to Rahab. The word, “this,” refers to “tie this scarlet rope in the window” in [Joshua 2:18](../02/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 2 18 e4iw 0 General Information: The Israelite spies continue talking to Rahab.
JOS 2 18 x2n8 0 Connecting Statement: The Israelite spies clarify the condition they expressed in [Joshua 2:15](../02/15.md).
JOS 2 19 vdc9 figs-hypo כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־יֵצֵא֩ מִ⁠דַּלְתֵ֨י 1 Whoever goes out of the doors of your house This phrase expresses a condition, creating a hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 2 19 k27w figs-metonymy דָּמ֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ 1 blood will be upon their own heads Here “blood” represents a person’s death. To be responsible for their own death is spoken of as if their blood would be on their heads. Alternate translation: “their death will be their own fault” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 2 19 m728 וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ נְקִיִּ֑ם 1 we will be guiltless “we will be innocent”
JOS 2 19 qg47 figs-euphemism אִם־יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 if a hand is laid upon any Here “a hand is laid upon” is a polite way of referring to causing someone injury. Alternate translation: “if we cause injury to any” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JOS 2 20 ew4z 0 General Information: The two Israelite spies continue to speak to Rahab about their promise to her. The spies required Rahab to remain silent about their visit or they would be free from their oath to protect her family.
JOS 2 20 e659 figs-you וְ⁠אִם־תַּגִּ֖ידִי 1 if you speak “You” refers to Rahab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 2 21 uxw6 כְּ⁠דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֣ם כֶּן 1 May what you say be done Rahab agreed to their terms of the oath to protect her family.
JOS 2 22 gjr5 0 General Information: The two Israelites spies leave Jericho.
JOS 2 22 a2i7 figs-explicit שָׁ֖בוּ הָ⁠רֹדְפִ֑ים 1 their pursuers returned It may be helpful to say they returned to Jericho. Alternate translation: “their pursuers returned to the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 2 22 y2rj וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצָֽאוּ 1 found nothing This refers to the men not finding the spies.
JOS 2 23 zps9 figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֜בוּ שְׁנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ 1 The two men returned The two men returned back to the Israelite’s camp. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 2 23 y6et figs-doublet וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֜בוּ…וַ⁠יֵּרְד֣וּ…וַ⁠יַּעַבְרוּ֙ וַ⁠יָּבֹ֔אוּ 1 returned and crossed over and came back These are similar expressions referring to returning to where the Israelite’s are camped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 2 23 u3is figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּעַבְרוּ֙ 1 crossed over “cross over” means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 2 23 i2bk translate-names נ֑וּן 1 Nun This is a male name; the father of Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JOS 3 1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
JOS 3 2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority.
JOS 3 3 ghy1 figs-metonymy אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֣ם 1 people This is the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 3 4 tn3h translate-bdistance כְּ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם אַמָּ֖ה 1 two thousand cubits “2,000 cubits.” The word “cubit” is a measurement equaling the distance from the elbow to the finger tips. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 3 5 hy6c הִתְקַדָּ֑שׁוּ 1 Consecrate yourselves This refers to a special preparation of being religiously clean before Yahweh.
JOS 3 5 wz6l יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠כֶ֖ם נִפְלָאֽוֹת 1 Yahweh will do wonders Yahweh will be doing miracles for all to see and experience.
JOS 3 6 ts4p שְׂאוּ֙ אֶת־אֲר֣וֹן 1 Take up the ark This is referring to the levites picking up the ark for the purpose of carrying it from one location to another.
JOS 3 7 u6dt 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Joshua what the priest are to do.
JOS 3 7 q8ud figs-metaphor אָחֵל֙ גַּדֶּלְ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 I will make you a great man in the eyes of all Israel The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “the people will see what I do and realize that I have made you a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 3 8 b797 קְצֵה֙ מֵ֣י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 edge of the waters of the Jordan Joshua is to approach the bank or edge of the Jordan River.
JOS 3 9 pd66 0 General Information: Joshua tells Israel what Yahweh is about to do
JOS 3 10 u9w6 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הוֹרֵ֣שׁ יוֹרִ֣ישׁ מִ֠⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶם 1 drive out from before you Yahweh will force the other people living on the land to leave or be killed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 3 11 zex2 figs-idiom עֹבֵ֥ר 1 crosses over “cross over” means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “will travel from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 3 12 u1wf 0 General Information: Joshua continues to tell Israel of the miracle that Yahweh will do.
JOS 3 12 u1wg 0 General Information: Just as Israel’s fathers experience crossing the Red Sea, these people will experience crossing the Jordan river on dry land.
JOS 3 13 bej3 כַּפּ֣וֹת רַגְלֵ֣י 1 the soles of the feet This refers to the bottom of their feet.
JOS 3 13 u9rl מִ⁠לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 upstream This word refers to the direction the Jordan River water is flowing toward Israel.
JOS 3 13 s6ud וְ⁠יַעַמְד֖וּ נֵ֥ד אֶחָֽד 1 stand in one heap The water will stay in one spot or place. It will not flow around the priests.
JOS 3 15 nhu7 figs-synecdoche בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 edge of the water This can refer to the surface of the water as well as the bank where the water flows to dry land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 3 15 mu2b writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר 1 now the Jordan overflows all its banks throughout the time of the harvest This is background information and it emphasizes the scale of what Yahweh is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 3 17 dp93 0 General Information: The miraculous Jordan River crossing continues.
JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 3 g6yc figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠צַוּ֣וּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֮ לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ שְׂאֽוּ־לָ⁠כֶ֨ם מִ⁠זֶּ֜ה מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מִ⁠מַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּל֕וֹן אֲשֶׁר־תָּלִ֥ינוּ ב֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 Give them this command: ‘…‘ The nested quote can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Give them this command to take up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan where the priests are standing on the dry ground, and bring them over with you and lay them down in the place where you will spend the night tonight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JOS 4 4 r99r 0 General Information: Joshua tells the twelve men what to do.
JOS 4 5 wr9d figs-explicit אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠הָרִ֨ימוּ לָ⁠כֶ֜ם אִ֣ישׁ אֶ֤בֶן אַחַת֙ עַל־שִׁכְמ֔⁠וֹ 1 into the middle of the Jordan. Each of you is to take up a stone upon his shoulder Each of the twelve men were to pick up a large stone from the Jordan River bed and carry them to the other side to build a monument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 6 v6tn 0 General Information: Joshua tells Israel what the pile of twelve stones mean.
JOS 4 7 bq5m figs-activepassive נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־יְהוָ֔ה 1 The waters of the Jordan were cut off before the ark of the covenant of Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan in front of the ark of his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 4 7 gsy5 נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ 1 The waters of the Jordan were “The Jordan River was”
JOS 4 7 ew13 נִכְרְת֜וּ…מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן 1 were cut off before the ark The Jordan River was prevented by God from flowing up to the ark that was being carried by the priests.
JOS 4 7 ww74 נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ 1 the waters of the Jordan were cut off The water flowing down the Jordan River stopped before the ark so everyone including the ark traveled on the dry river bed.
JOS 4 8 q4qp 0 General Information: Joshua and Israel continue to do as Yahweh commanded.
JOS 4 8 f69z figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֡וּ שְׁתֵּֽי־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה אֲבָנִ֜ים מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 they picked up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan This refers to the twelve men picking up stones from the middle of the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 9 igh8 figs-explicit וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֧ים עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֗ים הֵקִ֣ים יְהוֹשֻׁעַ֮ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒ 1 Then Joshua set up twelve stones in the middle of the Jordan These were twelve additional stones, not the stones that the twelve men carried from the river bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 9 yb3y וַ⁠יִּ֣הְיוּ שָׁ֔ם עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The memorial is there to this day This means the memorial was there to the day that the author was writing this book.
JOS 4 10 reg9 הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒ 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River.
JOS 4 10 bl85 figs-metonymy הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 the people This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 4 10 er8c figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹֽרוּ 1 crossed over This means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from one side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 11 vff8 figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 before the people This refers to being in front of the people or in the sight of all the people. Everyone saw the ark being carried by the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 12 gp7q figs-explicit וַ֠⁠יַּעַבְרוּ בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֨ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָ֜ד וַ⁠חֲצִ֨י שֵׁ֤בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁה֙ חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh passed before the people of Israel formed up as an army These were the soldiers of the 3 tribes that were fulfilling their obligation to lead the Israelites into battle for settling on the East side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 14 cc5t כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יָרְא֥וּ 1 just as they The word “they” refers to the people of Israel.
JOS 4 15 m7sg 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Joshua to have the priests exit the Jordan River.
JOS 4 17 xw1x 0 General Information: The Author was making it clear that parting the Jordan River was no different than parting the Red Sea for the previous generation.
JOS 4 18 m5z1 וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֤בוּ מֵֽי־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ לִ⁠מְקוֹמָ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ כִ⁠תְמוֹל־שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 waters of the Jordan returned to their place and overflowed its banks The Jordan River was overflowing its banks and flooding the area before and after Israel passed through on dry land.
JOS 4 19 bf72 עָלוּ֙ מִן־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 came up out of the Jordan This refers to when Israel crossed the Jordan River on dry ground.
JOS 4 19 zy5r translate-hebrewmonths בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן 1 on the tenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 4 20 s8s2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲבָנִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The twelve stones that they took out of the Jordan Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 4 22 lx8h 0 General Information: Joshua continues to remind the people the purpose of the pile of stones.
JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.<br>
JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted … there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 5 3 m1u7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ־ל֥⁠וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים וַ⁠יָּ֨מָל֙ אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י 1 Joshua made himself flint knives … he circumcised all the males There were over 600,000 males, so it is understood that while Joshua was in charge of this task, many other people helped him. If this would confuse your readers, you may want to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Joshua and the Israelites made themselves flint knives … they circumcised all the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 5 3 jin6 translate-names גִּבְעַ֖ת הָ⁠עֲרָלֽוֹת 1 Gibeath Haaraloth This is a place name which commemorates Israel rededicating themselves to Yahweh. It means “the hill of the foreskins.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 5 4 i17c 0 General Information: The reason all the males of Israel had to be circumcised is explained.
JOS 5 4 uz5p אַנְשֵׁ֣י הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֗ה 1 the men of war the men who were old enough to be soldiers
JOS 5 6 k8wl figs-metonymy שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה 1 obey the voice of Yahweh Here “voice” refers to the things that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “obey the things that Yahweh commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 5 6 jrp7 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 5 9 x1q8 figs-metaphor הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם גַּלּ֛וֹתִי אֶת־חֶרְפַּ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This day I have rolled away the disgrace of Egypt from you Their disgrace is spoken of as if it were a large stone that blocked their path. Here “rolled away” means “removed.” Alternate translation: “This day I have removed the disgrace of Egypt from you” or “You were disgraced when you were slaves in Egypt. But, today I have caused you to no longer be disgraced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 5 10 tdl1 translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ 1 the fourteenth day of the month This is near the end of March on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 5 13 iyi7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּה־אִישׁ֙ עֹמֵ֣ד 1 he lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold, a man was standing Here looking up is spoken of as if Joshua literally lifted his eyes in his hands. Alternate translation: “he looked up and saw that a man was standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 5 13 x26s וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 behold The word “behold” alerts us to pay special attention to new information. Your language may have a way of doing this.
JOS 5 13 kk45 וְ⁠חַרְבּ֥⁠וֹ שְׁלוּפָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 he had drawn his sword and it was in his hand Here the words “he” and “his” refer to the man who was standing in front of Joshua.
JOS 5 14 d8u1 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 He said The word “he” refers to the man Joshua saw.
JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 6 1 gbz8 וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 6 3 fu9e 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Joshua what the people must do.
JOS 6 3 eik2 כֹּ֥ה תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה שֵׁ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 You must do this for six days “You must do this once each day for six days”
JOS 6 4 b6ml וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה כֹהֲנִ֡ים יִשְׂאוּ֩ שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֤וֹת הַ⁠יּֽוֹבְלִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָ⁠אָר֔וֹן 1 Seven priests must carry seven trumpets of rams’ horns before the ark The seven priests are to march in front of other priests who are carrying the ark and marching around the city.
JOS 6 5 zdc7 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Joshua what the people must do.
JOS 6 5 d5rg בִּ⁠מְשֹׁ֣ךְ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶן הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֗ל 1 they must sound a long blast with the ram’s horn … of the trumpet The word “they” refers to the seven priests. The “ram’s horn” and “trumpet” refer to the trumpets of rams’ horns that the priests were blowing in [Joshua 6:4](../06/04.md).
JOS 6 5 g97v חוֹמַ֤ת הָ⁠עִיר֙ 1 the wall of the city “the outer wall of the city” or “the wall surrounding the city”
JOS 6 6 h9cn translate-names נוּן֙ 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 6 6 s5ne שְׂא֖וּ אֶת־אֲר֣וֹן הַ⁠בְּרִ֑ית 1 Take up the ark of the covenant “Pick up the ark of the covenant”
JOS 6 8 l35d figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 before Yahweh Possible meanings are 1) “in obedience to Yahweh” or 2) “in front of Yahweh’s ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 6 8 vk7j וְ⁠תָקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שּֽׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 they gave a blast on the trumpets “they sounded the trumpets loudly” or “the priests blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
JOS 6 8 ayf9 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠אֲרוֹן֙ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה הֹלֵ֖ךְ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 The ark of the covenant of Yahweh followed after them It can be stated clearly that there were people carrying the ark. Alternate translation: “The priests who were carrying the ark of the covenant of Yahweh followed after them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 6 10 ls5v figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַשְׁמִ֣יעוּ אֶת־קוֹלְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹא־יֵצֵ֥א מִ⁠פִּי⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר 1 No sound must leave your mouths Sound leaving someone’s mouth refers to that person’s speaking or shouting. Alternate translation: “Do not yell or speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 6 10 tw9q figs-events וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֩ צִוָּ֨ה יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ 1 But Joshua commanded the people Joshua had commanded the people before they started walking around the city. Alternate translation: “Joshua had commanded the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JOS 6 13 k64v translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֡ים…שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֜וֹת 1 seven priests … seven trumpets “7 priests…7 trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 6 13 ai87 וְ⁠תָקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 gave blasts on the trumpets This means that they blew into their trumpets, causing them to make loud noises, multiple times. Alternate translation: “continually sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets continually”
JOS 6 14 j232 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 the second day the next day (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 6 14 r4j1 כֹּ֥ה עָשׂ֖וּ 1 They did this Israel marched around Jericho once every day.
JOS 6 14 p14u translate-numbers שֵׁ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 six days “6 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 6 16 fp32 הָ⁠עָם֙ 1 the people This refers to the people of Israel.
JOS 6 16 sc3s תָּקְע֥וּ…בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 gave a blast with the trumpets “sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
JOS 6 16 fj73 figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Yahweh has given you Joshua is saying that Yahweh will definitely give them the city by saying that he has already given it to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 6 16 wdh6 figs-you נָתַ֧ן…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 given you The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 6 17 ugl7 0 Connecting Statement: Joshua continues speaking to the people of Israel.
JOS 6 17 w1sn figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָיְתָ֨ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר חֵ֛רֶם הִ֥יא וְ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֖⁠הּ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 The city and all that is in it will be set apart to Yahweh for destruction This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it for destruction” or “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it by destroying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 6 18 ypv3 figs-metaphor שִׁמְר֣וּ מִן־הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 be on guard about taking the things Being careful is spoken of as if they are to guard themselves. “Be careful that you do not take the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 18 p8xv figs-metaphor וַ⁠עֲכַרְתֶּ֖ם אוֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 you will bring trouble on it Doing something that makes bad things to happen to the city is spoken of as bringing trouble on it. Alternate translation: “you will cause bad things to happen to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 19 bz6i אוֹצַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה 1 the treasury of Yahweh a collection of things set apart for the worship of Yahweh
JOS 6 20 fm69 וַ⁠יָּרִ֤יעוּ הָ⁠עָם֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 the people gave a great shout “the people of Israel shouted”
JOS 6 20 v2v6 וַֽ⁠יִּתְקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שֹּֽׁפָר֑וֹת 1 gave blasts with the trumpets “sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
JOS 6 24 ny39 וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֛יר שָׂרְפ֥וּ 1 They burned the city The word “they” refers to the Israelite soldiers. It does not refer only to the two young men who brought Rahab and her family out of the city.
JOS 6 25 w9ik figs-metonymy וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 She lives in Israel The word “She” refers to Rahab and represents her descendants. Alternate translation: “Her descendants live in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 6 25 qlj6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 to this day “now” or “even today.” Rahab’s descendants are still living in Israel as the original writer writes this story.
JOS 6 26 cq3c figs-metaphor אָר֨וּר הָ⁠אִ֜ישׁ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָקוּם֙ וּ⁠בָנָ֞ה 1 Cursed is the man in Yahweh’s sight who rebuilds Being cursed in Yahweh’s sight represents being cursed by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man who rebuilds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan … Karmi … Zabdi … Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh’s anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 3 ui7f כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֒ 1 all the people This refers to the army of Israel.
JOS 7 3 z2xr מְעַ֖ט הֵֽמָּה 1 they are few in number The word “they” refers to the people of Ai.
JOS 7 4 i5e8 וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ מִן־הָ⁠עָם֙ שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 three thousand men went up from the army These men were part of the army. Alternate translation: “three thousand men belonging to the army went up”
JOS 7 4 ak54 translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 three thousand men “3,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 7 5 nyw2 translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁה֙ אִ֔ישׁ 1 thirty-six men “36 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 7 5 zcr5 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מָֽיִם 1 The hearts of the people melted and became like water These phrases “melted” and “became like water” share similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that the people were extremely afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 7 5 j2v2 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 The hearts of the people melted Here the people are represented by their “hearts” to emphasize their emotions. Alternate translation: “The people were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 7 5 h4tc לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 The hearts of the people The phrase “the people” refers to the Israelite soldiers.
JOS 7 6 ty1c translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֨ע יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ שִׂמְלֹתָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ עַל־פָּנָ֨י⁠ו אַ֜רְצָ⁠ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י אֲר֤וֹן יְהוָה֙ 1 tore his garments … put dust on their heads and lay facedown on the ground in front of the ark of Yahweh They did these things to show God how sad and distressed they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 7 7 jb6r figs-ellipsis לָ֠⁠מָה הֵעֲבַ֨רְתָּ הַעֲבִ֜יר אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָ⁠תֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י לְ⁠הַאֲבִידֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 To give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us? Joshua was asking if this is the reason God had brought them across the Jordan. Alternate translation: “Did you do it in order to give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOS 7 7 run5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י 1 To give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us? The hands of the Amorites represents their control and power. Giving the Israelites into their hands to destroy them represents allowing the Amorites to have control of the Israelites and destroy them. Alternate translation: “To allow the Amorites to destroy us? (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 7 aq5b וְ⁠לוּ֙ הוֹאַ֣לְנוּ 1 If only we made a different decision The words “If only” show that this is a wish for something that had not happened. Alternate translation: “I wish we had made a different decision”
JOS 7 8 x4pf 0 General Information: Joshua expresses frustration to God.
JOS 7 8 ke9p figs-rquestion בִּ֖י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י מָ֣ה אֹמַ֔ר אַ֠חֲרֵי אֲשֶׁ֨ר הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 what can I say, after Israel has turned their backs before their enemies? Joshua said this to show how upset he was that he did not even know what to say. Alternate translation: “I do not know what to say. Israel has turned their backs before their enemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 7 8 s4eb figs-metonymy הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 Israel has turned their backs before their enemies Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “Israel has run away from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 9 n2kp figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָסַ֣בּוּ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠הִכְרִ֥יתוּ אֶת־שְׁמֵ֖⁠נוּ מִן־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 They will surround us and make the people of the earth forget our name Making people forget the name of the Israelites represents making them forget the Israelites. In this case they would do it by killing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “They will surround us and kill us, and the people of the earth will forget about us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 7 9 r713 figs-metonymy לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 for your great name The phrase “your great name” here represents God’s reputation and power. Alternate translation: “And so what will you do so that people will know that you are great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 9 vd3r figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַֽה־תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 What will you do for your great name? Joshua uses this question to warn God that if the Israelites are destroyed, then the other people will think that God is not great. Alternate translation: “Then there will be nothing you can do for your great name.” or “Then people will not know that you are great.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 7 10 ev1w 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Joshua why Israel is cursed.
JOS 7 10 hqu3 figs-rquestion לָ֑⁠ךְ לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה אַתָּ֖ה נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Why are you lying there on your face? God used this question to rebuke Joshua for lying there on his face. Alternate translation: “Stop lying there with your face in the dirt!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 7 11 lc29 הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 the things that were set apart These are the things “marked for destruction” from [Joshua 6:18-19](../06/18.md). Alternate translation: “the cursed things” or “those things which God has cursed”
JOS 7 11 dd18 figs-metaphor גָּֽנְבוּ֙ וְ⁠גַ֣ם כִּֽחֲשׁ֔וּ 1 They have stolen and then also hidden their sin Hiding their sin represents trying to keep others from knowing that they have sinned. Alternate translation: “They have stolen those things, and then they tried to keep people from knowing that they sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 12 yzi5 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֨א יֻכְל֜וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 cannot stand before their enemies Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against their enemies. Alternate translation: “cannot fight successfully against their enemies” or “cannot defeat their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 12 xix1 figs-metonymy עֹ֗רֶף יִפְנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹֽיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 They turned their backs from their enemies Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “They ran away from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 12 fs9m figs-metonymy לֹ֤א אוֹסִיף֙ לִֽ⁠הְי֣וֹת עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 I will not be with you any more Being with Israel represents helping Israel. Alternate translation: “I will not help you any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 13 u4s8 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Joshua and tells him what to tell the people.
JOS 7 13 ln4q אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people This refers to the people of Israel.
JOS 7 13 j4ki figs-metonymy לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 You cannot stand against your enemies Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against them. Alternate translation: “You cannot fight successfully against your enemies” or “You cannot defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 7 14 gjw9 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues telling Joshua what he must tell the people.
JOS 7 14 dp8p figs-idiom וְ⁠נִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר לְ⁠שִׁבְטֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 you must present yourselves by your tribes There were twelve tribes that made up the people of Israel. The phrase “by your tribes” means “each tribe.” Alternate translation: “each of your tribes must present themselves to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 14 scj7 figs-idiom הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּח֗וֹת 1 The tribe that Yahweh selects will come near by their clans The tribe was made up of multiple clans. Alternate translation: “From the tribe that Yahweh selects, each clan will come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 14 crt9 הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה 1 The tribe that Yahweh selects The leaders of Israel would toss lots, and by doing this, they would learn which tribe Yahweh had selected. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The tribe that Yahweh selects by lot” or “The tribe that Yahweh selects when we toss lots”
JOS 7 14 xl85 figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּחָ֞ה אֲשֶֽׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֤⁠נָּה יְהוָה֙ תִּקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠בָּתִּ֔ים 1 The clan that Yahweh selects must come near by each household The clan was made up of multiple households. Alternate translation: “From the clan that Yahweh selects, each household must come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 14 q8me figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִלְכְּדֶ֣⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֔ה יִקְרַ֖ב לַ⁠גְּבָרִֽים 1 The household that Yahweh selects must come near one by one The household was made up of multiple people. Alternate translation: “From the household that Yahweh selects, each person must come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 15 d5nb figs-activepassive הַ⁠נִּלְכָּ֣ד 1 the one who is selected This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “the one whom Yahweh selects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 7 15 g1vn figs-metaphor עָבַר֙ אֶת־בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה 1 he has broken the covenant of Yahweh Breaking the covenant represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “he has disobeyed the covenant of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 16 fdv2 0 General Information: Joshua follows Yahweh’s command to bring Israel before Yahweh.
JOS 7 16 lzb4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֥ב אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לִ⁠שְׁבָטָ֑י⁠ו 1 brought Israel near, tribe by tribe The phrase “tribe by tribe” means each tribe. Alternate translation: “brought each tribe of Israel near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 7 16 g7qp figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּלָּכֵ֖ד שֵׁ֥בֶט יְהוּדָֽה 1 the tribe of Judah was selected This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh selected the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 7 17 br4y figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ לַ⁠גְּבָרִ֔ים 1 He brought near the clan of the Zerahites person by person The phrase “person by person” is an idiom meaning each person. The persons in this sentence were the leaders of their households. Alternate translation: “He brought near each person of the clan of the Zerahites” or “From the clan of the Zerahites, he brought near each man who was the leader of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 7 17 z419 אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ 1 the clan of the Zerahites The clan was named after the man named Zerah.
JOS 7 17 ha7i translate-names זַבְדִּֽי 1 Zabdi This is a man’s name. Translate as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 7 18 u41u translate-names עָכָ֞ן…כַּרְמִ֧י…זַבְדִּ֛י…זֶ֖רַח 1 Zabdi … Achan … Karmi … Zerah These are men’s names. Translate them as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 7 19 k521 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠תֶן־ל֣⁠וֹ תוֹדָ֑ה 1 give your confession to him The abstract noun “confession” can be expressed with the verb “confess.” Alternate translation: “confess to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOS 7 19 fv9g figs-metaphor אַל־תְּכַחֵ֖ד מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 Do not hide it from me Hiding information represents trying to keep someone from knowing it. Alternate translation: “Do not try to prevent me from knowing what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 21 b9nn translate-bweight וּ⁠מָאתַ֧יִם שְׁקָלִ֣ים 1 two hundred shekels This is over two kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
JOS 7 21 y7vj translate-bweight חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים שְׁקָלִים֙ 1 fifty shekels This is over 500 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
JOS 7 21 xw3j figs-activepassive טְמוּנִ֥ים בָּ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 They are hidden in the ground This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I hid them in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 7 23 vh7i וַ⁠יַּצִּקֻ֖⁠ם 1 poured them out Use the word in your language for pouring many small solid things out of a large bag onto the ground.
JOS 7 24 ta3l translate-names עֵ֥מֶק עָכֽוֹר 1 the Valley of Achor The name means “Valley of Trouble,” but it is best to translate Achor the way it sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 7 25 vd6n figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 Why have you troubled us? Joshua uses this question to rebuke Achan. Alternate translation: “You have troubled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. Possible meanings are 1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or 2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or 3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.<br>
JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai … and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 8 2 h3r6 figs-personification וּ⁠לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠הּ 1 her king The word “her” refers to the city of Ai. Cities were often spoken of as if they were women. Alternate translation: “its king” or “their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOS 8 3 k4uk עַ֥ם הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֖ה 1 the men of war “the army of Israel”
JOS 8 5 vtq4 0 General Information: Joshua continues to explain the battle plan to his soldiers.
JOS 8 7 fw9x figs-metonymy וּ⁠נְתָנָ֛⁠הּ…בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 will give it into your hand Here “hand” symbolizes the control and power the people have over their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 8 8 aj5t 0 General Information: Joshua finishes explaining the battle plan to his soldiers.
JOS 8 9 yt5n וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֣⁠ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 Joshua sent them out This phrase refers to Joshua sending the thirty thousand men who had been selected to ambush Ai to where they would set the ambush.
JOS 8 9 i3lf הַ⁠מַּאְרָ֔ב 1 the place of ambush “where they would hide until it was time to attack”
JOS 8 12 ycd3 translate-numbers כַּ⁠חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 five thousand men “5,000 men.” This group seems to be a portion of the “thirty thousand men” ([Joshua 8:9](../08/09.md)). This smaller group remained in the ambush while the other 25,000 men attacked the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 8 13 j7b9 0 General Information: The Israelites prepare to fight the people of Ai.
JOS 8 13 s1lu אֶת־כָּל־הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה 1 the main army This refers to the largest group of fighting men, those not in the ambush group.
JOS 8 13 nq1b עֲקֵב֖⁠וֹ 1 rear guard those who were “set in ambush on the west side of the city” ([Joshua 8:12](../08/12.md))
JOS 8 15 a83i figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּנָּֽגְע֛וּ…לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 let themselves be defeated before them “let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 8 15 w933 לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 before them the army of Ai
JOS 8 15 bri5 וַ⁠יָּנֻ֖סוּ 1 they fled The army of Israel fled.
JOS 8 16 dr3a וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפוּ֙ 1 they went after … they were drawn away These occurrences of “they” refer to the army of Ai.
JOS 8 16 m6sq לִ⁠רְדֹּ֖ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 to go after them to go after the army of Isreal
JOS 8 16 lcb5 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּזָּעֲק֗וּ כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 All the people who were in the city were called together This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The city leaders called all the people in the city together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 8 16 k8ff figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 All the people who were in the city The writer speaks in a general way about all the people, but “all the people” refers only to those who could fight. Alternate translation: “all the people in the city who could help chase the army of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JOS 8 17 zip6 וַ⁠יַּעַזְב֤וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עִיר֙ פְּתוּחָ֔ה 1 left it open “left the city gates open”
JOS 8 18 xe2m figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה 1 I will give Ai into your hand Giving Ai into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over Ai. Alternate translation: “I will give you victory over Ai” or “I will cause you to capture Ai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 8 24 v2gf figs-parallelism כְּ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל לַ⁠הֲרֹג֩ אֶת־כָּל־יֹשְׁבֵ֨י…וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב 1 when Israel had finished killing all the inhabitants … when all of them … had fallen by the edge of the sword The writer uses both of these sentences, which mean almost the same thing, to strongly say that the Israelites had obeyed God’s command to kill everyone in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 8 24 dd98 figs-euphemism וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב 1 had fallen by the edge of the sword Here “fallen” is a euphemism for dying. Also, “the edge of the sword” represents whole swords, and swords represent either battle or the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “had died in battle” or “had died when the army of Israel attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 8 25 d2ud translate-numbers שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר אָ֑לֶף 1 twelve thousand “12,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 8 28 uiv3 שְׁמָמָ֔ה 1 an abandoned place It is a place where people once lived, but now, no one lives there.
JOS 8 29 wd9u עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day “today” or “even now”
JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 2 uj94 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 under one command Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 cunning plan a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites
JOS 9 5 q9v6 יָבֵ֖שׁ הָיָ֥ה נִקֻּדִֽים 1 dry and moldy “dry and filled with fungus” or “stale and ruined”
JOS 9 6 rz8e figs-synecdoche אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 men of Israel This refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 9 7 w599 translate-names הַ⁠חִוִּ֑י 1 the Hivites This is another name for the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 7 t1r4 figs-rquestion אוּלַ֗י בְּ⁠קִרְבִּ⁠י֙ אַתָּ֣ה יוֹשֵׁ֔ב וְ⁠אֵ֖יךְ אֶֽכְרָת־לְ⁠ךָ֥ בְרִֽית 1 Perhaps you live near us. How can we make a covenant with you? Joshua is emphasizing that the people of Israel have to follow the command of Yahweh above all else. Alternate translation: “If you do live near us, we cannot make a covenant with you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 9 10 kam4 translate-names לְ⁠סִיחוֹן֙ 1 Sihon This is the name of the defeated Amorite king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 10 s17h translate-names חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 Heshbon This is the name of the royal city of the nation of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 10 pz6y translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֥וֹג 1 Og This is the name of the defeated king of Bashan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 10 p9ed translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּרֽוֹת 1 Ashtaroth This is the name of a city known for worshiping the goddess of the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 11 hq3m figs-synecdoche בְ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 in your hand This phrase means “take with you.” Here the word “hand” represents the possession by the Gibeonites of the provisions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 9 11 k7fe לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם אֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 meet them and say to them The word “them” refers to the people of Israel.
JOS 9 15 f67z figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ שָׁל֔וֹם וַ⁠יִּכְרֹ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֛ם בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠חַיּוֹתָ֑⁠ם וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבְע֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֔ם נְשִׂיאֵ֖י הָ⁠עֵדָֽה 1 Joshua made peace with them and made a covenant with them, to let them live. The leaders of the people also made a vow to them. These two sentences are saying that the same thing occurred. Joshua, the leader of the nation of Israel, promised not to kill the Gibeonites. The leaders of the nation of Israel, likewise, made the same covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 9 15 je8p figs-metonymy הָ⁠עֵדָֽה 1 the people Here this refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 17 s1u5 translate-numbers בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֑י 1 third day This refers to number three in order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 9 17 q18q translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּפִירָ֔ה 1 Kephirah This is one of the cities of the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 17 j671 translate-names וּ⁠בְאֵר֖וֹת 1 Beeroth This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 17 alr9 translate-names וְ⁠קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים 1 Kiriath Jearim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 19 a168 הָ֣⁠עֵדָ֔ה 1 the people Here this phrase refers to the nation of Israel.
JOS 9 21 wg7n וַ֠⁠יִּֽהְיוּ חֹטְבֵ֨י עֵצִ֤ים וְ⁠שֹֽׁאֲבֵי־מַ֨יִם֙ 1 the Gibeonites became cutters of wood and drawers of water “the Gibeonites became woodcutters and water carriers”
JOS 9 23 zlp7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 house of my God Here this phrase refers to the dwelling place of Yahweh, the Tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 25 a5un figs-doublet כַּ⁠טּ֨וֹב וְ⁠כַ⁠יָּשָׁ֧ר 1 Whatever seems good and right The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 9 26 gy9c לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for them The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites.
JOS 9 27 p81s עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”<br>Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
JOS 10 1 au8p וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek.
JOS 10 1 y65k translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק 1 Adoni-Zedek This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 3 y6ss translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת…לָכִ֛ישׁ…עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 Jarmuth … Lachish … Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 3 k9rg translate-names הוֹהָ֣ם…פִּרְאָ֨ם…יָפִ֧יעַ…דְּבִ֥יר 1 Hoham … Piram … Japhia … Debir These are the names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 4 ct5k עֲלֽוּ־אֵלַ֣⁠י 1 Come up to me “Travel to where I am.” Jerusalem was higher in elevation than other cities in Canaan.
JOS 10 5 d9vy translate-numbers חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 five kings “5 kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 10 5 m422 translate-names יַרְמוּת֙…לָכִ֣ישׁ…עֶגְל֔וֹן 1 Jarmuth … Lachish … Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 5 vs78 וַֽ⁠יַּחֲנוּ֙ עַל 1 They set up their positions against Gibeon This means they set up their camp around their city. This was a way of weakening those in the city. It prevented people from escaping the city, and it prevented others from bringing food and water to them in the city.
JOS 10 6 wk68 לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 They said The word “They” here refers to Gibeonites.
JOS 10 6 zhx9 figs-litotes אַל־תֶּ֥רֶף יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵֽ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Do not withdraw your hands from your servants This humble request is stated with two negatives to emphasize the need for a positive action. Alternate translation: “Please come and use your strength to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 10 6 am1x figs-metonymy יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 your hands The word “hands” here refers to the people of Israel’s strength. Alternate translation: “your strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 8 c4uw figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם 1 I have given them into your hand Here “hand” represents the people of Israel’s strength and their ability to defeat their enemy. The word “them” refers to the attacking army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 8 du96 נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם 1 I have given them Here the word “them” refers to the attacking armies.
JOS 10 9 ecq8 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua came The entire army of Israel is referred to here by the name of their commander, Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 10 10 sq89 וַ⁠יְהֻמֵּ֤⁠ם יְהוָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Yahweh confused the enemy before Israel Here “Israel” refers to the entire army of Israel.
JOS 10 10 yr7y translate-names בֵית־חוֹרֹ֔ן…עֲזֵקָ֖ה…מַקֵּדָֽה 1 Beth Horon … Azekah … Makkedah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 11 fbf9 translate-names בֵּית־חוֹרֹן֙…עֲזֵקָ֖ה 1 Beth Horon … Azekah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 11 tuc9 הִשְׁלִ֣יךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֩ אֲבָנִ֨ים גְּדֹל֧וֹת מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם 1 threw large stones down from heaven “threw large hailstones from the sky”
JOS 10 12 si1e figs-parallelism שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ בְּ⁠גִבְע֣וֹן דּ֔וֹם וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן 1 Sun, be still at Gibeon, and moon, in the Valley of Aijalon Joshua is praying that Yahweh would make the progression of time stop on this day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 10 12 j9zt figs-personification שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ…וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ 1 Sun … moon Joshua commands the sun and moon as if these were people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOS 10 12 ug8m translate-names בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן 1 Valley of Aijalon This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 13 dq14 figs-metonymy גּוֹי֙ 1 the nation This refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 13 b91l figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־הִ֥יא כְתוּבָ֖ה עַל־סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֑ר 1 Is this not written in the Book of Jashar? The writer uses this question as background information to remind the reader that the incident is well-documented. Alternate translation: “This is written in The Book of Jashar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 10 16 wcb9 translate-names בְּ⁠מַקֵּדָֽה 1 Makkedah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 17 mns8 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֖ד לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ 1 It was told to Joshua Messengers came and told Joshua. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 10 19 l8tl figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 into your hand The phrase “your hand” here means “your control.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 21 kb3w translate-names מַקֵּדָ֖ה 1 Makkedah Translate the same way as you did in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 21 py6w לֹֽא־חָרַ֞ץ לִ⁠בְנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־לְשֹׁנֽ⁠וֹ 1 No one dared to say one word against “No one dared to say anything against” or “No one dared to complain or protest against”
JOS 10 22 zs9n figs-idiom פִּתְח֖וּ אֶת־פִּ֣י הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֑ה 1 Open the mouth of the cave Here “mouth” is an idiom that means “entrance.” Alternate translation: “Open the entrance of the cave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 10 23 g4te translate-names יַרְמ֔וּת…לָכִ֖ישׁ…עֶגְלֽוֹן 1 Jarmuth … Lachish … Eglon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 24 dnc1 figs-synecdoche כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 every man of Israel Here the men of Israel represent only those who were soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 10 27 e9z9 עַד־עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this very day “until the author wrote this story”
JOS 10 28 e1nc translate-names מַקֵּדָ֔ה 1 Makkedah This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 28 nhk6 figs-parallelism הֶחֱרִ֣ם אוֹתָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֔⁠הּ לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד 1 He completely destroyed everyone in it. He left no survivor in it The second sentence summarizes the first sentence to emphasize that Joshua left no person or animal alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 10 29 k439 translate-names לִבְנָ֑ה 1 Libnah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 31 dsk6 translate-names מִ⁠לִּבְנָ֖ה לָכִ֑ישָׁ⁠ה 1 Libnah … Lachish These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 32 yw79 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֣ד יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 into the hand of Israel Here their “hand” represents their control. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave Lachish into the control of the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 33 rff2 translate-names הֹרָם֙ 1 Horam This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 33 lp2c translate-names גֶּ֔זֶר…אֶת־לָכִ֑ישׁ 1 Gezer … Lachish These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 34 y3g9 translate-names מִ⁠לָּכִ֖ישׁ עֶגְלֹ֑נָ⁠ה 1 Lachish … Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 35 dqi7 figs-doublet וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠הָ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֔רֶב וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֣פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־…הַ⁠ה֖וּא הֶחֱרִ֑ים 1 struck it with the edge of the sword … completely destroyed everyone in it These two phrases have similar meanings. Together they show the completeness of the destruction of Eglon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 10 36 a6ng translate-names מֵ⁠עֶגְל֖וֹנָ⁠ה 1 Eglon This is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 37 gba2 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּלְכְּד֣וּ⁠הָ וַ⁠יַּכּֽוּ⁠הָ־לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֠רֶב 1 They captured it and struck it with the edge of the sword The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They captured and killed and destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 38 mr8b translate-names דְּבִ֑רָ⁠ה 1 Debir This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 39 g2ta translate-names לִ⁠דְבִ֨רָ⁠ה֙…לְ⁠לִבְנָ֖ה 1 Debir … Libnah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 39 m8bf figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֔רֶב 1 They struck them with the edge of the sword The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They killed and destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 10 40 u843 figs-parallelism וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל־הַ⁠נְּשָׁמָה֙ הֶחֱרִ֔ים 1 Of all their kings he left not one survivor. He completely destroyed every living thing These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize the complete destruction that the people of Israel accomplished at Yahweh’s command. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
JOS 11 1 a1ca translate-names יָבִ֣ין…יוֹבָב֙ 1 Jabin … Jobab These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 1 zi5u translate-names חָצ֑וֹר…מָד֔וֹן…שִׁמְר֖וֹן…אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Hazor … Madon … Shimron … Akshaph These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth … Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 3 rds6 translate-names חֶרְמ֔וֹן 1 Mount Hermon This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 4 d9fb 0 General Information: All the Canaanite kings attack Joshua and the nation of Israel.
JOS 11 4 e5l4 figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־מַֽחֲנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ם עַם־רָ֕ב כַּ⁠ח֛וֹל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־שְׂפַת־הַ⁠יָּ֖ם לָ⁠רֹ֑ב 1 a great number of soldiers, in number like the sand on the seashore No one can count the grains of sand on the seashore. This exaggeration emphasizes the very large number of soldiers that these kings assembled. Alternate translation: “such a great number of soldiers that there appeared to be as many of them as there are grains of sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JOS 11 5 kc2e translate-names מֵר֔וֹם 1 Merom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 6 n348 figs-metaphor אָנֹכִ֞י נֹתֵ֧ן אֶת־כֻּלָּ֛⁠ם חֲלָלִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 I am giving them all to Israel as dead men Yahweh enabling Israel to conquer the enemy army and kill all of the soldiers is spoken of as if Yahweh killed the soldiers and then gave them to Israel. Alternate translation: “I will enable Israel to kill all of them in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 6 lgk2 אֶת־סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֣ם תְּעַקֵּ֔ר 1 hamstring their horses “cripple their horses by cutting their legs.” This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot walk.
JOS 11 7 sm9k translate-names מֵר֖וֹם 1 Merom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 8 cw9y figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠ם יְהוָ֥ה בְּ⁠יַֽד־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ 1 Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh enabling the army of Israel to conquer their enemy is spoken of as if Yahweh had put the enemy army into Israel’s hand. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Israel to conquer the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 11 8 n4ub וַ⁠יַּכּוּ⁠ם֒…וַ⁠יַּכֻּ֕⁠ם 1 struck them … struck them “attacked them … attacked them”
JOS 11 8 m9b1 translate-names מִשְׂרְפ֣וֹת מַ֔יִם 1 Misrephoth Maim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 9 q7dn עִקֵּ֔ר 1 hamstrung This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot run. See how you translated this word in [Joshua 11:6](../11/06.md).
JOS 11 10 pbp8 מַלְכָּ֖⁠הּ הִכָּ֣ה בֶ⁠חָ֑רֶב 1 He struck its king with the sword “Joshua killed the king of Hazor with his sword”
JOS 11 10 cjd1 figs-metaphor חָצ֣וֹר לְ⁠פָנִ֔ים הִ֕יא רֹ֖אשׁ כָּל־הַ⁠מַּמְלָכ֥וֹת הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 Hazor had been head of all these kingdoms Hazor being the most important city is spoken of as Hazor being the head of the other kingdoms. Alternate translation: Hazor had been the most important of all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 11 be72 figs-parallelism וַ֠⁠יַּכּוּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֤⁠הּ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֨רֶב֙ הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם לֹ֥א נוֹתַ֖ר כָּל־נְשָׁמָ֑ה 1 They struck with the sword every living creature that was there … so there was not any living creature left alive These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 11 11 z2md figs-synecdoche הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם 1 he set them apart to be destroyed The word “he” refers to Joshua and represents himself and his army. Completely destroying every living thing in the city is spoken of as if those living things were dedicated for destruction. Alternate translation: “the army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 12 i5tz וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב 1 struck them with the edge of the sword “killed them”
JOS 11 13 f8kv הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הָ⁠עֹֽמְדוֹת֙ עַל־תִּלָּ֔⁠ם 1 cities built on mounds “cities built on small hills”
JOS 11 14 grk1 figs-rpronouns לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for themselves This phrase refers to the army of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JOS 11 14 n215 figs-parallelism אֶֽת־כָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֞ם הִכּ֣וּ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֗רֶב עַד־הִשְׁמִדָ⁠ם֙ אוֹתָ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖ירוּ כָּל־נְשָׁמָֽה 1 They killed every human being with the edge of the sword until all were dead. They left alive no creature that breathed. These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 11 15 ta4x figs-litotes לֹֽא־הֵסִ֣יר דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 He left nothing undone of all that Yahweh commanded Moses to do This negative phrase emphasizes that Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 11 17 yr6b translate-names הָ⁠הָ֤ר הֶֽ⁠חָלָק֙…בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ 1 Mount Halak … Baal Gad These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 20 pq7v figs-metaphor מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה׀ הָיְתָ֡ה לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבָּ⁠ם֩ 1 it was Yahweh who hardened their hearts Yahweh causing the people of the cities to be stubborn is spoken of as if Yahweh had hardened their hearts. Alternate translation: “it was Yahweh who caused them to act stubbornly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 21 im1q translate-names אֶת־הָֽ⁠עֲנָקִים֙ 1 Anakim These are the descendants of Anak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 21 p6cd translate-names דְּבִ֣ר…עֲנָ֔ב 1 Debir … Anab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 23 qe5v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנָ⁠הּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֧ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Joshua gave it as an inheritance to Israel Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 23 x695 figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 the land had rest from the wars The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 12 intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.<br>
JOS 12 1 e45x writing-background וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 12 1 fe2c וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 these are the kings This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24.
JOS 12 1 g8ju translate-names הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the Arabah These are the names of a region of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 2 uv1m translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר 1 Aroer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 2 ts6s סִיחוֹן֙…בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 Sihon … Heshbon See how you translated these words in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md).
JOS 12 3 dh7d יָ֨ם כִּנְר֜וֹת 1 Sea of Kinnereth This is a place. See how you translated this in [Joshua 11:2](../11/02.md).
JOS 12 3 gc3x translate-names בֵּ֣ית הַיְשִׁמ֑וֹת…הַ⁠פִּסְגָּֽה 1 Beth Jeshimoth … Mount Pisgah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 4 zb6d ע֚וֹג מֶ֣לֶךְ הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֔ן 1 Og, king of Bashan See how you translated this man’s name in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md).
JOS 12 4 m4ct translate-names הָ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 the Rephaim These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 4 t7hy translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶדְרֶֽעִי 1 Ashtaroth … Edrei These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 5 vu4f translate-names וּ⁠בְ⁠סַלְכָה֙ 1 Salekah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 5 sbq3 translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י 1 Maacathites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 6 bsj6 לָ⁠רֻֽאוּבֵנִי֙ 1 Reubenites These are the descendants of Reuben.
JOS 12 6 p8zt וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֔י 1 Gadites These are the descendants of Gad.
JOS 12 6 zk48 וְ⁠לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֥בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּֽׁה 1 half tribe of Manasseh They are called a half tribe because the other half of the tribe received an inheritance in the land of Canaan.
JOS 12 7 nie7 translate-names מִ⁠בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙…הָ⁠הָ֥ר הֶ⁠חָלָ֖ק 1 Baal Gad … Mount Halak These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 8 z37z translate-names וּ⁠בָֽ⁠עֲרָבָה֙ 1 the Arabah This is the name of a region of land. Translate as in [Joshua 12:1](./01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 10 ps2m translate-names חֶבְר֖וֹן 1 Enaim This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 11 aj97 translate-names יַרְמוּת֙…לָכִ֖ישׁ 1 Jarmuth … Lachish These are the names of cities. Translate in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 12 bgl2 translate-names עֶגְלוֹן֙…גֶּ֖זֶר 1 Eglon … Gezer These are the names of cities. Translate “Eglon” in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 13 mgg8 translate-names דְּבִר֙…גֶּ֖דֶר 1 Debir … Geder These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 14 e9ba translate-names חָרְמָה֙…עֲרָ֖ד 1 Hormah … Arad These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 15 nec9 translate-names לִבְנָה֙…עֲדֻלָּ֖ם 1 Libnah … Adullam These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 16 se49 translate-names מַקֵּדָה֙ 1 Makkedah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 17 g346 translate-names תַּפּ֨וּחַ֙…חֵ֖פֶר 1 Tappuah … Hepher These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 18 m8vl translate-names אֲפֵק֙…לַ⁠שָּׁר֖וֹן 1 Aphek … Lasharon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 19 ga17 translate-names מָדוֹן֙…חָצ֖וֹר 1 Madon … Hazor These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 20 cq4i translate-names שִׁמְר֤וֹן מְראוֹן֙…אַכְשָׁ֖ף 1 Shimron Meron … Akshaph These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 21 pv5n translate-names תַּעְנַךְ֙…מְגִדּ֖וֹ 1 Taanach … Megiddo These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 22 z2b9 translate-names קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙…יָקְנֳעָ֥ם 1 Kedesh … Jokneam These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 23 a6eq translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר…גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 Dor … Naphoth Dor … Goyim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 24 kv8w translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 Tirzah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 24 aeg5 translate-numbers כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 thirty-one in all “31 in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br>
JOS 13 2 s51z figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 This is the land that still remains You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 13 3 q1nv translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 Shihor This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 3 a3iw figs-activepassive לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 which is considered property of the Canaanites This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 13 3 jnl3 translate-names וְ⁠הָ⁠עַוִּֽים 1 Avvites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 4 b13s translate-names וּ⁠מְעָרָ֛ה…אֲפֵ֑קָ⁠ה 1 Arah … Aphek These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 5 bj71 translate-names מִ⁠בַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד…הַר־חֶרְמ֑וֹן 1 Baal Gad … Mount Hermon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 5 jd8r translate-names הַ⁠גִּבְלִ֗י 1 Gebalites This is the name of a people group who lived in Geba. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 6 b7pk translate-names מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת מַ֨יִם֙ 1 Misrephoth Maim this is the name of a place (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 6 si8i figs-metaphor לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּֽ⁠נַחֲלָ֔ה 1 land … as an inheritance The land that Israel will claim is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they will receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 9 gfc4 translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר…מֵידְבָ֖א…דִּיבֽוֹן 1 Aroer … Medeba … Dibon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 9 lk8d הַ⁠נַּ֛חַל 1 gorge a place where the river is far below the land on the sides
JOS 13 9 t2an הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֥ר 1 plateau flat land high above rivers
JOS 13 10 zm4w translate-names בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 Heshbon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 11 whz4 translate-names סַלְכָֽה 1 Salekah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 11 kc79 וּ⁠גְב֧וּל הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֣י וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֗י 1 the region of the Geshurites and Maacathites “the land where the Geshurites and Maacathites lived”
JOS 13 11 l98j translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֗י 1 Maacathites These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 12 hw24 translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֑עִי 1 Ashtaroth … Edrei These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 12 u2dn translate-names הָ⁠רְפָאִ֔ים 1 Rephaim This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 12 l1cu figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Moses struck them Here “Moses” represents himself and the Israelite army that Moses led. Alternate translation: “Moses and the Israelites attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 13 13 zb9l translate-names אֶת־הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י 1 the Geshurites or the Maacathites These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 13 hu1n figs-explicit גְּשׁ֤וּר וּ⁠מַֽעֲכָת֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Geshur and Maacath live among Israel “Geshur” and “Maacath” are either the names of the ancestors of “the Geshurites” and “the Maacathites” or are the names of the cities in which they lived. Alternate translation: “those people live among Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 13 13 xw7d עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 13 14 zs6y figs-metaphor לֹ֥א נָתַ֖ן נַחֲלָ֑ה 1 Moses gave no inheritance The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 14 v9zc figs-metaphor אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה…ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔⁠וֹ 1 The offerings of Yahweh … are their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if the offerings were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “The offerings of Yahweh … are what they will have for their provision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 14 br61 אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה 1 offerings of Yahweh “offerings that the people were to bring to Yahweh”
JOS 13 14 lz8a figs-activepassive אִשֵּׁ֨י 1 made by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priests burned with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 13 16 f1uv translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר…מֵידְבָֽא 1 Aroer … Medeba These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 16 s5yv נַ֨חַל…הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֖ר 1 gorge … plateau See how you translated these words in [Joshua 13:9](../13/09.md).
JOS 13 17 y6iu translate-names חֶשְׁבּ֥וֹן…דִּיבוֹן֙ וּ⁠בָמ֣וֹת בַּ֔עַל וּ⁠בֵ֖ית בַּ֥עַל מְעֽוֹן 1 Heshbon … Dibon … Bamoth Baal … Beth Baal Meon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 18 i4fe translate-names וְ⁠יַ֥הְצָ⁠ה וּ⁠קְדֵמֹ֖ת וּ⁠מֵפָֽעַת 1 Jahaz … Kedemoth … Mephaath These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 19 f1h3 translate-names וְ⁠קִרְיָתַ֣יִם וְ⁠שִׂבְמָ֔ה וְ⁠צֶ֥רֶת הַשַּׁ֖חַר 1 Kiriathaim … Sibmah … Zereth Shahar These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 20 is7v translate-names וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פְּע֛וֹר…הַ⁠פִּסְגָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַיְשִׁמֽוֹת 1 Beth Peor … Pisgah … Beth Jeshimoth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 21 uld7 translate-names בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 Heshbon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 21 j6hq translate-names סִיחוֹן֙…אֶת־אֱוִ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־רֶ֨קֶם֙ וְ⁠אֶת־צ֤וּר וְ⁠אֶת־חוּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־רֶ֔בַע 1 Sihon … Evi … Rekem … Zur … Hur … Reba These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 21 x56e אֹת֣⁠וֹ׀ וְ⁠אֶת־נְשִׂיאֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן 1 together with the leaders of Midian “as he had defeated the leaders of Midian”
JOS 13 23 gc1r וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את 1 this is their boundary The Jordan River was the western border of the land that the tribe of Reuben received.
JOS 13 23 x56m figs-metaphor וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את נַחֲלַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־רְאוּבֵן֙ 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Reuben The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Reuben is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Reuben received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 23 ud8m figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 given to each of their clans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Moses gave to each of their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 13 25 fmp2 translate-names יַעְזֵר֙…עֲרוֹעֵ֕ר…רַבָּֽה 1 Jazer … Aroer … Rabbah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 26 mr54 translate-names וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֛וֹן…רָמַ֥ת הַ⁠מִּצְפֶּ֖ה וּ⁠בְטֹנִ֑ים וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲנַ֖יִם…לִדְבִֽר 1 Heshbon … Ramath Mizpah … Betonim … Mahanaim … Debir These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 27 ie4m translate-names בֵּ֣ית הָרָם֩ וּ⁠בֵ֨ית נִמְרָ֜ה וְ⁠סֻכּ֣וֹת וְ⁠צָפ֗וֹן…חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 Beth Haram … Beth Nimrah … Zaphon … Heshbon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 28 hla2 figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵי־גָ֖ד 1 This is the inheritance of the tribe of Gad The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Gad is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Gad received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 29 we69 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 Moses gave an inheritance to the half tribe of Manasseh The land that Moses assigned to the half tribe of Manasseh is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he gave to them as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 29 gs84 לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 half tribe of Manasseh Only half of the tribe received this land because the other half received land on the other side of the Jordan River.
JOS 13 29 p8yw figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֗י לַ⁠חֲצִ֛י 1 It was assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 13 30 s32g translate-names מִ⁠מַּחֲנַ֨יִם…יָאִ֛יר 1 Mahanaim … Jair These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 31 b2aa translate-names וְ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֣וֹת וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֔עִי 1 Ashtaroth … Edrei These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 31 zde9 figs-activepassive לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י 1 These were assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders “leaders of the tribes”
JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 14 2 ti9l figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 by the hand of Moses Here the word “hand” refers to Moses himself and means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 14 3 ptq4 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־נָתַ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֜ה נַחֲלַ֨ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠מַּטּוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֔ה מֵ⁠עֵ֖בֶר לַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠לַ֨⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹֽא־נָתַ֥ן נַחֲלָ֖ה בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 Moses had given the inheritance of the two and one-half tribes beyond the Jordan, but to the Levites he gave no inheritance The land that Moses gave to the tribes is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 4 tye1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־נָתְנוּ֩ חֵ֨לֶק לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם בָּ⁠אָ֗רֶץ 1 The Levites were given no portion of the inheritance in the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Moses did not give a portion of the inheritance to the Levites in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 14 4 c5l6 חֵ֨לֶק 1 portion “part”
JOS 14 4 tj8s figs-ellipsis כִּ֤י אִם־עָרִים֙ לָ⁠שֶׁ֔בֶת 1 but only certain cities to live in The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but he gave to them only certain cities to live in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOS 14 4 m4nv וּ⁠מִ֨גְרְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 pasturelands fields of grass for the livestock to eat
JOS 14 4 j8ys וּ⁠לְ⁠קִנְיָנָֽ⁠ם 1 material resources physical things they needed so they could provide for their families
JOS 14 6 b9tc translate-names יְפֻנֶּ֖ה 1 Jephunneh This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 14 6 g6g8 translate-names הַ⁠קְּנִזִּ֑י 1 Kenizzite This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 14 7 wqe2 figs-idiom וָ⁠אָשֵׁ֤ב אֹת⁠וֹ֙ דָּבָ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר עִם־לְבָבִֽ⁠י 1 I brought him a report again as it was in my heart to make Here the word “heart” represents the thoughts. The phrase is an idiom that refers to a report that is given honestly. Alternate translation: “I brought back to him an honest report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 14 8 q6zs figs-metaphor הִמְסִ֖יו אֶת־לֵ֣ב הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 made the heart of the people melt with fear Making the people very afraid is spoken of as if it were making the hearts of the people melt. Alternate translation: “made the people very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 8 d53a figs-metaphor וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֣י מִלֵּ֔אתִי אַחֲרֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 I completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 9 ew2r figs-metaphor הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙…בָּ֔⁠הּ לְ⁠ךָ֨ תִֽהְיֶ֧ה לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֛ה וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם 1 the land … will be an inheritance for you and for your children forever The land that Caleb and his descendants would have is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 9 shc9 figs-synecdoche הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דָּרְכָ֤ה רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 the land on which your foot has walked Here “your foot” represents Caleb. Alternate translation: “the land on which you have walked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 14 10 m9sn הִנֵּה֩ 1 look “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
JOS 14 10 c4ma אֲשֶׁר־הָלַ֥ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 while Israel walked in the wilderness “while the people of Israel traveled in the wilderness”
JOS 14 11 q443 כְּ⁠כֹ֥חִ⁠י אָ֖ז וּ⁠כְ⁠כֹ֣חִ⁠י עָ֑תָּה 1 My strength is now as my strength was then “I am still as strong now as I was then”
JOS 14 11 y4nf figs-idiom וְ⁠לָ⁠צֵ֥את וְ⁠לָ⁠בֽוֹא 1 for going and coming This is an idiom that refers to daily activities. Alternate translation: “for the things I do every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 14 12 r8ka אֶת־הָ⁠הָ֣ר 1 hill country Possible meanings are 1) many large hills or small mountains or 2) one mountain.
JOS 14 12 ner3 translate-names עֲנָקִ֣ים 1 Anakim This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 14 13 q6ae figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת־חֶבְר֛וֹן לְ⁠כָלֵ֥ב 1 gave Hebron as an inheritance to Caleb Hebron is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Caleb received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 14 gji6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 14 14 zii3 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה 1 he completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 15 hyh6 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 Kiriath Arba This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 14 15 wv1z figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 Then the land had rest from war The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 15 1 ex51 translate-names צִ֛ן 1 Zin This is the name of the wilderness area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 2 k5za מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the end of the Salt Sea, from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
JOS 15 2 j6xn מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
JOS 15 2 qj2g הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן 1 bay smaller part of the sea that extends into the land
JOS 15 3 kb99 translate-names עַקְרַבִּים֙…צִ֔נָ⁠ה…חֶצְרוֹן֙…אַדָּ֔רָ⁠ה…הַ⁠קַּרְקָֽעָ⁠ה 1 Akrabbim … Zin … Hezron … Addar … Karka These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 4 nzh3 translate-names עַצְמ֗וֹנָ⁠ה 1 Azmon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 4 d1b1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land, near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 5 xrg4 figs-metaphor מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּֽן 1 at the mouth of the Jordan The point at which the river empties into the sea is spoken of as if it were the mouth of the river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 15 5 bl5c וּ⁠גְב֞וּל 1 border … ran “border … was”
JOS 15 6 lbt5 translate-names בֵּ֣ית חָגְלָ֔ה…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָעֲרָבָ֑ה 1 Beth Hoglah … Beth Arabah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 6 eqi7 translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 the Stone of Bohan This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 7 n7k5 translate-names דְּבִרָ⁠ה֮ מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק עָכוֹר֒…הַ⁠גִּלְגָּ֗ל…לְ⁠מַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֔ים…מֵי־עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶ…עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 Debir … the Valley of Achor … the hill of Adummim … En Shemesh … En Rogel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 8 qa4u translate-names גֵּ֣י בֶן־הִנֹּ֗ם…עֵֽמֶק־רְפָאִ֖ים 1 the Valley of Ben Hinnom … the Valley of Rephaim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 9 hb3j translate-names נֶפְתּ֔וֹחַ…הַר־עֶפְר֑וֹן…קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים 1 Nephtoah … Mount Ephron … Baalah … Kiriath Jearim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 10 h92v translate-names מִ⁠בַּעֲלָ֥ה…הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר…הַר־יְעָרִ֛ים…כְסָל֑וֹן…בֵּֽית־שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ…תִּמְנָֽה 1 Baalah … Mount Seir … Mount Jearim … Kesalon … Beth Shemesh … Timnah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 11 n6qt translate-names שִׁכְּר֔וֹנָ⁠ה…הַר־הַֽ⁠בַּעֲלָ֖ה…יַבְנְאֵ֑ל 1 Shikkeron … Mount Baalah … Jabneel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 13 gx9f translate-names אֶת־קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע 1 Kiriath Arba These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 13 v154 translate-names אַרְבַּ֛ע…הָ⁠עֲנָ֖ק 1 Arba … Anak These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 14 jp1i figs-explicit אֶת־שְׁלוֹשָׁ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י יְלִידֵ֖י הָ⁠עֲנָֽק 1 the three sons of Anak: Sheshai, Ahiman and Talmai, descendants of Anak These names represent clans of people who were descendants of Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai. The words “sons” and “descendants” in this context mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the three clans, Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai, who were descendants of Anak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 15 14 q23k translate-names הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י 1 Anak … Sheshai … Ahiman … Talmai These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 15 n52j וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל מִ⁠שָּׁ֔ם אֶל 1 He went up from there against “He went up from there to fight against”
JOS 15 15 k99v translate-names דְּבִ֥ר…קִרְיַת־סֵֽפֶר 1 Debir … Kiriath Sepher These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 16 hs9c translate-names אֶת־קִרְיַת־סֵ֖פֶר 1 Kiriath Sepher This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 16 z82q translate-names אֶת־עַכְסָ֥ה 1 Aksah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 17 kvc1 translate-names עָתְנִיאֵ֥ל…קְנַ֖ז 1 Othniel … Kenaz These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 18 d6qf figs-idiom בְּ⁠בוֹאָ֗⁠הּ 1 Aksah came to Othniel This is an idiom that refers to Aksah becoming Othniel’s wife. Alternate translation: “when Aksah became Othniel’s wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 15 18 ia6d figs-quotations וַ⁠תְּסִיתֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ לִ⁠שְׁא֤וֹל מֵֽ⁠אֵת־אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ שָׂדֶ֔ה 1 she urged him to ask her father for a field. This can be translated as direct speech. Alternate translation: “she urged him, ‘Ask my father to give me a field.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JOS 15 19 nun3 אֵ֚ת גֻּלֹּ֣ת עִלִּיּ֔וֹת וְ⁠אֵ֖ת גֻּלֹּ֥ת תַּחְתִּיּֽוֹת 1 the upper springs and lower springs The words “upper” and “lower” likely refer to the geographical altitude of the water springs.
JOS 15 20 q76c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־יְהוּדָ֖ה 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Judah The land that the tribe of Judah received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 15 21 lgx2 translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the southern cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:32](../15/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 33 tn8z translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the northern cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:47](../15/47.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 settlements villages
JOS 15 47 hsx1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 48 m88k translate-names 1 General Information: The writer lists cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:63](../15/63.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 63 j68z עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 16 1 b1k9 figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 the tribe of Joseph The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz … Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 3 w8gi translate-names הַ⁠יַּפְלֵטִ֗י 1 Japhletites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 3 id59 translate-names בֵּית־חוֹרֹ֛ן תַּחְתּ֖וֹן…גָּ֑זֶר 1 Lower Beth Horon … Gezer These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 4 u6fy בְנֵי־יוֹסֵ֖ף מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה וְ⁠אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 the tribes of Joseph, Manasseh and Ephraim “the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim, the sons of Joseph”
JOS 16 4 r4qw figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּנְחֲל֥וּ 1 received their inheritance The land that the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received this land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 16 5 f2i9 figs-activepassive גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 The territory of the tribe of Ephraim, clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The territory … that Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 16 5 m6lu translate-names עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר…בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 Ataroth Addar … Upper Beth Horon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 6 vg46 translate-names הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָת֙…תַּאֲנַ֣ת שִׁלֹ֑ה…יָנֽוֹחָ⁠ה 1 Mikmethath … Taanath Shiloh … Janoah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 7 uyw7 translate-names מִ⁠יָּנ֖וֹחָ⁠ה עֲטָר֣וֹת וְ⁠נַעֲרָ֑תָ⁠ה 1 Janoah … Naarah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 8 at1t translate-names מִ⁠תַּפּ֜וּחַ…קָנָ֔ה 1 Tappuah … Kanah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 8 mb6i figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Ephraim The land that Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Ephraim received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 16 8 ke41 figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 16 9 y6xs figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הַ⁠מִּבְדָּלוֹת֙ 1 the cities that were chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the cities that Joshua had chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 16 9 f1yc figs-metaphor בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 within the inheritance of the tribe of Manasseh The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 16 10 au8e עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 16 10 fth4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־עֹבֵֽד 1 these people were made to do forced labor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Manasseh’s lack of faith<br>Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 17 1 j2sj translate-names לְ⁠מָכִיר֩ 1 Makir These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 1 zuz5 figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 Makir’s descendants were assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 2 al47 translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר…חֵ֗לֶק…אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙…שֶׁ֔כֶם…חֵ֖פֶר…שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 Abiezer, Helek, Asriel, Shechem, Hepher, and Shemida These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 2 us2l figs-activepassive וַ֠⁠יְהִי 1 Land was assigned … given to their clans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned land … and gave them to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 3 u2e9 translate-names וְ⁠לִ⁠צְלָפְחָד֩…חֵ֨פֶ 1 Zelophehad … Hepher These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 3 k5z5 translate-names מַחְלָ֣ה וְ⁠נֹעָ֔ה חָגְלָ֥ה מִלְכָּ֖ה וְ⁠תִרְצָֽה 1 Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah, and Tirzah These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 4 x2q2 translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֨ר 1 Eleazar This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 4 q55m figs-metaphor לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 to give to us an inheritance The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “to give to us some land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 17 4 s6fd וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֜ם…נַֽחֲלָ֔ה 1 he gave those women an inheritance Possible meanings are 1) “Joshua gave those women an inheritance” or 2) “Eleazar gave those women an inheritance.”
JOS 17 5 d1c3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ חַבְלֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 Ten parcels of land were assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned ten parcels of land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 5 z7zr חַבְלֵֽי…עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 Ten parcels “Ten portions”
JOS 17 6 d9gb figs-metaphor נָחֲל֥וּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 received an inheritance The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 17 6 qbx1 figs-activepassive הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֔ד הָיְתָ֥ה לִ⁠בְנֵֽי 1 The land of Gilead was assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 7 jln6 אֶל־הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין 1 southward toward the south
JOS 17 7 dfe9 translate-names הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָ֔ת…תַּפּֽוּחַ 1 Mikmethath … Tappuah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 9 k7gp הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩ 1 The border “The border of Manasseh’s land”
JOS 17 9 l2af נַ֨חַל 1 brook a very small river
JOS 17 9 qvi8 translate-names קָנָ֜ה 1 Kanah name of a brook (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 10 mi9b figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠אָשֵׁר֙ יִפְגְּע֣וּ⁠ן מִ⁠צָּפ֔וֹן 1 On the north side Asher can be reached Possible meanings are 1) that the border of Manasseh’s land on the north side touched the land that belonged to the tribe of Asher or 2) that one can travel north to reach Asher. Alternate translation: “Asher was on the north side” or “One can travel north to reach Asher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 10 fj36 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בְ⁠יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר מִ⁠מִּזְרָֽח 1 to the east, Issachar The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to the east, one can reach Issachar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOS 17 11 s1sn translate-names בֵּית־שְׁאָ֣ן…וְ⁠יִבְלְעָ֨ם…דֹ֣אר…עֵֽין־דֹּר֙…תַעְנַךְ֙…מְגִדּ֖וֹ…הַ⁠נָּֽפֶת 1 Beth Shan … Ibleam … Dor … Endor … Taanach … Megiddo … Napheth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 14 b4j6 figs-explicit בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the descendants of Joseph This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 17 14 sk37 figs-rquestion מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜⁠י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽ⁠אֲנִ֣י עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־עַד־כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥⁠נִי יְהוָֽה 1 Why have you given us only one … Yahweh has blessed us? The people of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh ask this question to emphasize that Joshua should have assigned to them more land. Alternate translation: “You should have given us more than one … Yahweh has blessed us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 17 14 ju22 figs-doublet גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד 1 one assignment of land and one portion for an inheritance These two phrases mean basically the same thing. In the second, the land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “one assignment of land as our inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 17 14 dg92 וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל 1 portion part
JOS 17 14 p7z5 עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד 1 people great in number “many people”
JOS 17 15 d24l אִם־עַם־רַ֤ב אַתָּה֙ 1 If you are a people great in number “Since you are a people great in number”
JOS 17 15 psc4 translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 Rephaim This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 16 g788 translate-names בְּ⁠בֵית־שְׁאָן֙…יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 Beth Shan … Jezreel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 17 wa3y figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 17 18 w4m4 וּ⁠בֵ֣רֵאת֔⁠וֹ 1 you will clear it “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees”
JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 18 1 fkg2 figs-events וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and they conquered the land They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JOS 18 2 ynk6 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 whose inheritance had not been assigned The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 18 3 bia9 figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 How long will you put off … has given you? Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off … has given you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 18 4 p7hg figs-idiom וְ⁠יִֽתְהַלְּכ֥וּ בָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 the land up and down The words “up and down” mean in every direction. Alternate translation: “the land in every direction” or “throughout the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 18 4 zry7 וְ⁠יִכְתְּב֥וּ אוֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠פִ֥י נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 write out a description of it with a view to their inheritances This means that they will describe the portions of land that each tribe would like to receive for an inheritance.
JOS 18 4 lh9w figs-metaphor נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 their inheritances The land that they are to survey is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that each of the tribes would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 5 e13l 0 General Information: Joshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel.
JOS 18 5 dmy4 וְ⁠הִֽתְחַלְּק֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ 1 They will divide it “They will divide the land”
JOS 18 5 y5gn יְהוּדָ֞ה יַעֲמֹ֤ד 1 Judah will remain “The tribe of Judah will remain”
JOS 18 5 d41l figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵ֥ית יוֹסֵ֛ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” represents the descendants of Joseph. The phrase refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 18 7 v3qr 0 General Information: Joshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel.
JOS 18 7 e6s8 אֵֽין־חֵ֤לֶק 1 no portion “no portion of land”
JOS 18 7 kus7 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־כְהֻנַּ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה נַחֲלָת֑⁠וֹ 1 for the priesthood of Yahweh is their inheritance Joshua speaks of the great honor that the Levites have by serving Yahweh as priests as if it were something that they inherited. Alternate translation: “for the priesthood of Yahweh is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 7 eqg6 וַ⁠חֲצִי֩ שֵׁ֨בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה 1 the half tribe of Manasseh “half of the tribe of Manasseh”
JOS 18 7 cyc8 figs-metaphor לָקְח֣וּ נַחֲלָתָ֗⁠ם 1 have received their inheritance The land that the tribes received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “have received land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 8 t1cr 0 General Information: Joshua speaks to the twenty-one men who were to go look at the land.
JOS 18 8 p238 figs-idiom וְ⁠הִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ בָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ 1 up and down in the land The words “up and down” mean in every direction. See how you translated this in [Joshua 18:4](../18/04.md). Alternate translation: “in every direction in the land” or “throughout the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 18 10 pz3n figs-activepassive כְּ⁠מַחְלְקֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 to each was given his portion of the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to each tribe Joshua gave their portion in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 18 11 hd7v בֵּ֚ין בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 between the descendants of Judah and the descendants of Joseph “between the land that belonged to the descendants of Judah and the land that belonged to the descendants of Joseph”
JOS 18 11 ib4f figs-explicit בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 the descendants of Joseph This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 18 12 ij99 translate-names בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן 1 Beth Aven This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 13 hx15 translate-names ל֨וּזָ⁠ה֙…בֵּֽית־אֵ֑ל…עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר…לְ⁠בֵית־חֹר֖וֹן 1 Luz … Ataroth Addar … Beth Horon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 14 h4e6 הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩ 1 The boundary This refers to the same thing as “the border” in verse 13.
JOS 18 14 eq7x translate-names קִרְיַת־בַּ֨עַל֙…קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים 1 Kiriath Baal … Kiriath Jearim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 15 ulq2 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֑ים…נֶפְתּֽוֹחַ 1 Kiriath Jearim … Ephron … Nephtoah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 16 br6t translate-names בֶן־הִנֹּ֔ם…רְפָאִ֖ים…הִנֹּ֜ם…עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 Ben Hinnom … Rephaim … Hinnom … En Rogel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 17 d8dt translate-names עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶשׁ…גְּלִיל֔וֹת…אֲדֻמִּ֑ים 1 En Shemesh … Geliloth … Adummim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 17 z2mh translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 the Stone of Bohan This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. See how you translated this in [Joshua 15:6](../15/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 18 g6td figs-metaphor כֶּ֥תֶף מוּל־הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the shoulder of Beth Arabah Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the slope of Beth Arabah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 18 b98y translate-names מוּל־הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 Beth Arabah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 19 k48g figs-metaphor כֶּ֣תֶף בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ צָפוֹנָ⁠ה֒ 1 the north shoulder of Beth Hoglah Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the north slope of Beth Hoglah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 19 xy3i translate-names בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ 1 Beth Hoglah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 20 ywb2 figs-metaphor זֹ֡את נַחֲלַת֩ בְּנֵ֨י בִנְיָמִ֧ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Benjamin The land that the tribe of Benjamin received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 18 20 pe6e figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 it was given clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave it to each of their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 18 21 i6af translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 24 jsu9 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 their villages “the villages around them”
JOS 18 25 nk7k translate-names 0 General Information: The writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 28 t3aa figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of Benjamin The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 19 1 s149 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֞א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֤ל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ לְ⁠שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 The second casting of lots fell to Simeon “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon”
JOS 19 1 gl7x translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 The second number two in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 1 z9r9 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 clan by clan “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans”
JOS 19 1 u57y figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ נַֽחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָֽה 1 Their inheritance was in the middle of the inheritance that belonged to the tribe of Judah The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribes received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The land that they received as an inheritance was in the middle of the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 2 kg51 translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 2 eu6h figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 They had for their inheritance The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “They had the following cities for their inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 5 la4r translate-names 0 General Information: The writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 5 f4vb וְ⁠צִֽקְלַ֥ג 1 Ziklag See how you translated the name of this city in [Joshua 15:31](../15/31.md).
JOS 19 8 uc1c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־שִׁמְע֖וֹן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Simeon The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 8 q586 figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Joshua gave to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 19 9 lep5 figs-activepassive מֵ⁠חֶ֨בֶל֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 the portion of land assigned to the tribe of Judah This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the portion of land which Joshua assigned to the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 19 9 p2ji בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ נַחֲלָתָֽ⁠ם 1 the middle of their portion “the middle of Judah’s portion of land”
JOS 19 10 f5gu וַ⁠יַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 The third casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 19 10 s2j1 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 The third number three in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 10 vde5 translate-names שָׂרִֽיד 1 Sarid This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 11 v9gp translate-names וּ⁠מַרְעֲלָ֖ה…בְּ⁠דַבָּ֑שֶׁת…יָקְנְעָֽם 1 Maralah … Dabbesheth … Jokneam These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 11 gx7v עַל־פְּנֵ֥י יָקְנְעָֽם 1 opposite Jokneam “across from Jokneam”
JOS 19 12 n9dc translate-names מִ⁠שָּׂרִ֗יד…כִּסְלֹ֖ת תָּבֹ֑ר…הַ⁠דָּֽבְרַ֖ת…יָפִֽיעַ 1 Sarid … Kisloth Tabor … Daberath … Japhia These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 13 dqd5 translate-names גִּתָּ֥⁠ה חֵ֖פֶר עִתָּ֣ה קָצִ֑ין…רִמּ֥וֹן…הַ⁠נֵּעָֽה 1 Gath Hepher … Eth Kazin … Rimmon … Neah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 14 ja4s translate-names חַנָּתֹ֑ן…יִפְתַּח־אֵֽל 1 Hannathon … Iphtah El These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 15 xk4u translate-names וְ⁠קַטָּ֤ת וְ⁠נַֽהֲלָל֙ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֔וֹן וְ⁠יִדְאֲלָ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם 1 Kattath … Nahalal … Shimron … Idalah … Bethlehem These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 15 yn5n translate-names וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם 1 Bethlehem This is not the same “Bethlehem” that is south of Jerusalem in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 16 a4ee figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־זְבוּלֻ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Zebulun The land and cities that the tribe of Zebulun received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Zebulun received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 17 fum5 יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י 1 The fourth casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 19 17 l33x translate-ordinal הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י 1 The fourth number four in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 18 qmg4 translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּסוּלֹ֖ת וְ⁠שׁוּנֵֽם 1 Chesulloth … Shunem These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 19 c3ti translate-names וַ⁠חֲפָרַ֥יִם וְ⁠שִׁיאֹ֖ן וַ⁠אֲנָחֲרַֽת 1 Hapharaim … Shion … Anaharath These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 20 mft4 translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֥ית וְ⁠קִשְׁי֖וֹן וָ⁠אָֽבֶץ 1 Rabbith … Kishion … Ebez These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 21 b1ex translate-names וְ⁠רֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠עֵין־גַּנִּ֛ים וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חַדָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פַּצֵּֽץ 1 Remeth … En Gannim … En Haddah … Beth Pazzez These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 22 hs7i translate-names בְּ⁠תָב֤וֹר 1 Tabor This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 22 ht1e translate-names ו⁠שחצומ⁠ה 1 Shahazumah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 23 yll2 figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Issachar The land and cities that the tribe of Issachar received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Issachar received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 24 lhr4 וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י 1 The fifth casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 19 24 xa5a translate-ordinal הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י 1 The fifth number five in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 25 prg9 translate-names חֶלְקַ֥ת וַ⁠חֲלִ֖י וָ⁠בֶ֥טֶן וְ⁠אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Helkath, Hali, Beten, Akshaph These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 26 v6t4 translate-names וְ⁠אַֽלַמֶּ֥לֶךְ וְ⁠עַמְעָ֖ד וּ⁠מִשְׁאָ֑ל…וּ⁠בְ⁠שִׁיח֖וֹר לִבְנָֽת 1 Allammelek, Amad, and Mishall … Shihor Libnath These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 27 pbh2 translate-names בֵּ֣ית דָּגֹן֒…וּ⁠בְ⁠גֵ֨י יִפְתַּח־אֵ֥ל…בֵּ֥ית הָעֵ֖מֶק וּ⁠נְעִיאֵ֑ל…כָּב֖וּל 1 Beth Dagon … Valley of Iphtah El … Beth Emek … Neiel … Kabul These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 28 ht1l translate-names וְ⁠עֶבְרֹ֥ן וּ⁠רְחֹ֖ב וְ⁠חַמּ֣וֹן וְ⁠קָנָ֑ה 1 Abdon … Rehob … Hammon … Kanah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 29 q8wz translate-names חֹסָ֔ה…אַכְזִֽיבָ⁠ה 1 Hosah … Akzib These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 30 y1g5 translate-names וְ⁠עֻמָ֥ה וַ⁠אֲפֵ֖ק וּ⁠רְחֹ֑ב 1 Ummah … Aphek … Rehob These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 31 x4aq figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־אָשֵׁ֖ר 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Asher The land and cities that the tribe of Asher received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Asher received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 32 jy7g יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י 1 The sixth casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 19 32 jjm6 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י 1 The sixth number six in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 33 syr4 translate-names מֵ⁠חֵ֨לֶף…בְּ⁠צַעֲנַנִּ֗ים וַ⁠אֲדָמִ֥י הַנֶּ֛קֶב וְ⁠יַבְנְאֵ֖ל…לַקּ֑וּם 1 Heleph … Zaanannim … Adami Nekeb … Jabneel … Lakkum These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 34 lu5s translate-names אַזְנ֣וֹת תָּב֔וֹר…חוּקֹ֑קָ⁠ה 1 Aznoth Tabor … Hukkok These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 35 h8p6 translate-names הַ⁠צִּדִּ֣ים צֵ֔ר וְ⁠חַמַּ֖ת רַקַּ֥ת וְ⁠כִנָּֽרֶת 1 Ziddim … Zer … Hammath … Rakkath … Kinnereth These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 35 lq51 וְ⁠חַמַּ֖ת 1 Hammath This is not the same location as “Hamath,” but is located on the west shore of the Sea of Galilee.
JOS 19 36 e379 translate-names וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֥ה וְ⁠הָ⁠רָמָ֖ה וְ⁠חָצֽוֹר 1 Adamah … Ramah … Hazor These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 37 vez5 translate-names וְ⁠קֶ֥דֶשׁ וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֖עִי וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חָצֽוֹר 1 Kedesh … Edrei … En Hazor These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 38 jp9v translate-names וְ⁠יִרְאוֹן֙ וּ⁠מִגְדַּל־אֵ֔ל חֳרֵ֥ם וּ⁠בֵית־עֲנָ֖ת וּ⁠בֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ 1 Yiron … Migdal El … Horem … Beth Anath These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 39 s9en figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־נַפְתָּלִ֖י 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Naphtali The land and cities that the tribe of Naphtali received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Naphtali received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 40 q3a2 יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֥ל הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 The seventh casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 19 40 b1tt translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 The seventh number seven in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 41 d7it figs-metaphor גְּב֣וּל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 The territory of its inheritance The land that the tribe of Dan received is spoken of as if it was an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The territory of land that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 41 b8bg translate-names צָרְעָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶשְׁתָּא֖וֹל וְ⁠עִ֥יר שָֽׁמֶשׁ 1 Zorah, Eshtaol, Ir Shemesh These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 42 q637 translate-names וְ⁠שַֽׁעֲלַבִּ֥ין וְ⁠אַיָּל֖וֹן וְ⁠יִתְלָֽה 1 Shaalabbin, Aijalon, and Ithlah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 43 sht1 translate-names וְ⁠אֵיל֥וֹן וְ⁠תִמְנָ֖תָ⁠ה וְ⁠עֶקְרֽוֹן 1 Elon, Timnah, Ekron These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 44 gca7 translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְתְּקֵ֥ה וְ⁠גִבְּת֖וֹן וּ⁠בַעֲלָֽת 1 Eltekeh, Gibbethon, Baalath These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 45 yan4 translate-names וִ⁠יהֻ֥ד וּ⁠בְנֵֽי־בְרַ֖ק וְ⁠גַת־רִמּֽוֹן 1 Jehud, Bene Berak, Gath Rimmon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 46 ddh6 translate-names וּ⁠מֵ֥י הַיַּרְק֖וֹן וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַקּ֑וֹן 1 Me Jarkon … Rakkon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 46 w42c מ֥וּל יָפֽוֹ 1 across from Joppa “opposite Joppa” or “beside Joppa”
JOS 19 47 i8zh translate-names לֶ֜שֶׁם 1 Leshem This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 48 cx9h figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־דָ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Dan The land and cities that the tribe of Dan received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 49 jzi6 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 gave an inheritance among themselves to Joshua son of Nun The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 50 ac8r translate-names אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח 1 Timnath Serah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 51 cs47 figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠נְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 These are the inheritances … assigned The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities … assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cities of Refuge<br><br>If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br>
JOS 20 2 qhs6 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 by the hand of Moses Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 20 3 a1vg מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 unintentionally kills This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
JOS 20 3 h73b figs-metonymy מִ⁠גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠דָּֽם 1 avenge the blood of a person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 20 4 u2dh וְ⁠נָ֞ס 1 He will run Here the word “he” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
JOS 20 4 p1sg וְ⁠דִבֶּ֛ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֛י זִקְנֵ֥י־הָ⁠עִֽיר הַ⁠הִ֖יא אֶת־דְּבָרָ֑י⁠ו 1 explain his case to the elders of that city “convince the elders of that city that he had not intentionally killed the person.
JOS 20 4 dhh4 וְ⁠אָסְפ֨וּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ 1 Then they will take him The word “they” refers to the elders and “him” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
JOS 20 4 k969 וְ⁠יָשַׁ֥ב עִמָּֽ⁠ם 1 live among them This refers to the city as a whole, not to the elders only.
JOS 20 5 x945 figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֤ל הַ⁠דָּם֙ 1 avenge the blood of the person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 20 5 u27s בִ⁠בְלִי־דַ֨עַת֙ הִכָּ֣ה אֶת־רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 killed his neighbor unintentionally accidentally killed his neighbor
JOS 20 6 c6fe עָמְד֞⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠עֵדָה֙ 1 stood before the assembly This is a phrase that describes standing to seek justice from a court of the assembly of his fellow citizens.
JOS 20 7 lyr5 translate-names 0 General Information: There are a lot of names in this section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 20 8 cy8e לְ⁠יַרְדֵּ֤ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 20 9 b89x figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּ⁠יַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 would not die by the hand of the one Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 20 9 j61z figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 avenge the blood that was shed This can be stated in active form. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 21 1 js4y translate-names אֶלְעָזָר֙…נ֑וּן 1 Eleazar … Nun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 2 wk1t וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 They said to them “The Levites said to them”
JOS 21 2 wk1m figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Yahweh commanded you by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 21 3 f9ei אֶת־הֶ⁠עָרִ֥ים 1 following cities This refers to the cities to be listed in the next verses.
JOS 21 4 r4ry וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 21 4 fl2y translate-names הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י 1 Kohathites This priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 5 iwh3 וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֲצִ֨י 1 half tribe Half the tribe because the other half received their inheritance before crossing the Jordan River.
JOS 21 6 bk5g translate-names גֵרְשׁ֗וֹן 1 Gershon Gershon was one of the sons of Levi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 6 ezu2 בַּ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 21 7 cg61 translate-names מְרָרִ֜י 1 Merari Merari was one of the sons of Levi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 8 qe5y figs-metonymy צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Yahweh had commanded by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” here means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had told Moses to command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 21 10 t6l2 translate-names מִ⁠מִּשְׁפְּח֥וֹת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֖י 1 clans of the Kohathites The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. See how you translated this in [Joshua 21:2](../21/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 10 tnp1 הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 21 11 vkd2 writing-background אַרְבַּ֨ע אֲבִ֧י הָֽ⁠עֲנ֛וֹק 1 Arba had been the father of Anak This is background information about the name of the man who founded the city of Kiriath Arba. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 21 11 mn2g translate-names הָֽ⁠עֲנ֛וֹק 1 Anak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 11 vd7d בְּ⁠הַ֣ר 1 hill country An area of land with natural elevations, smaller than mountains.
JOS 21 11 kwe7 מִגְרָשֶׁ֖⁠הָ 1 pasturelands An area covered with grass or plants suitable for the grazing of livestock or cattle.
JOS 21 12 aj9s שְׂדֵ֥ה הָ⁠עִ֖יר 1 fields of the city Areas of open land, usually, planted with crops, belonging to and surrounding the city.
JOS 21 12 uz84 חֲצֵרֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 villages Small communities, usually smaller than a town.
JOS 21 13 p1nr translate-names לִבְנָ֖ה 1 Libnah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 14 q8gl translate-names יַתִּר֙…אֶשְׁתְּמֹ֖עַ 1 Jattir … Eshtemoa These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 15 cb4t translate-names חֹלֹן֙…דְּבִ֖ר 1 Holon … Debir These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 16 bx8i translate-names עַ֣יִן…יֻטָּה֙ 1 Ain … Juttah These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 17 e8r4 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה בִנְיָמִ֔ן 1 From the tribe of Benjamin were given Gibeon This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Benjamin gave Gibeon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 17 fd6z translate-names אֶת־גֶּ֖בַע 1 Geba This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 18 sk7n translate-names אֶת־עֲנָתוֹת֙…עַלְמ֖וֹן 1 Anathoth … Almon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 19 ha9f translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עָרִ֖ים 1 thirteen cities “13 cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 20 lfp9 translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָת֙ 1 the Kohathite clans The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 20 x8eu figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ עָרֵ֣י גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 they had cities given to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 20 tg75 גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 21 21 kz7k translate-names גֶּ֖זֶר 1 Gezer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 22 tv2m translate-names קִבְצַ֨יִם֙…בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן 1 Kibzaim … Beth Horon names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 22 r4hl translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 four cities in all This refers to the list by the total number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 23 dw9x figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּ֨טֵּה־דָ֔ן 1 From the tribe of Dan, the clan of Kohath was given Eltekeh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Dan gave to the clan of Kohath Eltekeh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 23 r7qr translate-names אֶֽת־אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א…גִּבְּת֖וֹן 1 Eltekeh … Gibbethon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 24 g45w translate-names אֶת־אַיָּלוֹן֙…אֶת־גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן 1 Aijalon … Gath Rimmon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 24 g4ma translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 four cities This refers to the number of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 25 e6cl figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִית֙ מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙ 1 From the half tribe of Manasseh, the clan of Kohath was given Taanach This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh gave to the clan of Kohath Taanach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 25 yn8h translate-names אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙…גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן 1 Taanach … Gath Rimmon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 26 hn9j translate-names לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָ֖ת 1 clans of the Kohathites The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 27 knk6 translate-names אֶת־גּוֹלָ֤ן…אֶֽת־בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה 1 Golan … Be Eshterah names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 27 bmc9 הָ⁠רֹצֵ֔חַ 1 killed another unintentionally This refers to a death resulting from an action not intended to harm a person.
JOS 21 27 a1zs translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים שְׁתָּֽיִם 1 two cities number of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 28 r9hc translate-names אֶת־קִשְׁי֖וֹן…אֶת־דָּֽבְרַ֖ת 1 Kishion … Daberath names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 29 u8z9 translate-names אֶת־יַרְמוּת֙…עֵ֥ין גַּנִּ֖ים 1 Jarmuth … En Gannim names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 30 rbf6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֔ר אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל 1 From the tribe of Asher, they gave Mishal This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They received from the tribe of Asher Mishal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 30 px1s translate-names אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל…אֶת־עַבְדּ֖וֹ 1 Mishal … Abdon names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 31 ziw8 translate-names אֶת־חֶלְקָת֙…רְחֹ֖ב 1 Helkath … Rehob names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 32 h2j8 translate-names חַמֹּ֥ת דֹּאר֙…קַרְתָּ֖ן 1 Hammoth Dor … Kartan These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 33 c7dt translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עִ֖יר 1 thirteen cities in all “13 cities in total” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 34 yuv3 figs-activepassive וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי־מְרָרִי֮ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֣ם הַ⁠נּוֹתָרִים֒ מֵ⁠אֵת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֔ן אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם 1 To the rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—were given out of the tribe of Zebulun: Jokneam This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: The rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—received from the tribe of Zebulun Jokneam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 34 ws8g translate-names מְרָרִי֮ 1 Merari This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 34 ng32 translate-names אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם…אֶת־קַרְתָּ֖ה 1 Jokneam … Kartah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 35 ek4f translate-names אֶת־דִּמְנָה֙…אֶֽת־נַהֲלָ֖ל 1 Dimnah … Nahalal names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 36 dh5c translate-names אֶת־בֶּ֖צֶר…וְ⁠אֶת־יַ֖הְצָ⁠ה 1 Bezer … Jahaz names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 37 jbp6 translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 four cities This refers to the total number of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 37 e538 translate-names אֶת־קְדֵמוֹת֙…מֵיפָ֖עַת 1 Kedemoth … Mephaath names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 38 r7m5 translate-names אֶת־רָמֹ֥ת…מַחֲנַ֖יִם 1 Ramoth … Mahanaim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 39 a2l1 translate-names אֶת־חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙…אֶת־יַעְזֵ֖ר 1 Heshbon … Jazer These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 40 x17x translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה 1 twelve cities in all “12 cities in total” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 40 q83e figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִי֙ גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה 1 twelve cities in all were given to them by the casting of lots This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received these twelve cities by the casting of lots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 40 at28 גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
JOS 21 41 g7z1 figs-activepassive כֹּ֚ל עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The cities of the Levites taken from the middle of the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Levites received their cities from the middle of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 41 z9gj translate-numbers עָרִ֛ים אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֖ה 1 forty-eight cities “48 cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 21 43 q5na נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 1 he swore “he gave an oath”
JOS 21 44 t1a4 figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Not one of their enemies could defeat them This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 21 44 lg6d figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 gave all their enemies into their hand Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 21 45 u1ik figs-litotes לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Not one thing among all the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel failed to come true This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument<br><br>The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.<br>
JOS 22 1 ic3e translate-names לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִ֖י 1 Reubenites people of the tribe of Reuben (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 1 w3xd translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֑י 1 Gadites people of the tribe of Gad (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 2 x8l8 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְ⁠קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 obeyed my voice Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 22 3 a89l figs-litotes לֹֽא־עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 You have not deserted your brothers This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “You have remained with your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 22 5 zh9u figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠לֶ֧כֶת בְּ⁠כָל־דְּרָכָ֛י⁠ו 1 to walk in all his ways A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if he were walking on Yahweh’s ways or roads. Alternate translation: “to obey everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 22 5 r5dh figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶֽם 1 with all your heart and with all your soul The terms “heart” and “soul” are here used together to refer to the entire person. Alternate translation: “with all you think and feel” or “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 22 7 k89d הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This was a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 22 8 w4re וּ⁠בְ⁠בַרְזֶ֛ל 1 iron a strong, hard, magnetic metal
JOS 22 8 k79c שְׁלַל 1 plunder The winning army would take everything of value from the people they conquered.
JOS 22 9 cmc4 figs-idiom פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 the commandment of Yahweh, by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “the commandment that Yahweh told Moses to give to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 10 iy3p הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This was a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 22 11 ww1z figs-metaphor אֶל־מוּל֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 at the front of the land of Canaan The Israelite tribes who lived across the Jordan River would enter Canaan at the place where they built the altar. This place is spoken of as if it was the “front” or “entrance” to Canaan where the other tribes lived. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the land of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 22 11 yqa5 translate-names גְּלִילוֹת֙ 1 Geliloth This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 12 v3q5 לַ⁠צָּבָֽא 1 war a state of armed conflict between two nations or people groups
JOS 22 13 t232 translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֥ר 1 Eleazar name of man (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 16 sy2y כֹּ֣ה אָמְר֞וּ כֹּ֣ל׀ עֲדַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה 1 The whole assembly of Yahweh says this All the people of Israel are spoken of together in the singular as if they were one person. Alternate translation: “All the other Israelites are asking”
JOS 22 17 lcv2 figs-rquestion הַ⁠מְעַט־לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן פְּע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 Was our sin at Peor not enough for us? This question emphasizes how serious their previous sin was. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We had already sinned terribly at Peor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 22 17 b18v translate-names פְּע֔וֹר 1 Peor This is name of a place. Translate the same way as in [Joshua 13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 17 ie2t figs-litotes אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 we have not even now cleansed ourselves from it This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we are still dealing with the guilt of that sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 22 20 kyw7 translate-names עָכָ֣ן…זֶ֗רַח 1 Achan … Zerah names of men (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 20 v3qy figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 Did not Achan son of Zerah break faith in the matter of those things that had been reserved for God? Did not wrath fall on all the people of Israel? These questions are used to remind the people of the punishment for past sins. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “Achan son of Zerah sinned by taking things that had been reserved for God. And because of that God punished all the people of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 22 22 x5pm figs-hypo אִם־בְּ⁠מֶ֤רֶד וְ⁠אִם־בְּ⁠מַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אַל־תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 If it was in rebellion … on this day The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar in rebellion or breach of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 23 sku4 figs-hypo לִ⁠בְנ֥וֹת לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָ⁠שׁ֖וּב מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠אִם־לְ⁠הַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜י⁠ו עוֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֗ה וְ⁠אִם־לַ⁠עֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ 1 If we built … let Yahweh make us pay for it The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 24 cei9 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
JOS 22 24 xpn5 figs-hypo יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠בָנֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 your children might say to our children … God of Israel? This is a hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 24 qr6z figs-rquestion מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 What have you to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel? The three tribes use this rhetorical question to emphasize the situation they are trying to avoid. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have nothing to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOS 22 25 qfc4 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh continue their answer.
JOS 22 25 w2sv figs-hypo וּ⁠גְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָד֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 For Yahweh has made the Jordan … nothing to do with Yahweh This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 25 w3az אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 22 25 iy97 figs-hypo  וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 So your children might make our children cease to worship Yahweh The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 26 ueg6 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
JOS 22 27 m97u figs-metaphor עֵ֨ד ה֜וּא בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 to be a witness between us and you The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify to the rights of the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 22 27 gs6k figs-hypo וְ⁠לֹא־יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְ⁠בָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּ⁠יהוָֽה 1 so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, “You have no share in Yahweh.” This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 27 n3i9 אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק 1 no share “no portion” or “no inheritance”
JOS 22 28 bf3h 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now finish their answer.
JOS 22 28 kuu5 figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי־יֹאמְר֥וּ אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶל־דֹּרֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מָחָ֑ר וְ⁠אָמַ֡רְנוּ רְא֣וּ אֶת־תַּבְנִית֩ מִזְבַּ֨ח יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשׂ֣וּ אֲבוֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ לֹ֤א לְ⁠עוֹלָה֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א לְ⁠זֶ֔בַח כִּי־עֵ֣ד ה֔וּא בֵּינֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 If this should be said … a witness between us and you.” The three tribes are describing their potential answer to an accusation that might or might not be made at a future time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOS 22 29 b4w1 figs-idiom חָלִילָ⁠ה֩ לָּ֨⁠נוּ מִמֶּ֜⁠נּוּ לִ⁠מְרֹ֣ד 1 May it be far from us that we should rebel The unlikely chance that they would rebel is spoken of as if it is something that is a great distance away from them. Alternate translation: “We would certainly not rebel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 29 i8y4 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠שׁ֤וּב הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 turn away from following him To stop following Yahweh is spoken of as if they were turning away from him. Alternate translation: “stop following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 22 30 ysf8 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֞ע…אֶת־הַ֨⁠דְּבָרִ֔ים 1 heard the words “heard the message”
JOS 22 30 i3xp figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 was good in their eyes Here “in their eyes” means “in their opinion.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 31 ab6h לֹֽא־מְעַלְתֶּ֥ם בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּ֣עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 committed this breach of faith against him “broken your promise to him”
JOS 22 31 w1fn figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠יַּ֥ד יְהוָֽה 1 you have rescued the people of Israel out of the hand of Yahweh Here “the hand of Yahweh” refers to his punishment. Protecting the people is spoken of as rescuing them from his hand. Alternate translation: “you have kept Yahweh from punishing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land “destroy everything in the land”
JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 23 4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
JOS 23 6 w84i figs-metaphor לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י סוּר־מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֥ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹֽאול 1 turning aside from it neither to the right hand nor to the left Disobeying the commands of the law of Moses is spoken of as turning to the right or to the left away from a path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 7 mc72 לְ⁠בִלְתִּי־בוֹא֙ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 you may not mix Possible meanings are 1) having close friendship with them or 2) intermarrying with them.
JOS 23 7 vkw6 תַזְכִּ֨ירוּ֙ 1 mention to speak of
JOS 23 7 wbj7 אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֤ם 1 their gods This refers to the gods of the remaining nations.
JOS 23 8 k6my figs-metaphor בַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם תִּדְבָּ֑קוּ 1 cling to Yahweh “hold tightly to Yahweh.” Believing in Yahweh is spoken of as if they were holding tightly onto him. Alternate translation: “continue to believe in Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 8 q6qx עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day “until the present time”
JOS 23 9 wf3v figs-metonymy לֹא־עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 to stand before you Here “stand” represents holding ground in a battle. The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 23 10 iar1 אֶחָ֥ד 1 single only one
JOS 23 10 lx1z translate-numbers אָ֑לֶף 1 a thousand “1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 23 12 i2mf figs-metaphor וּ⁠דְבַקְתֶּם֙ בְּ⁠יֶ֨תֶר֙ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 cling to the survivors of these nations Accepting the beliefs of these nations is spoken of as holding tightly to them. Alternate translation: “accept the beliefs of the survivors of these nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 13 pdx3 figs-doublet לְ⁠פַ֣ח וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֗שׁ 1 a snare and a trap The words “snare” and “trap” mean basically the same thing. Together they speak of the other nations as if they were a deadly trap that will cause trouble for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 13 ut82 figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁטֵ֤ט בְּ⁠צִדֵּי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠צְנִנִ֣ים בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 whips on your backs and thorns in your eyes These phrases speak of the troubles these nations will cause Israel as if they were as painful as whips and thorns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 14 ba62 figs-euphemism אָנֹכִ֤י הוֹלֵךְ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם בְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 I am going the way of all the earth Joshua uses a polite term to refer to his death. Alternate translation: “I am going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JOS 23 14 x3c7 figs-doublet וִ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֣ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 know with all your hearts and souls Here the words “hearts” and “souls” have similar meanings. Together they emphasize deep personal knowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 23 14 vtt2 figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 not one word has failed to come true These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 23 16 xwa3 figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 worship other gods and bow down to them These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 23 16 wz7d figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 the anger of Yahweh will be kindled against you “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s instructions<br>In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.<br>
JOS 24 1 e4nq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua gathered all the tribes of Israel Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 1 c7pt וַ⁠יִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 presented themselves before “came and stood in front of” or “came before”
JOS 24 2 tn5x מֵֽ⁠עוֹלָ֔ם 1 long ago “many years ago”
JOS 24 2 y8s6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֣ר 1 This is what Joshua begins to quote what Yahweh had said previously. The quotation continues until the end of verse 13.
JOS 24 2 uke1 translate-names תֶּ֛רַח…נָח֑וֹר 1 Terah … Nahor These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 24 3 h2vy 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 4 z8e8 translate-names שֵׂעִיר֙ 1 Seir This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 24 4 azj7 יָרְד֥וּ 1 went down Egypt was lower in elevation that the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “traveled”
JOS 24 5 hrk4 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 5 shc6 figs-you הוֹצֵ֥אתִי אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 brought you out The word “you” is plural and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 6 uxu8 figs-you וָֽ⁠אוֹצִ֤יא אֶת־אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 brought your ancestors out The word “your” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 7 w52l 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 7 t8kg figs-you וַ⁠יִּצְעֲק֣וּ…בֵּינֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 your ancestors … you Yahweh continually alternates between these two phrases, which both refer to all the Israelites, past and present. The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 7 rv8q אֶת־הַ⁠יָּם֙ 1 the sea This refers to the Sea of Reeds.
JOS 24 7 gqs1 בַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֖ר 1 in the wilderness an uninhabited area, a desert
JOS 24 8 jpf2 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 8 xwk4 figs-you אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 you The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 8 ew9g הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 24 8 wu3t figs-metonymy וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֨ן אוֹתָ֤⁠ם בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 gave them into your hand Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to conquer them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 24 9 wi7h 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 9 eb7h translate-names בָּלָ֤ק…צִפּוֹר֙ 1 Balak … Zippor men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 24 9 l9gd figs-you אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 you The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 10 jr3f figs-metonymy וָ⁠אַצִּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠יָּדֽ 1 rescued you out of his hand Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to overcome him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 24 11 wlg7 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 11 b324 figs-you וַ⁠תַּעַבְר֣וּ 1 You The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 11 jx4u אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֮ 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 24 12 d1wr אֶת־הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֔ה 1 the hornet A small fast flying stinging insect that lives in colonies. Here, many “hornets” are spoken of as only one.
JOS 24 13 qv5z 0 General Information: Joshua finishes quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
JOS 24 15 gei6 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִם֩ רַ֨ע בְּֽ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם 1 If it seems wrong in your eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or desire. Alternate translation: “If you do not want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 15 bff7 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י 1 my house This represents his family that lives in his house. Alternate translation: “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 24 17 uf71 figs-pronouns אֹתָ֧⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת־אֲבוֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 us and our ancestors … we The people speak as if they were present with their ancestors, and interchange the words “us” and “we” with “our ancestors.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
JOS 24 17 n1g2 figs-idiom מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֑ים 1 house of slavery Here “house” is an idiom that refers to the location of their slavery. Alternate translation: “place where we were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 24 17 v2lc הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖רְנוּ 1 nations through whom we passed “nations that we passed through”
JOS 24 19 in4p הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
JOS 24 19 di8z אֵֽל־קַנּ֣וֹא ה֔וּא 1 he is a jealous God God wants his people to worship only him.
JOS 24 20 l4yi figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁ֨ב…וְ⁠כִלָּ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 He will consume you Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if he was a fire that would destroy them. Alternate translation: “He will destroy you as with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 21 mt8s הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
JOS 24 23 h48g figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַטּוּ֙ אֶת־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה 1 turn your heart to Yahweh Deciding to obey Yahweh only is spoken of as turning their heart towards him. Here “heart” represents the whole person. In this case, “heart” is plural because it refers to all the Israelites as a single group. However, it may be best to translate it in the plural since “your” is plural. Alternate translation: “turn yourselves to Yahweh” or “decide to obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JOS 24 24 ut8c הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
JOS 24 24 yq9g figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠קוֹל֖⁠וֹ נִשְׁמָֽע 1 We will listen to his voice Here “listen” means to obey. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything he tells us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 24 25 g8by figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם ל֛⁠וֹ חֹ֥ק וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֖ט 1 He put in place decrees and laws Establishing laws is spoken of as if Joshua physically set them in place like monuments. Alternate translation: “He established decrees and laws” or “He gave them laws and decrees to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 26 n7ac בְּ⁠סֵ֖פֶר תּוֹרַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 the Book of the law of God This appears to be a continuation of the writings of Moses.
JOS 24 26 ct9g וַ⁠יְקִימֶ֣⁠הָ שָּׁ֔ם 1 set it up there “placed it there”
JOS 24 27 u7ad הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
JOS 24 27 mkt9 figs-personification הָ⁠אֶ֤בֶן הַ⁠זֹּאת֙ תִּֽהְיֶה־בָּ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה כִּֽי־הִ֣יא שָׁמְעָ֗ה אֵ֚ת כָּל־אִמְרֵ֣י 1 this stone will be a testimony … It has heard all the words The stone that Joshua set up is spoken of as if it were a person who heard what was spoken and would be able to testify about what was said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOS 24 27 h23i פֶּֽן־תְּכַחֲשׁ֖וּ⁠ן 1 should you ever “if you ever”
JOS 24 29 e9uy translate-numbers בֶּן־מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים 1 110 years old “one hundred and ten years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 24 30 iyt3 translate-names בְּ⁠תִמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח…לְ⁠הַר־גָּֽעַשׁ 1 Timnath Serah … Mount Gaash names of places (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 24 31 gf2q figs-idiom כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ 1 all of Joshua’s days This is an idiom that refers to Joshua’s entire life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 24 31 r7xz הֶאֱרִ֤יכוּ יָמִים֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 1 outlived Joshua “lived longer than Joshua”
JOS 24 32 a3ik עַצְמ֣וֹת י֠וֹסֵף…קָבְר֣וּ בִ⁠שְׁכֶם֒ 1 The bones of Joseph … they buried them at Shechem, It may be helpful to change the order of the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel brought the bones of Joseph up out of Egypt and buried them at Shechem”
JOS 24 32 ve2g translate-numbers בְּ⁠מֵאָ֣ה קְשִׂיטָ֑ה 1 one hundred pieces “100 pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 24 33 ur16 translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֥ר 1 Eleazar This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 24 33 rv7j translate-names בְּ⁠גִבְעַת֙ 1 Gibeah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br>- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br>- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br>- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br>- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.<br>
3 JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.<br>
4 JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
5 JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7 JOS 1 2 vix4 figs-you אַתָּה֙ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 you and all this people The word “you” here refers to Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
8 JOS 1 3 v1l7 figs-pastforfuture כָּל־מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 I have given you every place God giving the land to the Israelites in the future is spoken of as if he gave it to them in the past. This emphasizes that he will certainly give it to them. Alternate translation: “I will give to you every place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
9 JOS 1 3 xjc9 figs-you בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 I have given you The word “you” refers to both Joshua and the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
10 JOS 1 3 t94e figs-idiom כָּל־מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 every place where the sole of your foot will walk This refers to all the places Joshua and the Israelites will travel when they cross the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “everywhere you go in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11 JOS 1 4 wl7a 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Joshua.
12 JOS 1 4 nbe3 figs-you גְּבוּלְ⁠כֶֽם 1 your land The word “your” refers to the tribes of Israel and not only Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13 JOS 1 5 w48w figs-you יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב…לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 to stand before you In verse 5 the words “you” and “your” refer to Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
14 JOS 1 5 iq2e figs-doublet לֹ֥א אַרְפְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠לֹ֥א אֶעֶזְבֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 I will not abandon you or leave you The words “abandon” and “leave” mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that he will not do these things. Alternate translation: “I will certainly stay with you always” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
15 JOS 1 6 a5yc figs-imperative 0 General Information: Yahweh gives Joshua a series of commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
16 JOS 1 6 gn34 figs-imperative חֲזַ֖ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֑ץ 1 Be strong and courageous Yahweh commands Joshua to overcome his fears with courage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
17 JOS 1 7 db9m figs-imperative אַל־תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול 1 Do not turn from it to the right or to the left This can be stated as a positive command. Alternate translation: “Follow it exactly” or “Follow them exactly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
18 JOS 1 7 jy5x תַּשְׂכִּ֔יל 1 be successful “achieve your goal” or “reach your goal”
19 JOS 1 8 t4mz 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Joshua.
20 JOS 1 8 lcs7 figs-doublet תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֖⁠ךָ וְ⁠אָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל 1 prosperous and successful These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize great prosperity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
21 JOS 1 9 vt4l figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Have I not commanded you? This refers to Yahweh commanding Joshua. Alternate translation: “I have commanded you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22 JOS 1 9 fnz8 figs-imperative חֲזַ֣ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֔ץ 1 Be strong and courageous! Yahweh is commanding Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
23 JOS 1 10 b59x figs-explicit הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 the people This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24 JOS 1 11 f3rg figs-quotesinquotes עִבְר֣וּ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה וְ⁠צַוּ֤וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הָכִ֥ינוּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם צֵידָ֑ה כִּ֞י בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים אַתֶּם֙ עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֔ם נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 Go through the camp and command the people, ‘Prepare … possess.’ Embedded quotes can be expressed as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “Go through the camp and command the people to prepare provisions for themselves. In three days they will cross over this Jordan and go in and possess the land that Yahweh their God is giving them to possess.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25 JOS 1 11 ck8h בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים 1 In three days Here Joshua was counting his present day as day one. Alternate translation: “Two days from now” or “On the day after tomorrow”
26 JOS 1 11 wg1e figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן 1 cross over this Jordan “cross over” refers to going to the opposite side of the river. Alternate translation: “travel to the other side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27 JOS 1 12 uji6 figs-explicit 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Manasseh chose to settle east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28 JOS 1 12 fx7h translate-names וְ⁠לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִי֙ 1 Reubenites These were the descendants of Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
29 JOS 1 12 z8vh translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֔י 1 Gadites These were the decendants of Gad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
30 JOS 1 14 mm4q 0 General Information: Joshua continues speaking to the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh.
31 JOS 1 14 tf68 טַפְּ⁠כֶם֮ 1 your little ones “your little children”
32 JOS 1 14 fb4d figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 beyond the Jordan This refers to the east side of the Jordan River. Later most of the Israelites would live west of the Jordan, so they called the east side “beyond the Jordan.” But at this time they were all still on the east side. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33 JOS 1 15 b5yt figs-idiom אֲשֶׁר־יָנִ֨יחַ…לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮ 1 given your brothers rest This refers to Israel defeating all their enemies residing in Canaan that they were to conquer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34 JOS 1 15 g4ez וְ⁠שַׁבְתֶּ֞ם לְ⁠אֶ֤רֶץ יְרֻשַּׁתְ⁠כֶם֙ וִֽ⁠ירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם 1 you will … possess it This refers to living out their life on the land in peace.
35 JOS 1 15 rrj2 figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן מִזְרַ֥ח הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 beyond the Jordan, where the sun rises This refers to the east side of the Jordan river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
36 JOS 1 16 c7t9 0 General Information: These Isrelites were specifically the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh that replied to Joshua.
37 JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
38 JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39 JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
40 JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 2 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
41 JOS 2 1 ig8n translate-names נ֠וּן 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
42 JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
43 JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
44 JOS 2 4 k613 0 General Information: Rahab the prostitute protects the two Israelite spies from harm.
45 JOS 2 4 l15y וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה אֶת־שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 But the woman had taken the two men and hidden them This happened before the king’s messenger spoke to her.
46 JOS 2 4 am3m הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה 1 the woman This refers to Rahab, the prostitute.
47 JOS 2 5 j3x6 בַּ⁠חֹ֨שֶׁךְ֙ 1 dusk This is the time that day begins to change to the darkness of night.
48 JOS 2 6 l5zb writing-background וְ⁠הִ֖יא הֶעֱלָ֣תַ⁠ם הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה וַֽ⁠תִּטְמְנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ הָ⁠עֲרֻכ֥וֹת לָ֖⁠הּ עַל־הַ⁠גָּֽג 1 But she had taken them … on the roof This is background information and explains how she had hidden the men in [Joshua 2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
49 JOS 2 6 st56 הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה 1 the roof The roof was flat and strong, so people could walk around on it.
50 JOS 2 6 b99c בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י 1 flax a plant that is grown for its fibers, which is used in making cloth
51 JOS 2 7 kdj3 וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים רָדְפ֤וּ אַֽחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 the men pursued them The men pursued the spies because of what Rahab had told them in [Joshua 2:5](../02/05.md).
52 JOS 2 7 p4sx הַֽ⁠מַּעְבְּר֑וֹת 1 fords places where a river or other body of water is shallow enough for people to get to the other side by walking through it
53 JOS 2 8 ds5e figs-idiom טֶ֣רֶם יִשְׁכָּב֑וּ⁠ן 1 not yet lain down This refers to going to sleep for the night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
54 JOS 2 9 t8zy figs-you יָדַ֕עְתִּי כִּֽי־נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 I know that Yahweh has given you the land The word “you” refers to the all the Israelite people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
55 JOS 2 9 xr6a figs-metaphor נָפְלָ֤ה אֵֽימַתְ⁠כֶם֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 fear of you has come upon us Becoming afraid is spoken of as if feat came and attacked them. Alternate translation: “we have become afraid of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56 JOS 2 9 u74z figs-metaphor נָמֹ֛גוּ…מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 will melt away before you This compares the fearful people to ice melting and flowing away. Possible meanings are 1) they will be weak in the Israelites’ presence or 2) they will be scattered. Alternate translation: “will be so afraid that they will not resist you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
57 JOS 2 10 m3e1 0 General Information: Rahab continues to talk to the Israelite spies.
58 JOS 2 10 bcm2 יַם־סוּף֙ 1 the Sea of Reeds This is another name for the Red Sea.
59 JOS 2 10 c6i6 translate-names לְ⁠סִיחֹ֣ן וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֔וֹג 1 Sihon … Og These are the names of the Amorite kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
60 JOS 2 11 qx6v figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹא־קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 our hearts melted and there was no courage left in anyone These two phrases share similar meanings, combined for emphasis. The phrase “our hearts melted” compares the hearts of the fearful people of Jericho to ice melting and flowing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
61 JOS 2 12 j6sz 0 General Information: Rahab continues to talk to the Israelite spies.
62 JOS 2 12 nmi4 figs-parallelism הִשָּֽׁבְעוּ־נָ֥א לִ⁠י֙…וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם לִ֖⁠י א֥וֹת אֱמֶֽת 1 please swear to me … Give me a sure sign These are similar statements of Rahab seeking assurance from the spies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
63 JOS 2 12 nh3t figs-you עָשִׂ֥יתִי עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם חָ֑סֶד 1 I have been kind to you The word “you” refers to the two spies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
64 JOS 2 13 m6i6 figs-euphemism וְ⁠הַחֲיִתֶ֞ם אֶת־…וְ⁠הִצַּלְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־נַפְשֹׁתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מִ⁠מָּֽוֶת 1 spare the lives … save us from death a polite way of saying “do not to kill us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
65 JOS 2 14 ji8q 0 General Information: The Israelite spies make the promise which Rahab asked for in [Joshua 2:12](../02/12.md)
66 JOS 2 14 yb7i figs-idiom נַפְשֵׁ֤⁠נוּ תַחְתֵּי⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠מ֔וּת 1 Our life for yours, even to death This idiom is a way of swearing and asking God to curse them if they do not keep their promise. Alternate translation: “If we do not do what we promise, may Yahweh cause us to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
67 JOS 2 15 b3dr 0 General Information: The Israelite spies continue to talk to Rahab.
68 JOS 2 17 dmh8 figs-hypo 1 This expresses a condition for the promise the spies had made to Rahab. The word, “this,” refers to “tie this scarlet rope in the window” in [Joshua 2:18](../02/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
69 JOS 2 18 e4iw 0 General Information: The Israelite spies continue talking to Rahab.
70 JOS 2 18 x2n8 0 Connecting Statement: The Israelite spies clarify the condition they expressed in [Joshua 2:15](../02/15.md).
71 JOS 2 19 vdc9 figs-hypo כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־יֵצֵא֩ מִ⁠דַּלְתֵ֨י 1 Whoever goes out of the doors of your house This phrase expresses a condition, creating a hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
72 JOS 2 19 k27w figs-metonymy דָּמ֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ 1 blood will be upon their own heads Here “blood” represents a person’s death. To be responsible for their own death is spoken of as if their blood would be on their heads. Alternate translation: “their death will be their own fault” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
73 JOS 2 19 m728 וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ נְקִיִּ֑ם 1 we will be guiltless “we will be innocent”
74 JOS 2 19 qg47 figs-euphemism אִם־יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 if a hand is laid upon any Here “a hand is laid upon” is a polite way of referring to causing someone injury. Alternate translation: “if we cause injury to any” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
75 JOS 2 20 ew4z 0 General Information: The two Israelite spies continue to speak to Rahab about their promise to her. The spies required Rahab to remain silent about their visit or they would be free from their oath to protect her family.
76 JOS 2 20 e659 figs-you וְ⁠אִם־תַּגִּ֖ידִי 1 if you speak “You” refers to Rahab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
77 JOS 2 21 uxw6 כְּ⁠דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֣ם כֶּן 1 May what you say be done Rahab agreed to their terms of the oath to protect her family.
78 JOS 2 22 gjr5 0 General Information: The two Israelites spies leave Jericho.
79 JOS 2 22 a2i7 figs-explicit שָׁ֖בוּ הָ⁠רֹדְפִ֑ים 1 their pursuers returned It may be helpful to say they returned to Jericho. Alternate translation: “their pursuers returned to the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
80 JOS 2 22 y2rj וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצָֽאוּ 1 found nothing This refers to the men not finding the spies.
81 JOS 2 23 zps9 figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֜בוּ שְׁנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ 1 The two men returned The two men returned back to the Israelite’s camp. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
82 JOS 2 23 y6et figs-doublet וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֜בוּ…וַ⁠יֵּרְד֣וּ…וַ⁠יַּעַבְרוּ֙ וַ⁠יָּבֹ֔אוּ 1 returned and crossed over and came back These are similar expressions referring to returning to where the Israelite’s are camped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
83 JOS 2 23 u3is figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּעַבְרוּ֙ 1 crossed over “cross over” means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
84 JOS 2 23 i2bk translate-names נ֑וּן 1 Nun This is a male name; the father of Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
85 JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
86 JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
87 JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
88 JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 3 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
89 JOS 3 1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
90 JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
91 JOS 3 2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority.
92 JOS 3 3 ghy1 figs-metonymy אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֣ם 1 people This is the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
93 JOS 3 4 tn3h translate-bdistance כְּ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם אַמָּ֖ה 1 two thousand cubits “2,000 cubits.” The word “cubit” is a measurement equaling the distance from the elbow to the finger tips. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
94 JOS 3 5 hy6c הִתְקַדָּ֑שׁוּ 1 Consecrate yourselves This refers to a special preparation of being religiously clean before Yahweh.
95 JOS 3 5 wz6l יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠כֶ֖ם נִפְלָאֽוֹת 1 Yahweh will do wonders Yahweh will be doing miracles for all to see and experience.
96 JOS 3 6 ts4p שְׂאוּ֙ אֶת־אֲר֣וֹן 1 Take up the ark This is referring to the levites picking up the ark for the purpose of carrying it from one location to another.
97 JOS 3 7 u6dt 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Joshua what the priest are to do.
98 JOS 3 7 q8ud figs-metaphor אָחֵל֙ גַּדֶּלְ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 I will make you a great man in the eyes of all Israel The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “the people will see what I do and realize that I have made you a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
99 JOS 3 8 b797 קְצֵה֙ מֵ֣י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 edge of the waters of the Jordan Joshua is to approach the bank or edge of the Jordan River.
100 JOS 3 9 pd66 0 General Information: Joshua tells Israel what Yahweh is about to do
101 JOS 3 10 u9w6 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הוֹרֵ֣שׁ יוֹרִ֣ישׁ מִ֠⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶם 1 drive out from before you Yahweh will force the other people living on the land to leave or be killed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
102 JOS 3 11 zex2 figs-idiom עֹבֵ֥ר 1 crosses over “cross over” means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “will travel from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
103 JOS 3 12 u1wf 0 General Information: Joshua continues to tell Israel of the miracle that Yahweh will do.
104 JOS 3 12 u1wg 0 General Information: Just as Israel’s fathers experience crossing the Red Sea, these people will experience crossing the Jordan river on dry land.
105 JOS 3 13 bej3 כַּפּ֣וֹת רַגְלֵ֣י 1 the soles of the feet This refers to the bottom of their feet.
106 JOS 3 13 u9rl מִ⁠לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 upstream This word refers to the direction the Jordan River water is flowing toward Israel.
107 JOS 3 13 s6ud וְ⁠יַעַמְד֖וּ נֵ֥ד אֶחָֽד 1 stand in one heap The water will stay in one spot or place. It will not flow around the priests.
108 JOS 3 15 nhu7 figs-synecdoche בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 edge of the water This can refer to the surface of the water as well as the bank where the water flows to dry land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
109 JOS 3 15 mu2b writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר 1 now the Jordan overflows all its banks throughout the time of the harvest This is background information and it emphasizes the scale of what Yahweh is doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
110 JOS 3 17 dp93 0 General Information: The miraculous Jordan River crossing continues.
111 JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
112 JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
113 JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 4 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
114 JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
115 JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
116 JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
117 JOS 4 3 g6yc figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠צַוּ֣וּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֮ לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ שְׂאֽוּ־לָ⁠כֶ֨ם מִ⁠זֶּ֜ה מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מִ⁠מַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּל֕וֹן אֲשֶׁר־תָּלִ֥ינוּ ב֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 Give them this command: ‘…‘ The nested quote can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Give them this command to take up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan where the priests are standing on the dry ground, and bring them over with you and lay them down in the place where you will spend the night tonight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
118 JOS 4 4 r99r 0 General Information: Joshua tells the twelve men what to do.
119 JOS 4 5 wr9d figs-explicit אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠הָרִ֨ימוּ לָ⁠כֶ֜ם אִ֣ישׁ אֶ֤בֶן אַחַת֙ עַל־שִׁכְמ֔⁠וֹ 1 into the middle of the Jordan. Each of you is to take up a stone upon his shoulder Each of the twelve men were to pick up a large stone from the Jordan River bed and carry them to the other side to build a monument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
120 JOS 4 6 v6tn 0 General Information: Joshua tells Israel what the pile of twelve stones mean.
121 JOS 4 7 bq5m figs-activepassive נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־יְהוָ֔ה 1 The waters of the Jordan were cut off before the ark of the covenant of Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan in front of the ark of his covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
122 JOS 4 7 gsy5 נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ 1 The waters of the Jordan were “The Jordan River was”
123 JOS 4 7 ew13 נִכְרְת֜וּ…מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן 1 were cut off before the ark The Jordan River was prevented by God from flowing up to the ark that was being carried by the priests.
124 JOS 4 7 ww74 נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ 1 the waters of the Jordan were cut off The water flowing down the Jordan River stopped before the ark so everyone including the ark traveled on the dry river bed.
125 JOS 4 8 q4qp 0 General Information: Joshua and Israel continue to do as Yahweh commanded.
126 JOS 4 8 f69z figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֡וּ שְׁתֵּֽי־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה אֲבָנִ֜ים מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 they picked up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan This refers to the twelve men picking up stones from the middle of the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
127 JOS 4 9 igh8 figs-explicit וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֧ים עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֗ים הֵקִ֣ים יְהוֹשֻׁעַ֮ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒ 1 Then Joshua set up twelve stones in the middle of the Jordan These were twelve additional stones, not the stones that the twelve men carried from the river bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
128 JOS 4 9 yb3y וַ⁠יִּ֣הְיוּ שָׁ֔ם עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The memorial is there to this day This means the memorial was there to the day that the author was writing this book.
129 JOS 4 10 reg9 הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒ 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River.
130 JOS 4 10 bl85 figs-metonymy הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 the people This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
131 JOS 4 10 er8c figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹֽרוּ 1 crossed over This means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from one side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
132 JOS 4 11 vff8 figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 before the people This refers to being in front of the people or in the sight of all the people. Everyone saw the ark being carried by the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
133 JOS 4 12 gp7q figs-explicit וַ֠⁠יַּעַבְרוּ בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֨ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָ֜ד וַ⁠חֲצִ֨י שֵׁ֤בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁה֙ חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh passed before the people of Israel formed up as an army These were the soldiers of the 3 tribes that were fulfilling their obligation to lead the Israelites into battle for settling on the East side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
134 JOS 4 14 cc5t כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יָרְא֥וּ 1 just as they The word “they” refers to the people of Israel.
135 JOS 4 15 m7sg 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Joshua to have the priests exit the Jordan River.
136 JOS 4 17 xw1x 0 General Information: The Author was making it clear that parting the Jordan River was no different than parting the Red Sea for the previous generation.
137 JOS 4 18 m5z1 וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֤בוּ מֵֽי־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ לִ⁠מְקוֹמָ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ כִ⁠תְמוֹל־שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 waters of the Jordan returned to their place and overflowed its banks The Jordan River was overflowing its banks and flooding the area before and after Israel passed through on dry land.
138 JOS 4 19 bf72 עָלוּ֙ מִן־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 came up out of the Jordan This refers to when Israel crossed the Jordan River on dry ground.
139 JOS 4 19 zy5r translate-hebrewmonths בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן 1 on the tenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
140 JOS 4 20 s8s2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲבָנִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 The twelve stones that they took out of the Jordan Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
141 JOS 4 22 lx8h 0 General Information: Joshua continues to remind the people the purpose of the pile of stones.
142 JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
143 JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
144 JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 5 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.<br>
145 JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted … there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
146 JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
148 JOS 5 3 m1u7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ־ל֥⁠וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים וַ⁠יָּ֨מָל֙ אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י 1 Joshua made himself flint knives … he circumcised all the males There were over 600,000 males, so it is understood that while Joshua was in charge of this task, many other people helped him. If this would confuse your readers, you may want to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Joshua and the Israelites made themselves flint knives … they circumcised all the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
149 JOS 5 3 jin6 translate-names גִּבְעַ֖ת הָ⁠עֲרָלֽוֹת 1 Gibeath Haaraloth This is a place name which commemorates Israel rededicating themselves to Yahweh. It means “the hill of the foreskins.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
150 JOS 5 4 i17c 0 General Information: The reason all the males of Israel had to be circumcised is explained.
151 JOS 5 4 uz5p אַנְשֵׁ֣י הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֗ה 1 the men of war the men who were old enough to be soldiers
152 JOS 5 6 k8wl figs-metonymy שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה 1 obey the voice of Yahweh Here “voice” refers to the things that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “obey the things that Yahweh commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
153 JOS 5 6 jrp7 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
154 JOS 5 9 x1q8 figs-metaphor הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם גַּלּ֛וֹתִי אֶת־חֶרְפַּ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This day I have rolled away the disgrace of Egypt from you Their disgrace is spoken of as if it were a large stone that blocked their path. Here “rolled away” means “removed.” Alternate translation: “This day I have removed the disgrace of Egypt from you” or “You were disgraced when you were slaves in Egypt. But, today I have caused you to no longer be disgraced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
155 JOS 5 10 tdl1 translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ 1 the fourteenth day of the month This is near the end of March on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
156 JOS 5 13 iyi7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּה־אִישׁ֙ עֹמֵ֣ד 1 he lifted up his eyes and looked, and behold, a man was standing Here looking up is spoken of as if Joshua literally lifted his eyes in his hands. Alternate translation: “he looked up and saw that a man was standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157 JOS 5 13 x26s וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 behold The word “behold” alerts us to pay special attention to new information. Your language may have a way of doing this.
158 JOS 5 13 kk45 וְ⁠חַרְבּ֥⁠וֹ שְׁלוּפָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 he had drawn his sword and it was in his hand Here the words “he” and “his” refer to the man who was standing in front of Joshua.
159 JOS 5 14 d8u1 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 He said The word “he” refers to the man Joshua saw.
160 JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
161 JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
162 JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
163 JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 6 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
164 JOS 6 1 gbz8 וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
165 JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
166 JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
167 JOS 6 3 fu9e 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Joshua what the people must do.
168 JOS 6 3 eik2 כֹּ֥ה תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה שֵׁ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 You must do this for six days “You must do this once each day for six days”
169 JOS 6 4 b6ml וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה כֹהֲנִ֡ים יִשְׂאוּ֩ שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֤וֹת הַ⁠יּֽוֹבְלִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָ⁠אָר֔וֹן 1 Seven priests must carry seven trumpets of rams’ horns before the ark The seven priests are to march in front of other priests who are carrying the ark and marching around the city.
170 JOS 6 5 zdc7 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Joshua what the people must do.
171 JOS 6 5 d5rg בִּ⁠מְשֹׁ֣ךְ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶן הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֗ל 1 they must sound a long blast with the ram’s horn … of the trumpet The word “they” refers to the seven priests. The “ram’s horn” and “trumpet” refer to the trumpets of rams’ horns that the priests were blowing in [Joshua 6:4](../06/04.md).
172 JOS 6 5 g97v חוֹמַ֤ת הָ⁠עִיר֙ 1 the wall of the city “the outer wall of the city” or “the wall surrounding the city”
173 JOS 6 6 h9cn translate-names נוּן֙ 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
174 JOS 6 6 s5ne שְׂא֖וּ אֶת־אֲר֣וֹן הַ⁠בְּרִ֑ית 1 Take up the ark of the covenant “Pick up the ark of the covenant”
175 JOS 6 8 l35d figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 before Yahweh Possible meanings are 1) “in obedience to Yahweh” or 2) “in front of Yahweh’s ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
176 JOS 6 8 vk7j וְ⁠תָקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שּֽׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 they gave a blast on the trumpets “they sounded the trumpets loudly” or “the priests blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
177 JOS 6 8 ayf9 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠אֲרוֹן֙ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה הֹלֵ֖ךְ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 The ark of the covenant of Yahweh followed after them It can be stated clearly that there were people carrying the ark. Alternate translation: “The priests who were carrying the ark of the covenant of Yahweh followed after them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
178 JOS 6 10 ls5v figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַשְׁמִ֣יעוּ אֶת־קוֹלְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹא־יֵצֵ֥א מִ⁠פִּי⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר 1 No sound must leave your mouths Sound leaving someone’s mouth refers to that person’s speaking or shouting. Alternate translation: “Do not yell or speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
179 JOS 6 10 tw9q figs-events וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֩ צִוָּ֨ה יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ 1 But Joshua commanded the people Joshua had commanded the people before they started walking around the city. Alternate translation: “Joshua had commanded the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
180 JOS 6 13 k64v translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֡ים…שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֜וֹת 1 seven priests … seven trumpets “7 priests…7 trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
181 JOS 6 13 ai87 וְ⁠תָקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 gave blasts on the trumpets This means that they blew into their trumpets, causing them to make loud noises, multiple times. Alternate translation: “continually sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets continually”
182 JOS 6 14 j232 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 the second day the next day (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
183 JOS 6 14 r4j1 כֹּ֥ה עָשׂ֖וּ 1 They did this Israel marched around Jericho once every day.
184 JOS 6 14 p14u translate-numbers שֵׁ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 six days “6 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
185 JOS 6 16 fp32 הָ⁠עָם֙ 1 the people This refers to the people of Israel.
186 JOS 6 16 sc3s תָּקְע֥וּ…בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 gave a blast with the trumpets “sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
187 JOS 6 16 fj73 figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Yahweh has given you Joshua is saying that Yahweh will definitely give them the city by saying that he has already given it to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
188 JOS 6 16 wdh6 figs-you נָתַ֧ן…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 given you The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
189 JOS 6 17 ugl7 0 Connecting Statement: Joshua continues speaking to the people of Israel.
190 JOS 6 17 w1sn figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָיְתָ֨ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר חֵ֛רֶם הִ֥יא וְ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֖⁠הּ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 The city and all that is in it will be set apart to Yahweh for destruction This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it for destruction” or “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it by destroying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
191 JOS 6 18 ypv3 figs-metaphor שִׁמְר֣וּ מִן־הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 be on guard about taking the things Being careful is spoken of as if they are to guard themselves. “Be careful that you do not take the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
192 JOS 6 18 p8xv figs-metaphor וַ⁠עֲכַרְתֶּ֖ם אוֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 you will bring trouble on it Doing something that makes bad things to happen to the city is spoken of as bringing trouble on it. Alternate translation: “you will cause bad things to happen to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
193 JOS 6 19 bz6i אוֹצַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה 1 the treasury of Yahweh a collection of things set apart for the worship of Yahweh
194 JOS 6 20 fm69 וַ⁠יָּרִ֤יעוּ הָ⁠עָם֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 the people gave a great shout “the people of Israel shouted”
195 JOS 6 20 v2v6 וַֽ⁠יִּתְקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שֹּֽׁפָר֑וֹת 1 gave blasts with the trumpets “sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
196 JOS 6 24 ny39 וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֛יר שָׂרְפ֥וּ 1 They burned the city The word “they” refers to the Israelite soldiers. It does not refer only to the two young men who brought Rahab and her family out of the city.
197 JOS 6 25 w9ik figs-metonymy וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 She lives in Israel The word “She” refers to Rahab and represents her descendants. Alternate translation: “Her descendants live in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
198 JOS 6 25 qlj6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 to this day “now” or “even today.” Rahab’s descendants are still living in Israel as the original writer writes this story.
199 JOS 6 26 cq3c figs-metaphor אָר֨וּר הָ⁠אִ֜ישׁ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָקוּם֙ וּ⁠בָנָ֞ה 1 Cursed is the man in Yahweh’s sight who rebuilds Being cursed in Yahweh’s sight represents being cursed by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man who rebuilds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
200 JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201 JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
202 JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
203 JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 7 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
204 JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
205 JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan … Karmi … Zabdi … Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
206 JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh’s anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
207 JOS 7 3 ui7f כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֒ 1 all the people This refers to the army of Israel.
208 JOS 7 3 z2xr מְעַ֖ט הֵֽמָּה 1 they are few in number The word “they” refers to the people of Ai.
209 JOS 7 4 i5e8 וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ מִן־הָ⁠עָם֙ שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 three thousand men went up from the army These men were part of the army. Alternate translation: “three thousand men belonging to the army went up”
210 JOS 7 4 ak54 translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 three thousand men “3,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
211 JOS 7 5 nyw2 translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁה֙ אִ֔ישׁ 1 thirty-six men “36 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
212 JOS 7 5 zcr5 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מָֽיִם 1 The hearts of the people melted and became like water These phrases “melted” and “became like water” share similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that the people were extremely afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
213 JOS 7 5 j2v2 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 The hearts of the people melted Here the people are represented by their “hearts” to emphasize their emotions. Alternate translation: “The people were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
214 JOS 7 5 h4tc לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 The hearts of the people The phrase “the people” refers to the Israelite soldiers.
215 JOS 7 6 ty1c translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֨ע יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ שִׂמְלֹתָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ עַל־פָּנָ֨י⁠ו אַ֜רְצָ⁠ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י אֲר֤וֹן יְהוָה֙ 1 tore his garments … put dust on their heads and lay facedown on the ground in front of the ark of Yahweh They did these things to show God how sad and distressed they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
216 JOS 7 7 jb6r figs-ellipsis לָ֠⁠מָה הֵעֲבַ֨רְתָּ הַעֲבִ֜יר אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָ⁠תֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י לְ⁠הַאֲבִידֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 To give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us? Joshua was asking if this is the reason God had brought them across the Jordan. Alternate translation: “Did you do it in order to give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
217 JOS 7 7 run5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י 1 To give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us? The hands of the Amorites represents their control and power. Giving the Israelites into their hands to destroy them represents allowing the Amorites to have control of the Israelites and destroy them. Alternate translation: “To allow the Amorites to destroy us? (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
218 JOS 7 7 aq5b וְ⁠לוּ֙ הוֹאַ֣לְנוּ 1 If only we made a different decision The words “If only” show that this is a wish for something that had not happened. Alternate translation: “I wish we had made a different decision”
219 JOS 7 8 x4pf 0 General Information: Joshua expresses frustration to God.
220 JOS 7 8 ke9p figs-rquestion בִּ֖י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י מָ֣ה אֹמַ֔ר אַ֠חֲרֵי אֲשֶׁ֨ר הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 what can I say, after Israel has turned their backs before their enemies? Joshua said this to show how upset he was that he did not even know what to say. Alternate translation: “I do not know what to say. Israel has turned their backs before their enemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
221 JOS 7 8 s4eb figs-metonymy הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 Israel has turned their backs before their enemies Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “Israel has run away from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
222 JOS 7 9 n2kp figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָסַ֣בּוּ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠הִכְרִ֥יתוּ אֶת־שְׁמֵ֖⁠נוּ מִן־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 They will surround us and make the people of the earth forget our name Making people forget the name of the Israelites represents making them forget the Israelites. In this case they would do it by killing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “They will surround us and kill us, and the people of the earth will forget about us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
223 JOS 7 9 r713 figs-metonymy לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 for your great name The phrase “your great name” here represents God’s reputation and power. Alternate translation: “And so what will you do so that people will know that you are great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
224 JOS 7 9 vd3r figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַֽה־תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 What will you do for your great name? Joshua uses this question to warn God that if the Israelites are destroyed, then the other people will think that God is not great. Alternate translation: “Then there will be nothing you can do for your great name.” or “Then people will not know that you are great.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
225 JOS 7 10 ev1w 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Joshua why Israel is cursed.
226 JOS 7 10 hqu3 figs-rquestion לָ֑⁠ךְ לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה אַתָּ֖ה נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Why are you lying there on your face? God used this question to rebuke Joshua for lying there on his face. Alternate translation: “Stop lying there with your face in the dirt!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
227 JOS 7 11 lc29 הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 the things that were set apart These are the things “marked for destruction” from [Joshua 6:18-19](../06/18.md). Alternate translation: “the cursed things” or “those things which God has cursed”
228 JOS 7 11 dd18 figs-metaphor גָּֽנְבוּ֙ וְ⁠גַ֣ם כִּֽחֲשׁ֔וּ 1 They have stolen and then also hidden their sin Hiding their sin represents trying to keep others from knowing that they have sinned. Alternate translation: “They have stolen those things, and then they tried to keep people from knowing that they sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
229 JOS 7 12 yzi5 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֨א יֻכְל֜וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 cannot stand before their enemies Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against their enemies. Alternate translation: “cannot fight successfully against their enemies” or “cannot defeat their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
230 JOS 7 12 xix1 figs-metonymy עֹ֗רֶף יִפְנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹֽיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 They turned their backs from their enemies Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “They ran away from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
231 JOS 7 12 fs9m figs-metonymy לֹ֤א אוֹסִיף֙ לִֽ⁠הְי֣וֹת עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 I will not be with you any more Being with Israel represents helping Israel. Alternate translation: “I will not help you any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
232 JOS 7 13 u4s8 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Joshua and tells him what to tell the people.
233 JOS 7 13 ln4q אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the people This refers to the people of Israel.
234 JOS 7 13 j4ki figs-metonymy לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 You cannot stand against your enemies Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against them. Alternate translation: “You cannot fight successfully against your enemies” or “You cannot defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
235 JOS 7 14 gjw9 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues telling Joshua what he must tell the people.
236 JOS 7 14 dp8p figs-idiom וְ⁠נִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר לְ⁠שִׁבְטֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 you must present yourselves by your tribes There were twelve tribes that made up the people of Israel. The phrase “by your tribes” means “each tribe.” Alternate translation: “each of your tribes must present themselves to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
237 JOS 7 14 scj7 figs-idiom הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּח֗וֹת 1 The tribe that Yahweh selects will come near by their clans The tribe was made up of multiple clans. Alternate translation: “From the tribe that Yahweh selects, each clan will come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
238 JOS 7 14 crt9 הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה 1 The tribe that Yahweh selects The leaders of Israel would toss lots, and by doing this, they would learn which tribe Yahweh had selected. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The tribe that Yahweh selects by lot” or “The tribe that Yahweh selects when we toss lots”
239 JOS 7 14 xl85 figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּחָ֞ה אֲשֶֽׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֤⁠נָּה יְהוָה֙ תִּקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠בָּתִּ֔ים 1 The clan that Yahweh selects must come near by each household The clan was made up of multiple households. Alternate translation: “From the clan that Yahweh selects, each household must come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
240 JOS 7 14 q8me figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִלְכְּדֶ֣⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֔ה יִקְרַ֖ב לַ⁠גְּבָרִֽים 1 The household that Yahweh selects must come near one by one The household was made up of multiple people. Alternate translation: “From the household that Yahweh selects, each person must come near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
241 JOS 7 15 d5nb figs-activepassive הַ⁠נִּלְכָּ֣ד 1 the one who is selected This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “the one whom Yahweh selects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
242 JOS 7 15 g1vn figs-metaphor עָבַר֙ אֶת־בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה 1 he has broken the covenant of Yahweh Breaking the covenant represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “he has disobeyed the covenant of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243 JOS 7 16 fdv2 0 General Information: Joshua follows Yahweh’s command to bring Israel before Yahweh.
244 JOS 7 16 lzb4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֥ב אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לִ⁠שְׁבָטָ֑י⁠ו 1 brought Israel near, tribe by tribe The phrase “tribe by tribe” means each tribe. Alternate translation: “brought each tribe of Israel near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
245 JOS 7 16 g7qp figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּלָּכֵ֖ד שֵׁ֥בֶט יְהוּדָֽה 1 the tribe of Judah was selected This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh selected the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
246 JOS 7 17 br4y figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ לַ⁠גְּבָרִ֔ים 1 He brought near the clan of the Zerahites person by person The phrase “person by person” is an idiom meaning each person. The persons in this sentence were the leaders of their households. Alternate translation: “He brought near each person of the clan of the Zerahites” or “From the clan of the Zerahites, he brought near each man who was the leader of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
247 JOS 7 17 z419 אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ 1 the clan of the Zerahites The clan was named after the man named Zerah.
248 JOS 7 17 ha7i translate-names זַבְדִּֽי 1 Zabdi This is a man’s name. Translate as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
249 JOS 7 18 u41u translate-names עָכָ֞ן…כַּרְמִ֧י…זַבְדִּ֛י…זֶ֖רַח 1 Zabdi … Achan … Karmi … Zerah These are men’s names. Translate them as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
250 JOS 7 19 k521 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠תֶן־ל֣⁠וֹ תוֹדָ֑ה 1 give your confession to him The abstract noun “confession” can be expressed with the verb “confess.” Alternate translation: “confess to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
251 JOS 7 19 fv9g figs-metaphor אַל־תְּכַחֵ֖ד מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 Do not hide it from me Hiding information represents trying to keep someone from knowing it. Alternate translation: “Do not try to prevent me from knowing what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
252 JOS 7 21 b9nn translate-bweight וּ⁠מָאתַ֧יִם שְׁקָלִ֣ים 1 two hundred shekels This is over two kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
253 JOS 7 21 y7vj translate-bweight חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים שְׁקָלִים֙ 1 fifty shekels This is over 500 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
254 JOS 7 21 xw3j figs-activepassive טְמוּנִ֥ים בָּ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 They are hidden in the ground This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I hid them in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
255 JOS 7 23 vh7i וַ⁠יַּצִּקֻ֖⁠ם 1 poured them out Use the word in your language for pouring many small solid things out of a large bag onto the ground.
256 JOS 7 24 ta3l translate-names עֵ֥מֶק עָכֽוֹר 1 the Valley of Achor The name means “Valley of Trouble,” but it is best to translate Achor the way it sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
257 JOS 7 25 vd6n figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 Why have you troubled us? Joshua uses this question to rebuke Achan. Alternate translation: “You have troubled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
258 JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. Possible meanings are 1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or 2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or 3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
259 JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
260 JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
261 JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.<br>
262 JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
263 JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai … and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
264 JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
265 JOS 8 2 h3r6 figs-personification וּ⁠לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠הּ 1 her king The word “her” refers to the city of Ai. Cities were often spoken of as if they were women. Alternate translation: “its king” or “their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
266 JOS 8 3 k4uk עַ֥ם הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֖ה 1 the men of war “the army of Israel”
267 JOS 8 5 vtq4 0 General Information: Joshua continues to explain the battle plan to his soldiers.
268 JOS 8 7 fw9x figs-metonymy וּ⁠נְתָנָ֛⁠הּ…בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 will give it into your hand Here “hand” symbolizes the control and power the people have over their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
269 JOS 8 8 aj5t 0 General Information: Joshua finishes explaining the battle plan to his soldiers.
270 JOS 8 9 yt5n וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֣⁠ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 Joshua sent them out This phrase refers to Joshua sending the thirty thousand men who had been selected to ambush Ai to where they would set the ambush.
271 JOS 8 9 i3lf הַ⁠מַּאְרָ֔ב 1 the place of ambush “where they would hide until it was time to attack”
272 JOS 8 12 ycd3 translate-numbers כַּ⁠חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 five thousand men “5,000 men.” This group seems to be a portion of the “thirty thousand men” ([Joshua 8:9](../08/09.md)). This smaller group remained in the ambush while the other 25,000 men attacked the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
273 JOS 8 13 j7b9 0 General Information: The Israelites prepare to fight the people of Ai.
274 JOS 8 13 s1lu אֶת־כָּל־הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה 1 the main army This refers to the largest group of fighting men, those not in the ambush group.
275 JOS 8 13 nq1b עֲקֵב֖⁠וֹ 1 rear guard those who were “set in ambush on the west side of the city” ([Joshua 8:12](../08/12.md))
276 JOS 8 15 a83i figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּנָּֽגְע֛וּ…לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 let themselves be defeated before them “let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
277 JOS 8 15 w933 לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 before them the army of Ai
278 JOS 8 15 bri5 וַ⁠יָּנֻ֖סוּ 1 they fled The army of Israel fled.
279 JOS 8 16 dr3a וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפוּ֙ 1 they went after … they were drawn away These occurrences of “they” refer to the army of Ai.
280 JOS 8 16 m6sq לִ⁠רְדֹּ֖ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 to go after them to go after the army of Isreal
281 JOS 8 16 lcb5 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּזָּעֲק֗וּ כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 All the people who were in the city were called together This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The city leaders called all the people in the city together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
282 JOS 8 16 k8ff figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 All the people who were in the city The writer speaks in a general way about all the people, but “all the people” refers only to those who could fight. Alternate translation: “all the people in the city who could help chase the army of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
283 JOS 8 17 zip6 וַ⁠יַּעַזְב֤וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עִיר֙ פְּתוּחָ֔ה 1 left it open “left the city gates open”
284 JOS 8 18 xe2m figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה 1 I will give Ai into your hand Giving Ai into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over Ai. Alternate translation: “I will give you victory over Ai” or “I will cause you to capture Ai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
285 JOS 8 24 v2gf figs-parallelism כְּ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל לַ⁠הֲרֹג֩ אֶת־כָּל־יֹשְׁבֵ֨י…וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב 1 when Israel had finished killing all the inhabitants … when all of them … had fallen by the edge of the sword The writer uses both of these sentences, which mean almost the same thing, to strongly say that the Israelites had obeyed God’s command to kill everyone in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
286 JOS 8 24 dd98 figs-euphemism וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב 1 had fallen by the edge of the sword Here “fallen” is a euphemism for dying. Also, “the edge of the sword” represents whole swords, and swords represent either battle or the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “had died in battle” or “had died when the army of Israel attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
287 JOS 8 25 d2ud translate-numbers שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר אָ֑לֶף 1 twelve thousand “12,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
288 JOS 8 28 uiv3 שְׁמָמָ֔ה 1 an abandoned place It is a place where people once lived, but now, no one lives there.
289 JOS 8 29 wd9u עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day “today” or “even now”
290 JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
291 JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
292 JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
293 JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 9 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
294 JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
295 JOS 9 2 uj94 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 under one command Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
296 JOS 9 4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 cunning plan a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites
297 JOS 9 5 q9v6 יָבֵ֖שׁ הָיָ֥ה נִקֻּדִֽים 1 dry and moldy “dry and filled with fungus” or “stale and ruined”
298 JOS 9 6 rz8e figs-synecdoche אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 men of Israel This refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
299 JOS 9 7 w599 translate-names הַ⁠חִוִּ֑י 1 the Hivites This is another name for the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
300 JOS 9 7 t1r4 figs-rquestion אוּלַ֗י בְּ⁠קִרְבִּ⁠י֙ אַתָּ֣ה יוֹשֵׁ֔ב וְ⁠אֵ֖יךְ אֶֽכְרָת־לְ⁠ךָ֥ בְרִֽית 1 Perhaps you live near us. How can we make a covenant with you? Joshua is emphasizing that the people of Israel have to follow the command of Yahweh above all else. Alternate translation: “If you do live near us, we cannot make a covenant with you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
301 JOS 9 10 kam4 translate-names לְ⁠סִיחוֹן֙ 1 Sihon This is the name of the defeated Amorite king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
302 JOS 9 10 s17h translate-names חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 Heshbon This is the name of the royal city of the nation of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
303 JOS 9 10 pz6y translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֥וֹג 1 Og This is the name of the defeated king of Bashan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
304 JOS 9 10 p9ed translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּרֽוֹת 1 Ashtaroth This is the name of a city known for worshiping the goddess of the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
305 JOS 9 11 hq3m figs-synecdoche בְ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 in your hand This phrase means “take with you.” Here the word “hand” represents the possession by the Gibeonites of the provisions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
306 JOS 9 11 k7fe לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם אֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 meet them and say to them The word “them” refers to the people of Israel.
307 JOS 9 15 f67z figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ שָׁל֔וֹם וַ⁠יִּכְרֹ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֛ם בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠חַיּוֹתָ֑⁠ם וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבְע֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֔ם נְשִׂיאֵ֖י הָ⁠עֵדָֽה 1 Joshua made peace with them and made a covenant with them, to let them live. The leaders of the people also made a vow to them. These two sentences are saying that the same thing occurred. Joshua, the leader of the nation of Israel, promised not to kill the Gibeonites. The leaders of the nation of Israel, likewise, made the same covenant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
308 JOS 9 15 je8p figs-metonymy הָ⁠עֵדָֽה 1 the people Here this refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
309 JOS 9 17 s1u5 translate-numbers בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֑י 1 third day This refers to number three in order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
310 JOS 9 17 q18q translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּפִירָ֔ה 1 Kephirah This is one of the cities of the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
311 JOS 9 17 j671 translate-names וּ⁠בְאֵר֖וֹת 1 Beeroth This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
312 JOS 9 17 alr9 translate-names וְ⁠קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים 1 Kiriath Jearim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
313 JOS 9 19 a168 הָ֣⁠עֵדָ֔ה 1 the people Here this phrase refers to the nation of Israel.
314 JOS 9 21 wg7n וַ֠⁠יִּֽהְיוּ חֹטְבֵ֨י עֵצִ֤ים וְ⁠שֹֽׁאֲבֵי־מַ֨יִם֙ 1 the Gibeonites became cutters of wood and drawers of water “the Gibeonites became woodcutters and water carriers”
315 JOS 9 23 zlp7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 house of my God Here this phrase refers to the dwelling place of Yahweh, the Tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
316 JOS 9 25 a5un figs-doublet כַּ⁠טּ֨וֹב וְ⁠כַ⁠יָּשָׁ֧ר 1 Whatever seems good and right The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
317 JOS 9 26 gy9c לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for them The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites.
318 JOS 9 27 p81s עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
319 JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”<br>Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
320 JOS 10 1 au8p וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek.
321 JOS 10 1 y65k translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק 1 Adoni-Zedek This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
322 JOS 10 3 y6ss translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת…לָכִ֛ישׁ…עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 Jarmuth … Lachish … Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
323 JOS 10 3 k9rg translate-names הוֹהָ֣ם…פִּרְאָ֨ם…יָפִ֧יעַ…דְּבִ֥יר 1 Hoham … Piram … Japhia … Debir These are the names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
324 JOS 10 4 ct5k עֲלֽוּ־אֵלַ֣⁠י 1 Come up to me “Travel to where I am.” Jerusalem was higher in elevation than other cities in Canaan.
325 JOS 10 5 d9vy translate-numbers חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 five kings “5 kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
326 JOS 10 5 m422 translate-names יַרְמוּת֙…לָכִ֣ישׁ…עֶגְל֔וֹן 1 Jarmuth … Lachish … Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
327 JOS 10 5 vs78 וַֽ⁠יַּחֲנוּ֙ עַל 1 They set up their positions against Gibeon This means they set up their camp around their city. This was a way of weakening those in the city. It prevented people from escaping the city, and it prevented others from bringing food and water to them in the city.
328 JOS 10 6 wk68 לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 They said The word “They” here refers to Gibeonites.
329 JOS 10 6 zhx9 figs-litotes אַל־תֶּ֥רֶף יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵֽ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Do not withdraw your hands from your servants This humble request is stated with two negatives to emphasize the need for a positive action. Alternate translation: “Please come and use your strength to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
330 JOS 10 6 am1x figs-metonymy יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 your hands The word “hands” here refers to the people of Israel’s strength. Alternate translation: “your strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
331 JOS 10 8 c4uw figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם 1 I have given them into your hand Here “hand” represents the people of Israel’s strength and their ability to defeat their enemy. The word “them” refers to the attacking army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
332 JOS 10 8 du96 נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם 1 I have given them Here the word “them” refers to the attacking armies.
333 JOS 10 9 ecq8 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua came The entire army of Israel is referred to here by the name of their commander, Joshua. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
334 JOS 10 10 sq89 וַ⁠יְהֻמֵּ֤⁠ם יְהוָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Yahweh confused the enemy before Israel Here “Israel” refers to the entire army of Israel.
335 JOS 10 10 yr7y translate-names בֵית־חוֹרֹ֔ן…עֲזֵקָ֖ה…מַקֵּדָֽה 1 Beth Horon … Azekah … Makkedah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
336 JOS 10 11 fbf9 translate-names בֵּית־חוֹרֹן֙…עֲזֵקָ֖ה 1 Beth Horon … Azekah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
337 JOS 10 11 tuc9 הִשְׁלִ֣יךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֩ אֲבָנִ֨ים גְּדֹל֧וֹת מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם 1 threw large stones down from heaven “threw large hailstones from the sky”
338 JOS 10 12 si1e figs-parallelism שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ בְּ⁠גִבְע֣וֹן דּ֔וֹם וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן 1 Sun, be still at Gibeon, and moon, in the Valley of Aijalon Joshua is praying that Yahweh would make the progression of time stop on this day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
339 JOS 10 12 j9zt figs-personification שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ…וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ 1 Sun … moon Joshua commands the sun and moon as if these were people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
340 JOS 10 12 ug8m translate-names בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן 1 Valley of Aijalon This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
341 JOS 10 13 dq14 figs-metonymy גּוֹי֙ 1 the nation This refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
342 JOS 10 13 b91l figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־הִ֥יא כְתוּבָ֖ה עַל־סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֑ר 1 Is this not written in the Book of Jashar? The writer uses this question as background information to remind the reader that the incident is well-documented. Alternate translation: “This is written in The Book of Jashar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
343 JOS 10 16 wcb9 translate-names בְּ⁠מַקֵּדָֽה 1 Makkedah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
344 JOS 10 17 mns8 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֖ד לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ 1 It was told to Joshua Messengers came and told Joshua. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
345 JOS 10 19 l8tl figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 into your hand The phrase “your hand” here means “your control.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
346 JOS 10 21 kb3w translate-names מַקֵּדָ֖ה 1 Makkedah Translate the same way as you did in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
347 JOS 10 21 py6w לֹֽא־חָרַ֞ץ לִ⁠בְנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־לְשֹׁנֽ⁠וֹ 1 No one dared to say one word against “No one dared to say anything against” or “No one dared to complain or protest against”
348 JOS 10 22 zs9n figs-idiom פִּתְח֖וּ אֶת־פִּ֣י הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֑ה 1 Open the mouth of the cave Here “mouth” is an idiom that means “entrance.” Alternate translation: “Open the entrance of the cave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
349 JOS 10 23 g4te translate-names יַרְמ֔וּת…לָכִ֖ישׁ…עֶגְלֽוֹן 1 Jarmuth … Lachish … Eglon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
350 JOS 10 24 dnc1 figs-synecdoche כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 every man of Israel Here the men of Israel represent only those who were soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
351 JOS 10 27 e9z9 עַד־עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this very day “until the author wrote this story”
352 JOS 10 28 e1nc translate-names מַקֵּדָ֔ה 1 Makkedah This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
353 JOS 10 28 nhk6 figs-parallelism הֶחֱרִ֣ם אוֹתָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֔⁠הּ לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד 1 He completely destroyed everyone in it. He left no survivor in it The second sentence summarizes the first sentence to emphasize that Joshua left no person or animal alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
354 JOS 10 29 k439 translate-names לִבְנָ֑ה 1 Libnah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
355 JOS 10 31 dsk6 translate-names מִ⁠לִּבְנָ֖ה לָכִ֑ישָׁ⁠ה 1 Libnah … Lachish These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
356 JOS 10 32 yw79 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֣ד יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 into the hand of Israel Here their “hand” represents their control. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave Lachish into the control of the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
357 JOS 10 33 rff2 translate-names הֹרָם֙ 1 Horam This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
358 JOS 10 33 lp2c translate-names גֶּ֔זֶר…אֶת־לָכִ֑ישׁ 1 Gezer … Lachish These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
359 JOS 10 34 y3g9 translate-names מִ⁠לָּכִ֖ישׁ עֶגְלֹ֑נָ⁠ה 1 Lachish … Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
360 JOS 10 35 dqi7 figs-doublet וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠הָ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֔רֶב וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֣פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־…הַ⁠ה֖וּא הֶחֱרִ֑ים 1 struck it with the edge of the sword … completely destroyed everyone in it These two phrases have similar meanings. Together they show the completeness of the destruction of Eglon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
361 JOS 10 36 a6ng translate-names מֵ⁠עֶגְל֖וֹנָ⁠ה 1 Eglon This is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
362 JOS 10 37 gba2 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּלְכְּד֣וּ⁠הָ וַ⁠יַּכּֽוּ⁠הָ־לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֠רֶב 1 They captured it and struck it with the edge of the sword The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They captured and killed and destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
363 JOS 10 38 mr8b translate-names דְּבִ֑רָ⁠ה 1 Debir This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
364 JOS 10 39 g2ta translate-names לִ⁠דְבִ֨רָ⁠ה֙…לְ⁠לִבְנָ֖ה 1 Debir … Libnah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
365 JOS 10 39 m8bf figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֔רֶב 1 They struck them with the edge of the sword The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They killed and destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
366 JOS 10 40 u843 figs-parallelism וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל־הַ⁠נְּשָׁמָה֙ הֶחֱרִ֔ים 1 Of all their kings he left not one survivor. He completely destroyed every living thing These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize the complete destruction that the people of Israel accomplished at Yahweh’s command. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
367 JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
368 JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
369 JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
370 JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
371 JOS 11 1 a1ca translate-names יָבִ֣ין…יוֹבָב֙ 1 Jabin … Jobab These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
372 JOS 11 1 zi5u translate-names חָצ֑וֹר…מָד֔וֹן…שִׁמְר֖וֹן…אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Hazor … Madon … Shimron … Akshaph These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
373 JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth … Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
374 JOS 11 3 rds6 translate-names חֶרְמ֔וֹן 1 Mount Hermon This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
375 JOS 11 4 d9fb 0 General Information: All the Canaanite kings attack Joshua and the nation of Israel.
376 JOS 11 4 e5l4 figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־מַֽחֲנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ם עַם־רָ֕ב כַּ⁠ח֛וֹל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־שְׂפַת־הַ⁠יָּ֖ם לָ⁠רֹ֑ב 1 a great number of soldiers, in number like the sand on the seashore No one can count the grains of sand on the seashore. This exaggeration emphasizes the very large number of soldiers that these kings assembled. Alternate translation: “such a great number of soldiers that there appeared to be as many of them as there are grains of sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
377 JOS 11 5 kc2e translate-names מֵר֔וֹם 1 Merom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
378 JOS 11 6 n348 figs-metaphor אָנֹכִ֞י נֹתֵ֧ן אֶת־כֻּלָּ֛⁠ם חֲלָלִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 I am giving them all to Israel as dead men Yahweh enabling Israel to conquer the enemy army and kill all of the soldiers is spoken of as if Yahweh killed the soldiers and then gave them to Israel. Alternate translation: “I will enable Israel to kill all of them in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
379 JOS 11 6 lgk2 אֶת־סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֣ם תְּעַקֵּ֔ר 1 hamstring their horses “cripple their horses by cutting their legs.” This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot walk.
380 JOS 11 7 sm9k translate-names מֵר֖וֹם 1 Merom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
381 JOS 11 8 cw9y figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠ם יְהוָ֥ה בְּ⁠יַֽד־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ 1 Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh enabling the army of Israel to conquer their enemy is spoken of as if Yahweh had put the enemy army into Israel’s hand. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Israel to conquer the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
382 JOS 11 8 n4ub וַ⁠יַּכּוּ⁠ם֒…וַ⁠יַּכֻּ֕⁠ם 1 struck them … struck them “attacked them … attacked them”
383 JOS 11 8 m9b1 translate-names מִשְׂרְפ֣וֹת מַ֔יִם 1 Misrephoth Maim This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
384 JOS 11 9 q7dn עִקֵּ֔ר 1 hamstrung This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot run. See how you translated this word in [Joshua 11:6](../11/06.md).
385 JOS 11 10 pbp8 מַלְכָּ֖⁠הּ הִכָּ֣ה בֶ⁠חָ֑רֶב 1 He struck its king with the sword “Joshua killed the king of Hazor with his sword”
386 JOS 11 10 cjd1 figs-metaphor חָצ֣וֹר לְ⁠פָנִ֔ים הִ֕יא רֹ֖אשׁ כָּל־הַ⁠מַּמְלָכ֥וֹת הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 Hazor had been head of all these kingdoms Hazor being the most important city is spoken of as Hazor being the head of the other kingdoms. Alternate translation: Hazor had been the most important of all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
387 JOS 11 11 be72 figs-parallelism וַ֠⁠יַּכּוּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֤⁠הּ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֨רֶב֙ הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם לֹ֥א נוֹתַ֖ר כָּל־נְשָׁמָ֑ה 1 They struck with the sword every living creature that was there … so there was not any living creature left alive These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
388 JOS 11 11 z2md figs-synecdoche הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם 1 he set them apart to be destroyed The word “he” refers to Joshua and represents himself and his army. Completely destroying every living thing in the city is spoken of as if those living things were dedicated for destruction. Alternate translation: “the army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
389 JOS 11 12 i5tz וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב 1 struck them with the edge of the sword “killed them”
390 JOS 11 13 f8kv הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הָ⁠עֹֽמְדוֹת֙ עַל־תִּלָּ֔⁠ם 1 cities built on mounds “cities built on small hills”
391 JOS 11 14 grk1 figs-rpronouns לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for themselves This phrase refers to the army of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
392 JOS 11 14 n215 figs-parallelism אֶֽת־כָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֞ם הִכּ֣וּ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֗רֶב עַד־הִשְׁמִדָ⁠ם֙ אוֹתָ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖ירוּ כָּל־נְשָׁמָֽה 1 They killed every human being with the edge of the sword until all were dead. They left alive no creature that breathed. These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
393 JOS 11 15 ta4x figs-litotes לֹֽא־הֵסִ֣יר דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 He left nothing undone of all that Yahweh commanded Moses to do This negative phrase emphasizes that Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
394 JOS 11 17 yr6b translate-names הָ⁠הָ֤ר הֶֽ⁠חָלָק֙…בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ 1 Mount Halak … Baal Gad These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
395 JOS 11 20 pq7v figs-metaphor מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה׀ הָיְתָ֡ה לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבָּ⁠ם֩ 1 it was Yahweh who hardened their hearts Yahweh causing the people of the cities to be stubborn is spoken of as if Yahweh had hardened their hearts. Alternate translation: “it was Yahweh who caused them to act stubbornly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
396 JOS 11 21 im1q translate-names אֶת־הָֽ⁠עֲנָקִים֙ 1 Anakim These are the descendants of Anak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
397 JOS 11 21 p6cd translate-names דְּבִ֣ר…עֲנָ֔ב 1 Debir … Anab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
398 JOS 11 23 qe5v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנָ⁠הּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֧ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Joshua gave it as an inheritance to Israel Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
399 JOS 11 23 x695 figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 the land had rest from the wars The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
400 JOS 12 intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.<br>
401 JOS 12 1 e45x writing-background וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
402 JOS 12 1 fe2c וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 these are the kings This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24.
403 JOS 12 1 g8ju translate-names הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the Arabah These are the names of a region of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
404 JOS 12 2 uv1m translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר 1 Aroer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
405 JOS 12 2 ts6s סִיחוֹן֙…בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 Sihon … Heshbon See how you translated these words in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md).
406 JOS 12 3 dh7d יָ֨ם כִּנְר֜וֹת 1 Sea of Kinnereth This is a place. See how you translated this in [Joshua 11:2](../11/02.md).
407 JOS 12 3 gc3x translate-names בֵּ֣ית הַיְשִׁמ֑וֹת…הַ⁠פִּסְגָּֽה 1 Beth Jeshimoth … Mount Pisgah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
408 JOS 12 4 zb6d ע֚וֹג מֶ֣לֶךְ הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֔ן 1 Og, king of Bashan See how you translated this man’s name in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md).
409 JOS 12 4 m4ct translate-names הָ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 the Rephaim These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
410 JOS 12 4 t7hy translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶדְרֶֽעִי 1 Ashtaroth … Edrei These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
411 JOS 12 5 vu4f translate-names וּ⁠בְ⁠סַלְכָה֙ 1 Salekah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
412 JOS 12 5 sbq3 translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י 1 Maacathites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
413 JOS 12 6 bsj6 לָ⁠רֻֽאוּבֵנִי֙ 1 Reubenites These are the descendants of Reuben.
414 JOS 12 6 p8zt וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֔י 1 Gadites These are the descendants of Gad.
415 JOS 12 6 zk48 וְ⁠לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֥בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּֽׁה 1 half tribe of Manasseh They are called a half tribe because the other half of the tribe received an inheritance in the land of Canaan.
416 JOS 12 7 nie7 translate-names מִ⁠בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙…הָ⁠הָ֥ר הֶ⁠חָלָ֖ק 1 Baal Gad … Mount Halak These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
417 JOS 12 8 z37z translate-names וּ⁠בָֽ⁠עֲרָבָה֙ 1 the Arabah This is the name of a region of land. Translate as in [Joshua 12:1](./01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
418 JOS 12 10 ps2m translate-names חֶבְר֖וֹן 1 Enaim This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
419 JOS 12 11 aj97 translate-names יַרְמוּת֙…לָכִ֖ישׁ 1 Jarmuth … Lachish These are the names of cities. Translate in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
420 JOS 12 12 bgl2 translate-names עֶגְלוֹן֙…גֶּ֖זֶר 1 Eglon … Gezer These are the names of cities. Translate “Eglon” in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
421 JOS 12 13 mgg8 translate-names דְּבִר֙…גֶּ֖דֶר 1 Debir … Geder These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
422 JOS 12 14 e9ba translate-names חָרְמָה֙…עֲרָ֖ד 1 Hormah … Arad These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
423 JOS 12 15 nec9 translate-names לִבְנָה֙…עֲדֻלָּ֖ם 1 Libnah … Adullam These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
424 JOS 12 16 se49 translate-names מַקֵּדָה֙ 1 Makkedah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
425 JOS 12 17 g346 translate-names תַּפּ֨וּחַ֙…חֵ֖פֶר 1 Tappuah … Hepher These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
426 JOS 12 18 m8vl translate-names אֲפֵק֙…לַ⁠שָּׁר֖וֹן 1 Aphek … Lasharon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
427 JOS 12 19 ga17 translate-names מָדוֹן֙…חָצ֖וֹר 1 Madon … Hazor These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
428 JOS 12 20 cq4i translate-names שִׁמְר֤וֹן מְראוֹן֙…אַכְשָׁ֖ף 1 Shimron Meron … Akshaph These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
429 JOS 12 21 pv5n translate-names תַּעְנַךְ֙…מְגִדּ֖וֹ 1 Taanach … Megiddo These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
430 JOS 12 22 z2b9 translate-names קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙…יָקְנֳעָ֥ם 1 Kedesh … Jokneam These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
431 JOS 12 23 a6eq translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר…גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 Dor … Naphoth Dor … Goyim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
432 JOS 12 24 kv8w translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 Tirzah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
433 JOS 12 24 aeg5 translate-numbers כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 thirty-one in all “31 in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
434 JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br>
435 JOS 13 2 s51z figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 This is the land that still remains You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
436 JOS 13 3 q1nv translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 Shihor This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
437 JOS 13 3 a3iw figs-activepassive לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 which is considered property of the Canaanites This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
438 JOS 13 3 jnl3 translate-names וְ⁠הָ⁠עַוִּֽים 1 Avvites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
439 JOS 13 4 b13s translate-names וּ⁠מְעָרָ֛ה…אֲפֵ֑קָ⁠ה 1 Arah … Aphek These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
440 JOS 13 5 bj71 translate-names מִ⁠בַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד…הַר־חֶרְמ֑וֹן 1 Baal Gad … Mount Hermon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
441 JOS 13 5 jd8r translate-names הַ⁠גִּבְלִ֗י 1 Gebalites This is the name of a people group who lived in Geba. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
442 JOS 13 6 b7pk translate-names מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת מַ֨יִם֙ 1 Misrephoth Maim this is the name of a place (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
443 JOS 13 6 si8i figs-metaphor לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּֽ⁠נַחֲלָ֔ה 1 land … as an inheritance The land that Israel will claim is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they will receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
444 JOS 13 9 gfc4 translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר…מֵידְבָ֖א…דִּיבֽוֹן 1 Aroer … Medeba … Dibon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
445 JOS 13 9 lk8d הַ⁠נַּ֛חַל 1 gorge a place where the river is far below the land on the sides
446 JOS 13 9 t2an הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֥ר 1 plateau flat land high above rivers
447 JOS 13 10 zm4w translate-names בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 Heshbon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
448 JOS 13 11 whz4 translate-names סַלְכָֽה 1 Salekah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
449 JOS 13 11 kc79 וּ⁠גְב֧וּל הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֣י וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֗י 1 the region of the Geshurites and Maacathites “the land where the Geshurites and Maacathites lived”
450 JOS 13 11 l98j translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֗י 1 Maacathites These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
451 JOS 13 12 hw24 translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֑עִי 1 Ashtaroth … Edrei These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
452 JOS 13 12 u2dn translate-names הָ⁠רְפָאִ֔ים 1 Rephaim This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
453 JOS 13 12 l1cu figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Moses struck them Here “Moses” represents himself and the Israelite army that Moses led. Alternate translation: “Moses and the Israelites attacked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
454 JOS 13 13 zb9l translate-names אֶת־הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י 1 the Geshurites or the Maacathites These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
455 JOS 13 13 hu1n figs-explicit גְּשׁ֤וּר וּ⁠מַֽעֲכָת֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Geshur and Maacath live among Israel “Geshur” and “Maacath” are either the names of the ancestors of “the Geshurites” and “the Maacathites” or are the names of the cities in which they lived. Alternate translation: “those people live among Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
456 JOS 13 13 xw7d עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
457 JOS 13 14 zs6y figs-metaphor לֹ֥א נָתַ֖ן נַחֲלָ֑ה 1 Moses gave no inheritance The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
458 JOS 13 14 v9zc figs-metaphor אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה…ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔⁠וֹ 1 The offerings of Yahweh … are their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if the offerings were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “The offerings of Yahweh … are what they will have for their provision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
459 JOS 13 14 br61 אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה 1 offerings of Yahweh “offerings that the people were to bring to Yahweh”
460 JOS 13 14 lz8a figs-activepassive אִשֵּׁ֨י 1 made by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priests burned with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
461 JOS 13 16 f1uv translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר…מֵידְבָֽא 1 Aroer … Medeba These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
462 JOS 13 16 s5yv נַ֨חַל…הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֖ר 1 gorge … plateau See how you translated these words in [Joshua 13:9](../13/09.md).
463 JOS 13 17 y6iu translate-names חֶשְׁבּ֥וֹן…דִּיבוֹן֙ וּ⁠בָמ֣וֹת בַּ֔עַל וּ⁠בֵ֖ית בַּ֥עַל מְעֽוֹן 1 Heshbon … Dibon … Bamoth Baal … Beth Baal Meon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
464 JOS 13 18 i4fe translate-names וְ⁠יַ֥הְצָ⁠ה וּ⁠קְדֵמֹ֖ת וּ⁠מֵפָֽעַת 1 Jahaz … Kedemoth … Mephaath These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
465 JOS 13 19 f1h3 translate-names וְ⁠קִרְיָתַ֣יִם וְ⁠שִׂבְמָ֔ה וְ⁠צֶ֥רֶת הַשַּׁ֖חַר 1 Kiriathaim … Sibmah … Zereth Shahar These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
466 JOS 13 20 is7v translate-names וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פְּע֛וֹר…הַ⁠פִּסְגָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַיְשִׁמֽוֹת 1 Beth Peor … Pisgah … Beth Jeshimoth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
467 JOS 13 21 uld7 translate-names בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 Heshbon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
468 JOS 13 21 j6hq translate-names סִיחוֹן֙…אֶת־אֱוִ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־רֶ֨קֶם֙ וְ⁠אֶת־צ֤וּר וְ⁠אֶת־חוּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־רֶ֔בַע 1 Sihon … Evi … Rekem … Zur … Hur … Reba These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
469 JOS 13 21 x56e אֹת֣⁠וֹ׀ וְ⁠אֶת־נְשִׂיאֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן 1 together with the leaders of Midian “as he had defeated the leaders of Midian”
470 JOS 13 23 gc1r וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את 1 this is their boundary The Jordan River was the western border of the land that the tribe of Reuben received.
471 JOS 13 23 x56m figs-metaphor וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את נַחֲלַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־רְאוּבֵן֙ 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Reuben The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Reuben is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Reuben received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
472 JOS 13 23 ud8m figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 given to each of their clans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Moses gave to each of their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
473 JOS 13 25 fmp2 translate-names יַעְזֵר֙…עֲרוֹעֵ֕ר…רַבָּֽה 1 Jazer … Aroer … Rabbah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
474 JOS 13 26 mr54 translate-names וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֛וֹן…רָמַ֥ת הַ⁠מִּצְפֶּ֖ה וּ⁠בְטֹנִ֑ים וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲנַ֖יִם…לִדְבִֽר 1 Heshbon … Ramath Mizpah … Betonim … Mahanaim … Debir These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
475 JOS 13 27 ie4m translate-names בֵּ֣ית הָרָם֩ וּ⁠בֵ֨ית נִמְרָ֜ה וְ⁠סֻכּ֣וֹת וְ⁠צָפ֗וֹן…חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 Beth Haram … Beth Nimrah … Zaphon … Heshbon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
476 JOS 13 28 hla2 figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵי־גָ֖ד 1 This is the inheritance of the tribe of Gad The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Gad is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Gad received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
477 JOS 13 29 we69 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 Moses gave an inheritance to the half tribe of Manasseh The land that Moses assigned to the half tribe of Manasseh is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he gave to them as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
478 JOS 13 29 gs84 לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 half tribe of Manasseh Only half of the tribe received this land because the other half received land on the other side of the Jordan River.
479 JOS 13 29 p8yw figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֗י לַ⁠חֲצִ֛י 1 It was assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
480 JOS 13 30 s32g translate-names מִ⁠מַּחֲנַ֨יִם…יָאִ֛יר 1 Mahanaim … Jair These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
481 JOS 13 31 b2aa translate-names וְ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֣וֹת וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֔עִי 1 Ashtaroth … Edrei These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
482 JOS 13 31 zde9 figs-activepassive לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י 1 These were assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
483 JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
484 JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
485 JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
486 JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
487 JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
488 JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders “leaders of the tribes”
489 JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
490 JOS 14 2 ti9l figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 by the hand of Moses Here the word “hand” refers to Moses himself and means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
491 JOS 14 3 ptq4 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־נָתַ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֜ה נַחֲלַ֨ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠מַּטּוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֔ה מֵ⁠עֵ֖בֶר לַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠לַ֨⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹֽא־נָתַ֥ן נַחֲלָ֖ה בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 Moses had given the inheritance of the two and one-half tribes beyond the Jordan, but to the Levites he gave no inheritance The land that Moses gave to the tribes is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
492 JOS 14 4 tye1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־נָתְנוּ֩ חֵ֨לֶק לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם בָּ⁠אָ֗רֶץ 1 The Levites were given no portion of the inheritance in the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Moses did not give a portion of the inheritance to the Levites in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
493 JOS 14 4 c5l6 חֵ֨לֶק 1 portion “part”
494 JOS 14 4 tj8s figs-ellipsis כִּ֤י אִם־עָרִים֙ לָ⁠שֶׁ֔בֶת 1 but only certain cities to live in The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but he gave to them only certain cities to live in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
495 JOS 14 4 m4nv וּ⁠מִ֨גְרְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 pasturelands fields of grass for the livestock to eat
496 JOS 14 4 j8ys וּ⁠לְ⁠קִנְיָנָֽ⁠ם 1 material resources physical things they needed so they could provide for their families
497 JOS 14 6 b9tc translate-names יְפֻנֶּ֖ה 1 Jephunneh This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
498 JOS 14 6 g6g8 translate-names הַ⁠קְּנִזִּ֑י 1 Kenizzite This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
499 JOS 14 7 wqe2 figs-idiom וָ⁠אָשֵׁ֤ב אֹת⁠וֹ֙ דָּבָ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר עִם־לְבָבִֽ⁠י 1 I brought him a report again as it was in my heart to make Here the word “heart” represents the thoughts. The phrase is an idiom that refers to a report that is given honestly. Alternate translation: “I brought back to him an honest report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
500 JOS 14 8 q6zs figs-metaphor הִמְסִ֖יו אֶת־לֵ֣ב הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 made the heart of the people melt with fear Making the people very afraid is spoken of as if it were making the hearts of the people melt. Alternate translation: “made the people very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
501 JOS 14 8 d53a figs-metaphor וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֣י מִלֵּ֔אתִי אַחֲרֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 I completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
502 JOS 14 9 ew2r figs-metaphor הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙…בָּ֔⁠הּ לְ⁠ךָ֨ תִֽהְיֶ֧ה לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֛ה וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם 1 the land … will be an inheritance for you and for your children forever The land that Caleb and his descendants would have is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
503 JOS 14 9 shc9 figs-synecdoche הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דָּרְכָ֤ה רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 the land on which your foot has walked Here “your foot” represents Caleb. Alternate translation: “the land on which you have walked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
504 JOS 14 10 m9sn הִנֵּה֩ 1 look “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
505 JOS 14 10 c4ma אֲשֶׁר־הָלַ֥ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 while Israel walked in the wilderness “while the people of Israel traveled in the wilderness”
506 JOS 14 11 q443 כְּ⁠כֹ֥חִ⁠י אָ֖ז וּ⁠כְ⁠כֹ֣חִ⁠י עָ֑תָּה 1 My strength is now as my strength was then “I am still as strong now as I was then”
507 JOS 14 11 y4nf figs-idiom וְ⁠לָ⁠צֵ֥את וְ⁠לָ⁠בֽוֹא 1 for going and coming This is an idiom that refers to daily activities. Alternate translation: “for the things I do every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
508 JOS 14 12 r8ka אֶת־הָ⁠הָ֣ר 1 hill country Possible meanings are 1) many large hills or small mountains or 2) one mountain.
509 JOS 14 12 ner3 translate-names עֲנָקִ֣ים 1 Anakim This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
510 JOS 14 13 q6ae figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת־חֶבְר֛וֹן לְ⁠כָלֵ֥ב 1 gave Hebron as an inheritance to Caleb Hebron is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Caleb received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
511 JOS 14 14 gji6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
512 JOS 14 14 zii3 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה 1 he completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
513 JOS 14 15 hyh6 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 Kiriath Arba This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
514 JOS 14 15 wv1z figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 Then the land had rest from war The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
515 JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
516 JOS 15 1 ex51 translate-names צִ֛ן 1 Zin This is the name of the wilderness area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
517 JOS 15 2 k5za מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the end of the Salt Sea, from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
518 JOS 15 2 j6xn מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
519 JOS 15 2 qj2g הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן 1 bay smaller part of the sea that extends into the land
520 JOS 15 3 kb99 translate-names עַקְרַבִּים֙…צִ֔נָ⁠ה…חֶצְרוֹן֙…אַדָּ֔רָ⁠ה…הַ⁠קַּרְקָֽעָ⁠ה 1 Akrabbim … Zin … Hezron … Addar … Karka These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
521 JOS 15 4 nzh3 translate-names עַצְמ֗וֹנָ⁠ה 1 Azmon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
522 JOS 15 4 d1b1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land, near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
523 JOS 15 5 xrg4 figs-metaphor מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּֽן 1 at the mouth of the Jordan The point at which the river empties into the sea is spoken of as if it were the mouth of the river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
524 JOS 15 5 bl5c וּ⁠גְב֞וּל 1 border … ran “border … was”
525 JOS 15 6 lbt5 translate-names בֵּ֣ית חָגְלָ֔ה…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָעֲרָבָ֑ה 1 Beth Hoglah … Beth Arabah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
526 JOS 15 6 eqi7 translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 the Stone of Bohan This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
527 JOS 15 7 n7k5 translate-names דְּבִרָ⁠ה֮ מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק עָכוֹר֒…הַ⁠גִּלְגָּ֗ל…לְ⁠מַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֔ים…מֵי־עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶ…עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 Debir … the Valley of Achor … the hill of Adummim … En Shemesh … En Rogel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
528 JOS 15 8 qa4u translate-names גֵּ֣י בֶן־הִנֹּ֗ם…עֵֽמֶק־רְפָאִ֖ים 1 the Valley of Ben Hinnom … the Valley of Rephaim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
529 JOS 15 9 hb3j translate-names נֶפְתּ֔וֹחַ…הַר־עֶפְר֑וֹן…קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים 1 Nephtoah … Mount Ephron … Baalah … Kiriath Jearim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
530 JOS 15 10 h92v translate-names מִ⁠בַּעֲלָ֥ה…הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר…הַר־יְעָרִ֛ים…כְסָל֑וֹן…בֵּֽית־שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ…תִּמְנָֽה 1 Baalah … Mount Seir … Mount Jearim … Kesalon … Beth Shemesh … Timnah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
531 JOS 15 11 n6qt translate-names שִׁכְּר֔וֹנָ⁠ה…הַר־הַֽ⁠בַּעֲלָ֖ה…יַבְנְאֵ֑ל 1 Shikkeron … Mount Baalah … Jabneel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
532 JOS 15 13 gx9f translate-names אֶת־קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע 1 Kiriath Arba These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
533 JOS 15 13 v154 translate-names אַרְבַּ֛ע…הָ⁠עֲנָ֖ק 1 Arba … Anak These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
534 JOS 15 14 jp1i figs-explicit אֶת־שְׁלוֹשָׁ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י יְלִידֵ֖י הָ⁠עֲנָֽק 1 the three sons of Anak: Sheshai, Ahiman and Talmai, descendants of Anak These names represent clans of people who were descendants of Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai. The words “sons” and “descendants” in this context mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the three clans, Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai, who were descendants of Anak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
535 JOS 15 14 q23k translate-names הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י 1 Anak … Sheshai … Ahiman … Talmai These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
536 JOS 15 15 n52j וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל מִ⁠שָּׁ֔ם אֶל 1 He went up from there against “He went up from there to fight against”
537 JOS 15 15 k99v translate-names דְּבִ֥ר…קִרְיַת־סֵֽפֶר 1 Debir … Kiriath Sepher These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
538 JOS 15 16 hs9c translate-names אֶת־קִרְיַת־סֵ֖פֶר 1 Kiriath Sepher This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
539 JOS 15 16 z82q translate-names אֶת־עַכְסָ֥ה 1 Aksah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
540 JOS 15 17 kvc1 translate-names עָתְנִיאֵ֥ל…קְנַ֖ז 1 Othniel … Kenaz These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
541 JOS 15 18 d6qf figs-idiom בְּ⁠בוֹאָ֗⁠הּ 1 Aksah came to Othniel This is an idiom that refers to Aksah becoming Othniel’s wife. Alternate translation: “when Aksah became Othniel’s wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
542 JOS 15 18 ia6d figs-quotations וַ⁠תְּסִיתֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ לִ⁠שְׁא֤וֹל מֵֽ⁠אֵת־אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ שָׂדֶ֔ה 1 she urged him to ask her father for a field. This can be translated as direct speech. Alternate translation: “she urged him, ‘Ask my father to give me a field.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
543 JOS 15 19 nun3 אֵ֚ת גֻּלֹּ֣ת עִלִּיּ֔וֹת וְ⁠אֵ֖ת גֻּלֹּ֥ת תַּחְתִּיּֽוֹת 1 the upper springs and lower springs The words “upper” and “lower” likely refer to the geographical altitude of the water springs.
544 JOS 15 20 q76c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־יְהוּדָ֖ה 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Judah The land that the tribe of Judah received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
545 JOS 15 21 lgx2 translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the southern cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:32](../15/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
546 JOS 15 33 tn8z translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the northern cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:47](../15/47.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
547 JOS 15 46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 settlements villages
548 JOS 15 47 hsx1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
549 JOS 15 48 m88k translate-names 1 General Information: The writer lists cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:63](../15/63.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
550 JOS 15 63 j68z עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
551 JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
552 JOS 16 1 b1k9 figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 the tribe of Joseph The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
553 JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz … Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
554 JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
555 JOS 16 3 w8gi translate-names הַ⁠יַּפְלֵטִ֗י 1 Japhletites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
556 JOS 16 3 id59 translate-names בֵּית־חוֹרֹ֛ן תַּחְתּ֖וֹן…גָּ֑זֶר 1 Lower Beth Horon … Gezer These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
557 JOS 16 4 u6fy בְנֵי־יוֹסֵ֖ף מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה וְ⁠אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 the tribes of Joseph, Manasseh and Ephraim “the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim, the sons of Joseph”
558 JOS 16 4 r4qw figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּנְחֲל֥וּ 1 received their inheritance The land that the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received this land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
559 JOS 16 5 f2i9 figs-activepassive גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 The territory of the tribe of Ephraim, clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The territory … that Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
560 JOS 16 5 m6lu translate-names עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר…בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 Ataroth Addar … Upper Beth Horon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
561 JOS 16 6 vg46 translate-names הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָת֙…תַּאֲנַ֣ת שִׁלֹ֑ה…יָנֽוֹחָ⁠ה 1 Mikmethath … Taanath Shiloh … Janoah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
562 JOS 16 7 uyw7 translate-names מִ⁠יָּנ֖וֹחָ⁠ה עֲטָר֣וֹת וְ⁠נַעֲרָ֑תָ⁠ה 1 Janoah … Naarah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
563 JOS 16 8 at1t translate-names מִ⁠תַּפּ֜וּחַ…קָנָ֔ה 1 Tappuah … Kanah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
564 JOS 16 8 mb6i figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Ephraim The land that Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Ephraim received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
565 JOS 16 8 ke41 figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
566 JOS 16 9 y6xs figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הַ⁠מִּבְדָּלוֹת֙ 1 the cities that were chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the cities that Joshua had chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
567 JOS 16 9 f1yc figs-metaphor בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 within the inheritance of the tribe of Manasseh The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
568 JOS 16 10 au8e עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
569 JOS 16 10 fth4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־עֹבֵֽד 1 these people were made to do forced labor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
570 JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Manasseh’s lack of faith<br>Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
571 JOS 17 1 j2sj translate-names לְ⁠מָכִיר֩ 1 Makir These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
572 JOS 17 1 zuz5 figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 Makir’s descendants were assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
573 JOS 17 2 al47 translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר…חֵ֗לֶק…אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙…שֶׁ֔כֶם…חֵ֖פֶר…שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 Abiezer, Helek, Asriel, Shechem, Hepher, and Shemida These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
574 JOS 17 2 us2l figs-activepassive וַ֠⁠יְהִי 1 Land was assigned … given to their clans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned land … and gave them to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
575 JOS 17 3 u2e9 translate-names וְ⁠לִ⁠צְלָפְחָד֩…חֵ֨פֶ 1 Zelophehad … Hepher These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
576 JOS 17 3 k5z5 translate-names מַחְלָ֣ה וְ⁠נֹעָ֔ה חָגְלָ֥ה מִלְכָּ֖ה וְ⁠תִרְצָֽה 1 Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah, and Tirzah These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
577 JOS 17 4 x2q2 translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֨ר 1 Eleazar This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
578 JOS 17 4 q55m figs-metaphor לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 to give to us an inheritance The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “to give to us some land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
579 JOS 17 4 s6fd וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֜ם…נַֽחֲלָ֔ה 1 he gave those women an inheritance Possible meanings are 1) “Joshua gave those women an inheritance” or 2) “Eleazar gave those women an inheritance.”
580 JOS 17 5 d1c3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ חַבְלֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 Ten parcels of land were assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned ten parcels of land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
581 JOS 17 5 z7zr חַבְלֵֽי…עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 Ten parcels “Ten portions”
582 JOS 17 6 d9gb figs-metaphor נָחֲל֥וּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 received an inheritance The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
583 JOS 17 6 qbx1 figs-activepassive הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֔ד הָיְתָ֥ה לִ⁠בְנֵֽי 1 The land of Gilead was assigned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
584 JOS 17 7 jln6 אֶל־הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין 1 southward toward the south
585 JOS 17 7 dfe9 translate-names הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָ֔ת…תַּפּֽוּחַ 1 Mikmethath … Tappuah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
586 JOS 17 9 k7gp הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩ 1 The border “The border of Manasseh’s land”
587 JOS 17 9 l2af נַ֨חַל 1 brook a very small river
588 JOS 17 9 qvi8 translate-names קָנָ֜ה 1 Kanah name of a brook (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
589 JOS 17 10 mi9b figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠אָשֵׁר֙ יִפְגְּע֣וּ⁠ן מִ⁠צָּפ֔וֹן 1 On the north side Asher can be reached Possible meanings are 1) that the border of Manasseh’s land on the north side touched the land that belonged to the tribe of Asher or 2) that one can travel north to reach Asher. Alternate translation: “Asher was on the north side” or “One can travel north to reach Asher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
590 JOS 17 10 fj36 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בְ⁠יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר מִ⁠מִּזְרָֽח 1 to the east, Issachar The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to the east, one can reach Issachar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
591 JOS 17 11 s1sn translate-names בֵּית־שְׁאָ֣ן…וְ⁠יִבְלְעָ֨ם…דֹ֣אר…עֵֽין־דֹּר֙…תַעְנַךְ֙…מְגִדּ֖וֹ…הַ⁠נָּֽפֶת 1 Beth Shan … Ibleam … Dor … Endor … Taanach … Megiddo … Napheth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
592 JOS 17 14 b4j6 figs-explicit בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the descendants of Joseph This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
593 JOS 17 14 sk37 figs-rquestion מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜⁠י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽ⁠אֲנִ֣י עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־עַד־כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥⁠נִי יְהוָֽה 1 Why have you given us only one … Yahweh has blessed us? The people of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh ask this question to emphasize that Joshua should have assigned to them more land. Alternate translation: “You should have given us more than one … Yahweh has blessed us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
594 JOS 17 14 ju22 figs-doublet גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד 1 one assignment of land and one portion for an inheritance These two phrases mean basically the same thing. In the second, the land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “one assignment of land as our inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
595 JOS 17 14 dg92 וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל 1 portion part
596 JOS 17 14 p7z5 עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד 1 people great in number “many people”
597 JOS 17 15 d24l אִם־עַם־רַ֤ב אַתָּה֙ 1 If you are a people great in number “Since you are a people great in number”
598 JOS 17 15 psc4 translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 Rephaim This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
599 JOS 17 16 g788 translate-names בְּ⁠בֵית־שְׁאָן֙…יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 Beth Shan … Jezreel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
600 JOS 17 17 wa3y figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
601 JOS 17 18 w4m4 וּ⁠בֵ֣רֵאת֔⁠וֹ 1 you will clear it “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees”
602 JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
603 JOS 18 1 fkg2 figs-events וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and they conquered the land They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
604 JOS 18 2 ynk6 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 whose inheritance had not been assigned The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
605 JOS 18 3 bia9 figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 How long will you put off … has given you? Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off … has given you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
606 JOS 18 4 p7hg figs-idiom וְ⁠יִֽתְהַלְּכ֥וּ בָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 the land up and down The words “up and down” mean in every direction. Alternate translation: “the land in every direction” or “throughout the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
607 JOS 18 4 zry7 וְ⁠יִכְתְּב֥וּ אוֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠פִ֥י נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 write out a description of it with a view to their inheritances This means that they will describe the portions of land that each tribe would like to receive for an inheritance.
608 JOS 18 4 lh9w figs-metaphor נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 their inheritances The land that they are to survey is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that each of the tribes would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
609 JOS 18 5 e13l 0 General Information: Joshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel.
610 JOS 18 5 dmy4 וְ⁠הִֽתְחַלְּק֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ 1 They will divide it “They will divide the land”
611 JOS 18 5 y5gn יְהוּדָ֞ה יַעֲמֹ֤ד 1 Judah will remain “The tribe of Judah will remain”
612 JOS 18 5 d41l figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵ֥ית יוֹסֵ֛ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” represents the descendants of Joseph. The phrase refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
613 JOS 18 7 v3qr 0 General Information: Joshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel.
614 JOS 18 7 e6s8 אֵֽין־חֵ֤לֶק 1 no portion “no portion of land”
615 JOS 18 7 kus7 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־כְהֻנַּ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה נַחֲלָת֑⁠וֹ 1 for the priesthood of Yahweh is their inheritance Joshua speaks of the great honor that the Levites have by serving Yahweh as priests as if it were something that they inherited. Alternate translation: “for the priesthood of Yahweh is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
616 JOS 18 7 eqg6 וַ⁠חֲצִי֩ שֵׁ֨בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה 1 the half tribe of Manasseh “half of the tribe of Manasseh”
617 JOS 18 7 cyc8 figs-metaphor לָקְח֣וּ נַחֲלָתָ֗⁠ם 1 have received their inheritance The land that the tribes received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “have received land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
618 JOS 18 8 t1cr 0 General Information: Joshua speaks to the twenty-one men who were to go look at the land.
619 JOS 18 8 p238 figs-idiom וְ⁠הִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ בָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ 1 up and down in the land The words “up and down” mean in every direction. See how you translated this in [Joshua 18:4](../18/04.md). Alternate translation: “in every direction in the land” or “throughout the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
620 JOS 18 10 pz3n figs-activepassive כְּ⁠מַחְלְקֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 to each was given his portion of the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to each tribe Joshua gave their portion in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
621 JOS 18 11 hd7v בֵּ֚ין בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 between the descendants of Judah and the descendants of Joseph “between the land that belonged to the descendants of Judah and the land that belonged to the descendants of Joseph”
622 JOS 18 11 ib4f figs-explicit בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 the descendants of Joseph This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
623 JOS 18 12 ij99 translate-names בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן 1 Beth Aven This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
624 JOS 18 13 hx15 translate-names ל֨וּזָ⁠ה֙…בֵּֽית־אֵ֑ל…עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר…לְ⁠בֵית־חֹר֖וֹן 1 Luz … Ataroth Addar … Beth Horon These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
625 JOS 18 14 h4e6 הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩ 1 The boundary This refers to the same thing as “the border” in verse 13.
626 JOS 18 14 eq7x translate-names קִרְיַת־בַּ֨עַל֙…קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים 1 Kiriath Baal … Kiriath Jearim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
627 JOS 18 15 ulq2 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֑ים…נֶפְתּֽוֹחַ 1 Kiriath Jearim … Ephron … Nephtoah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
628 JOS 18 16 br6t translate-names בֶן־הִנֹּ֔ם…רְפָאִ֖ים…הִנֹּ֜ם…עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 Ben Hinnom … Rephaim … Hinnom … En Rogel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
629 JOS 18 17 d8dt translate-names עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶשׁ…גְּלִיל֔וֹת…אֲדֻמִּ֑ים 1 En Shemesh … Geliloth … Adummim These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
630 JOS 18 17 z2mh translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 the Stone of Bohan This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. See how you translated this in [Joshua 15:6](../15/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
631 JOS 18 18 g6td figs-metaphor כֶּ֥תֶף מוּל־הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the shoulder of Beth Arabah Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the slope of Beth Arabah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
632 JOS 18 18 b98y translate-names מוּל־הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 Beth Arabah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
633 JOS 18 19 k48g figs-metaphor כֶּ֣תֶף בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ צָפוֹנָ⁠ה֒ 1 the north shoulder of Beth Hoglah Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the north slope of Beth Hoglah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
634 JOS 18 19 xy3i translate-names בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ 1 Beth Hoglah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
635 JOS 18 20 ywb2 figs-metaphor זֹ֡את נַחֲלַת֩ בְּנֵ֨י בִנְיָמִ֧ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Benjamin The land that the tribe of Benjamin received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
636 JOS 18 20 pe6e figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 it was given clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave it to each of their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
637 JOS 18 21 i6af translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
638 JOS 18 24 jsu9 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 their villages “the villages around them”
639 JOS 18 25 nk7k translate-names 0 General Information: The writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
640 JOS 18 28 t3aa figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of Benjamin The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
641 JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
642 JOS 19 1 s149 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֞א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֤ל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ לְ⁠שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 The second casting of lots fell to Simeon “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon”
643 JOS 19 1 gl7x translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 The second number two in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
644 JOS 19 1 z9r9 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 clan by clan “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans”
645 JOS 19 1 u57y figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ נַֽחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָֽה 1 Their inheritance was in the middle of the inheritance that belonged to the tribe of Judah The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribes received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The land that they received as an inheritance was in the middle of the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
646 JOS 19 2 kg51 translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
647 JOS 19 2 eu6h figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 They had for their inheritance The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “They had the following cities for their inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
648 JOS 19 5 la4r translate-names 0 General Information: The writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
649 JOS 19 5 f4vb וְ⁠צִֽקְלַ֥ג 1 Ziklag See how you translated the name of this city in [Joshua 15:31](../15/31.md).
650 JOS 19 8 uc1c figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־שִׁמְע֖וֹן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Simeon The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
651 JOS 19 8 q586 figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 clan by clan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Joshua gave to their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
652 JOS 19 9 lep5 figs-activepassive מֵ⁠חֶ֨בֶל֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 the portion of land assigned to the tribe of Judah This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the portion of land which Joshua assigned to the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
653 JOS 19 9 p2ji בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ נַחֲלָתָֽ⁠ם 1 the middle of their portion “the middle of Judah’s portion of land”
654 JOS 19 10 f5gu וַ⁠יַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 The third casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
655 JOS 19 10 s2j1 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 The third number three in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
656 JOS 19 10 vde5 translate-names שָׂרִֽיד 1 Sarid This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
657 JOS 19 11 v9gp translate-names וּ⁠מַרְעֲלָ֖ה…בְּ⁠דַבָּ֑שֶׁת…יָקְנְעָֽם 1 Maralah … Dabbesheth … Jokneam These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
658 JOS 19 11 gx7v עַל־פְּנֵ֥י יָקְנְעָֽם 1 opposite Jokneam “across from Jokneam”
659 JOS 19 12 n9dc translate-names מִ⁠שָּׂרִ֗יד…כִּסְלֹ֖ת תָּבֹ֑ר…הַ⁠דָּֽבְרַ֖ת…יָפִֽיעַ 1 Sarid … Kisloth Tabor … Daberath … Japhia These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
660 JOS 19 13 dqd5 translate-names גִּתָּ֥⁠ה חֵ֖פֶר עִתָּ֣ה קָצִ֑ין…רִמּ֥וֹן…הַ⁠נֵּעָֽה 1 Gath Hepher … Eth Kazin … Rimmon … Neah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
661 JOS 19 14 ja4s translate-names חַנָּתֹ֑ן…יִפְתַּח־אֵֽל 1 Hannathon … Iphtah El These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
662 JOS 19 15 xk4u translate-names וְ⁠קַטָּ֤ת וְ⁠נַֽהֲלָל֙ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֔וֹן וְ⁠יִדְאֲלָ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם 1 Kattath … Nahalal … Shimron … Idalah … Bethlehem These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
663 JOS 19 15 yn5n translate-names וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם 1 Bethlehem This is not the same “Bethlehem” that is south of Jerusalem in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
664 JOS 19 16 a4ee figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־זְבוּלֻ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Zebulun The land and cities that the tribe of Zebulun received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Zebulun received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
665 JOS 19 17 fum5 יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י 1 The fourth casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
666 JOS 19 17 l33x translate-ordinal הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י 1 The fourth number four in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
667 JOS 19 18 qmg4 translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּסוּלֹ֖ת וְ⁠שׁוּנֵֽם 1 Chesulloth … Shunem These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
668 JOS 19 19 c3ti translate-names וַ⁠חֲפָרַ֥יִם וְ⁠שִׁיאֹ֖ן וַ⁠אֲנָחֲרַֽת 1 Hapharaim … Shion … Anaharath These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
669 JOS 19 20 mft4 translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֥ית וְ⁠קִשְׁי֖וֹן וָ⁠אָֽבֶץ 1 Rabbith … Kishion … Ebez These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
670 JOS 19 21 b1ex translate-names וְ⁠רֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠עֵין־גַּנִּ֛ים וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חַדָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פַּצֵּֽץ 1 Remeth … En Gannim … En Haddah … Beth Pazzez These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
671 JOS 19 22 hs7i translate-names בְּ⁠תָב֤וֹר 1 Tabor This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
672 JOS 19 22 ht1e translate-names ו⁠שחצומ⁠ה 1 Shahazumah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
673 JOS 19 23 yll2 figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Issachar The land and cities that the tribe of Issachar received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Issachar received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
674 JOS 19 24 lhr4 וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י 1 The fifth casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
675 JOS 19 24 xa5a translate-ordinal הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י 1 The fifth number five in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
676 JOS 19 25 prg9 translate-names חֶלְקַ֥ת וַ⁠חֲלִ֖י וָ⁠בֶ֥טֶן וְ⁠אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Helkath, Hali, Beten, Akshaph These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
677 JOS 19 26 v6t4 translate-names וְ⁠אַֽלַמֶּ֥לֶךְ וְ⁠עַמְעָ֖ד וּ⁠מִשְׁאָ֑ל…וּ⁠בְ⁠שִׁיח֖וֹר לִבְנָֽת 1 Allammelek, Amad, and Mishall … Shihor Libnath These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
678 JOS 19 27 pbh2 translate-names בֵּ֣ית דָּגֹן֒…וּ⁠בְ⁠גֵ֨י יִפְתַּח־אֵ֥ל…בֵּ֥ית הָעֵ֖מֶק וּ⁠נְעִיאֵ֑ל…כָּב֖וּל 1 Beth Dagon … Valley of Iphtah El … Beth Emek … Neiel … Kabul These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
679 JOS 19 28 ht1l translate-names וְ⁠עֶבְרֹ֥ן וּ⁠רְחֹ֖ב וְ⁠חַמּ֣וֹן וְ⁠קָנָ֑ה 1 Abdon … Rehob … Hammon … Kanah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
680 JOS 19 29 q8wz translate-names חֹסָ֔ה…אַכְזִֽיבָ⁠ה 1 Hosah … Akzib These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
681 JOS 19 30 y1g5 translate-names וְ⁠עֻמָ֥ה וַ⁠אֲפֵ֖ק וּ⁠רְחֹ֑ב 1 Ummah … Aphek … Rehob These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
682 JOS 19 31 x4aq figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־אָשֵׁ֖ר 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Asher The land and cities that the tribe of Asher received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Asher received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
683 JOS 19 32 jy7g יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י 1 The sixth casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
684 JOS 19 32 jjm6 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י 1 The sixth number six in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
685 JOS 19 33 syr4 translate-names מֵ⁠חֵ֨לֶף…בְּ⁠צַעֲנַנִּ֗ים וַ⁠אֲדָמִ֥י הַנֶּ֛קֶב וְ⁠יַבְנְאֵ֖ל…לַקּ֑וּם 1 Heleph … Zaanannim … Adami Nekeb … Jabneel … Lakkum These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
686 JOS 19 34 lu5s translate-names אַזְנ֣וֹת תָּב֔וֹר…חוּקֹ֑קָ⁠ה 1 Aznoth Tabor … Hukkok These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
687 JOS 19 35 h8p6 translate-names הַ⁠צִּדִּ֣ים צֵ֔ר וְ⁠חַמַּ֖ת רַקַּ֥ת וְ⁠כִנָּֽרֶת 1 Ziddim … Zer … Hammath … Rakkath … Kinnereth These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
688 JOS 19 35 lq51 וְ⁠חַמַּ֖ת 1 Hammath This is not the same location as “Hamath,” but is located on the west shore of the Sea of Galilee.
689 JOS 19 36 e379 translate-names וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֥ה וְ⁠הָ⁠רָמָ֖ה וְ⁠חָצֽוֹר 1 Adamah … Ramah … Hazor These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
690 JOS 19 37 vez5 translate-names וְ⁠קֶ֥דֶשׁ וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֖עִי וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חָצֽוֹר 1 Kedesh … Edrei … En Hazor These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
691 JOS 19 38 jp9v translate-names וְ⁠יִרְאוֹן֙ וּ⁠מִגְדַּל־אֵ֔ל חֳרֵ֥ם וּ⁠בֵית־עֲנָ֖ת וּ⁠בֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ 1 Yiron … Migdal El … Horem … Beth Anath These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
692 JOS 19 39 s9en figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־נַפְתָּלִ֖י 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Naphtali The land and cities that the tribe of Naphtali received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Naphtali received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
693 JOS 19 40 q3a2 יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֥ל הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 The seventh casting of lots See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
694 JOS 19 40 b1tt translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 The seventh number seven in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
695 JOS 19 41 d7it figs-metaphor גְּב֣וּל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 The territory of its inheritance The land that the tribe of Dan received is spoken of as if it was an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The territory of land that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
696 JOS 19 41 b8bg translate-names צָרְעָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶשְׁתָּא֖וֹל וְ⁠עִ֥יר שָֽׁמֶשׁ 1 Zorah, Eshtaol, Ir Shemesh These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
697 JOS 19 42 q637 translate-names וְ⁠שַֽׁעֲלַבִּ֥ין וְ⁠אַיָּל֖וֹן וְ⁠יִתְלָֽה 1 Shaalabbin, Aijalon, and Ithlah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
698 JOS 19 43 sht1 translate-names וְ⁠אֵיל֥וֹן וְ⁠תִמְנָ֖תָ⁠ה וְ⁠עֶקְרֽוֹן 1 Elon, Timnah, Ekron These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
699 JOS 19 44 gca7 translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְתְּקֵ֥ה וְ⁠גִבְּת֖וֹן וּ⁠בַעֲלָֽת 1 Eltekeh, Gibbethon, Baalath These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
700 JOS 19 45 yan4 translate-names וִ⁠יהֻ֥ד וּ⁠בְנֵֽי־בְרַ֖ק וְ⁠גַת־רִמּֽוֹן 1 Jehud, Bene Berak, Gath Rimmon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
701 JOS 19 46 ddh6 translate-names וּ⁠מֵ֥י הַיַּרְק֖וֹן וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַקּ֑וֹן 1 Me Jarkon … Rakkon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
702 JOS 19 46 w42c מ֥וּל יָפֽוֹ 1 across from Joppa “opposite Joppa” or “beside Joppa”
703 JOS 19 47 i8zh translate-names לֶ֜שֶׁם 1 Leshem This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
704 JOS 19 48 cx9h figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־דָ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of the tribe of Dan The land and cities that the tribe of Dan received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
705 JOS 19 49 jzi6 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 gave an inheritance among themselves to Joshua son of Nun The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
706 JOS 19 50 ac8r translate-names אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח 1 Timnath Serah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
707 JOS 19 51 cs47 figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠נְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 These are the inheritances … assigned The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities … assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
708 JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cities of Refuge<br><br>If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br>
709 JOS 20 2 qhs6 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 by the hand of Moses Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
710 JOS 20 3 a1vg מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 unintentionally kills This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
711 JOS 20 3 h73b figs-metonymy מִ⁠גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠דָּֽם 1 avenge the blood of a person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
712 JOS 20 4 u2dh וְ⁠נָ֞ס 1 He will run Here the word “he” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
713 JOS 20 4 p1sg וְ⁠דִבֶּ֛ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֛י זִקְנֵ֥י־הָ⁠עִֽיר הַ⁠הִ֖יא אֶת־דְּבָרָ֑י⁠ו 1 explain his case to the elders of that city “convince the elders of that city that he had not intentionally killed the person.
714 JOS 20 4 dhh4 וְ⁠אָסְפ֨וּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ 1 Then they will take him The word “they” refers to the elders and “him” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
715 JOS 20 4 k969 וְ⁠יָשַׁ֥ב עִמָּֽ⁠ם 1 live among them This refers to the city as a whole, not to the elders only.
716 JOS 20 5 x945 figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֤ל הַ⁠דָּם֙ 1 avenge the blood of the person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
717 JOS 20 5 u27s בִ⁠בְלִי־דַ֨עַת֙ הִכָּ֣ה אֶת־רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 killed his neighbor unintentionally accidentally killed his neighbor
718 JOS 20 6 c6fe עָמְד֞⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠עֵדָה֙ 1 stood before the assembly This is a phrase that describes standing to seek justice from a court of the assembly of his fellow citizens.
719 JOS 20 7 lyr5 translate-names 0 General Information: There are a lot of names in this section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
720 JOS 20 8 cy8e לְ⁠יַרְדֵּ֤ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
721 JOS 20 9 b89x figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּ⁠יַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 would not die by the hand of the one Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
722 JOS 20 9 j61z figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 avenge the blood that was shed This can be stated in active form. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
723 JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
724 JOS 21 1 js4y translate-names אֶלְעָזָר֙…נ֑וּן 1 Eleazar … Nun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
725 JOS 21 2 wk1t וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 They said to them “The Levites said to them”
726 JOS 21 2 wk1m figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Yahweh commanded you by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
727 JOS 21 3 f9ei אֶת־הֶ⁠עָרִ֥ים 1 following cities This refers to the cities to be listed in the next verses.
728 JOS 21 4 r4ry וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
729 JOS 21 4 fl2y translate-names הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י 1 Kohathites This priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
730 JOS 21 5 iwh3 וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֲצִ֨י 1 half tribe Half the tribe because the other half received their inheritance before crossing the Jordan River.
731 JOS 21 6 bk5g translate-names גֵרְשׁ֗וֹן 1 Gershon Gershon was one of the sons of Levi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
732 JOS 21 6 ezu2 בַּ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
733 JOS 21 7 cg61 translate-names מְרָרִ֜י 1 Merari Merari was one of the sons of Levi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
734 JOS 21 8 qe5y figs-metonymy צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Yahweh had commanded by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” here means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had told Moses to command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
735 JOS 21 10 t6l2 translate-names מִ⁠מִּשְׁפְּח֥וֹת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֖י 1 clans of the Kohathites The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. See how you translated this in [Joshua 21:2](../21/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
736 JOS 21 10 tnp1 הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
737 JOS 21 11 vkd2 writing-background אַרְבַּ֨ע אֲבִ֧י הָֽ⁠עֲנ֛וֹק 1 Arba had been the father of Anak This is background information about the name of the man who founded the city of Kiriath Arba. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
738 JOS 21 11 mn2g translate-names הָֽ⁠עֲנ֛וֹק 1 Anak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
739 JOS 21 11 vd7d בְּ⁠הַ֣ר 1 hill country An area of land with natural elevations, smaller than mountains.
740 JOS 21 11 kwe7 מִגְרָשֶׁ֖⁠הָ 1 pasturelands An area covered with grass or plants suitable for the grazing of livestock or cattle.
741 JOS 21 12 aj9s שְׂדֵ֥ה הָ⁠עִ֖יר 1 fields of the city Areas of open land, usually, planted with crops, belonging to and surrounding the city.
742 JOS 21 12 uz84 חֲצֵרֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 villages Small communities, usually smaller than a town.
743 JOS 21 13 p1nr translate-names לִבְנָ֖ה 1 Libnah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
744 JOS 21 14 q8gl translate-names יַתִּר֙…אֶשְׁתְּמֹ֖עַ 1 Jattir … Eshtemoa These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
745 JOS 21 15 cb4t translate-names חֹלֹן֙…דְּבִ֖ר 1 Holon … Debir These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
746 JOS 21 16 bx8i translate-names עַ֣יִן…יֻטָּה֙ 1 Ain … Juttah These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
747 JOS 21 17 e8r4 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה בִנְיָמִ֔ן 1 From the tribe of Benjamin were given Gibeon This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Benjamin gave Gibeon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
748 JOS 21 17 fd6z translate-names אֶת־גֶּ֖בַע 1 Geba This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
749 JOS 21 18 sk7n translate-names אֶת־עֲנָתוֹת֙…עַלְמ֖וֹן 1 Anathoth … Almon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
750 JOS 21 19 ha9f translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עָרִ֖ים 1 thirteen cities “13 cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
751 JOS 21 20 lfp9 translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָת֙ 1 the Kohathite clans The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
752 JOS 21 20 x8eu figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ עָרֵ֣י גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 they had cities given to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
753 JOS 21 20 tg75 גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
754 JOS 21 21 kz7k translate-names גֶּ֖זֶר 1 Gezer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
755 JOS 21 22 tv2m translate-names קִבְצַ֨יִם֙…בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן 1 Kibzaim … Beth Horon names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
756 JOS 21 22 r4hl translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 four cities in all This refers to the list by the total number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
757 JOS 21 23 dw9x figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּ֨טֵּה־דָ֔ן 1 From the tribe of Dan, the clan of Kohath was given Eltekeh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Dan gave to the clan of Kohath Eltekeh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
758 JOS 21 23 r7qr translate-names אֶֽת־אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א…גִּבְּת֖וֹן 1 Eltekeh … Gibbethon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
759 JOS 21 24 g45w translate-names אֶת־אַיָּלוֹן֙…אֶת־גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן 1 Aijalon … Gath Rimmon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
760 JOS 21 24 g4ma translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 four cities This refers to the number of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
761 JOS 21 25 e6cl figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִית֙ מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙ 1 From the half tribe of Manasseh, the clan of Kohath was given Taanach This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh gave to the clan of Kohath Taanach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
762 JOS 21 25 yn8h translate-names אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙…גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן 1 Taanach … Gath Rimmon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
763 JOS 21 26 hn9j translate-names לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָ֖ת 1 clans of the Kohathites The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
764 JOS 21 27 knk6 translate-names אֶת־גּוֹלָ֤ן…אֶֽת־בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה 1 Golan … Be Eshterah names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
765 JOS 21 27 bmc9 הָ⁠רֹצֵ֔חַ 1 killed another unintentionally This refers to a death resulting from an action not intended to harm a person.
766 JOS 21 27 a1zs translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים שְׁתָּֽיִם 1 two cities number of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
767 JOS 21 28 r9hc translate-names אֶת־קִשְׁי֖וֹן…אֶת־דָּֽבְרַ֖ת 1 Kishion … Daberath names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
768 JOS 21 29 u8z9 translate-names אֶת־יַרְמוּת֙…עֵ֥ין גַּנִּ֖ים 1 Jarmuth … En Gannim names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
769 JOS 21 30 rbf6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֔ר אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל 1 From the tribe of Asher, they gave Mishal This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They received from the tribe of Asher Mishal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
770 JOS 21 30 px1s translate-names אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל…אֶת־עַבְדּ֖וֹ 1 Mishal … Abdon names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
771 JOS 21 31 ziw8 translate-names אֶת־חֶלְקָת֙…רְחֹ֖ב 1 Helkath … Rehob names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
772 JOS 21 32 h2j8 translate-names חַמֹּ֥ת דֹּאר֙…קַרְתָּ֖ן 1 Hammoth Dor … Kartan These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
773 JOS 21 33 c7dt translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עִ֖יר 1 thirteen cities in all “13 cities in total” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
774 JOS 21 34 yuv3 figs-activepassive וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי־מְרָרִי֮ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֣ם הַ⁠נּוֹתָרִים֒ מֵ⁠אֵת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֔ן אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם 1 To the rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—were given out of the tribe of Zebulun: Jokneam This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: The rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—received from the tribe of Zebulun Jokneam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
775 JOS 21 34 ws8g translate-names מְרָרִי֮ 1 Merari This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
776 JOS 21 34 ng32 translate-names אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם…אֶת־קַרְתָּ֖ה 1 Jokneam … Kartah These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
777 JOS 21 35 ek4f translate-names אֶת־דִּמְנָה֙…אֶֽת־נַהֲלָ֖ל 1 Dimnah … Nahalal names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
778 JOS 21 36 dh5c translate-names אֶת־בֶּ֖צֶר…וְ⁠אֶת־יַ֖הְצָ⁠ה 1 Bezer … Jahaz names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
779 JOS 21 37 jbp6 translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 four cities This refers to the total number of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
780 JOS 21 37 e538 translate-names אֶת־קְדֵמוֹת֙…מֵיפָ֖עַת 1 Kedemoth … Mephaath names of cities (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
781 JOS 21 38 r7m5 translate-names אֶת־רָמֹ֥ת…מַחֲנַ֖יִם 1 Ramoth … Mahanaim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
782 JOS 21 39 a2l1 translate-names אֶת־חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙…אֶת־יַעְזֵ֖ר 1 Heshbon … Jazer These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
783 JOS 21 40 x17x translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה 1 twelve cities in all “12 cities in total” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
784 JOS 21 40 q83e figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִי֙ גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה 1 twelve cities in all were given to them by the casting of lots This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received these twelve cities by the casting of lots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
785 JOS 21 40 at28 גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 casting of lots A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
786 JOS 21 41 g7z1 figs-activepassive כֹּ֚ל עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The cities of the Levites taken from the middle of the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Levites received their cities from the middle of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
787 JOS 21 41 z9gj translate-numbers עָרִ֛ים אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֖ה 1 forty-eight cities “48 cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
788 JOS 21 43 q5na נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 1 he swore “he gave an oath”
789 JOS 21 44 t1a4 figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Not one of their enemies could defeat them This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
790 JOS 21 44 lg6d figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 gave all their enemies into their hand Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
791 JOS 21 45 u1ik figs-litotes לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Not one thing among all the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel failed to come true This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
792 JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument<br><br>The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.<br>
793 JOS 22 1 ic3e translate-names לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִ֖י 1 Reubenites people of the tribe of Reuben (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
794 JOS 22 1 w3xd translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֑י 1 Gadites people of the tribe of Gad (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
795 JOS 22 2 x8l8 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְ⁠קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 obeyed my voice Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
796 JOS 22 3 a89l figs-litotes לֹֽא־עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 You have not deserted your brothers This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “You have remained with your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
797 JOS 22 5 zh9u figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠לֶ֧כֶת בְּ⁠כָל־דְּרָכָ֛י⁠ו 1 to walk in all his ways A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if he were walking on Yahweh’s ways or roads. Alternate translation: “to obey everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
798 JOS 22 5 r5dh figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶֽם 1 with all your heart and with all your soul The terms “heart” and “soul” are here used together to refer to the entire person. Alternate translation: “with all you think and feel” or “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
799 JOS 22 7 k89d הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This was a short name for the Jordan River.
800 JOS 22 8 w4re וּ⁠בְ⁠בַרְזֶ֛ל 1 iron a strong, hard, magnetic metal
801 JOS 22 8 k79c שְׁלַל 1 plunder The winning army would take everything of value from the people they conquered.
802 JOS 22 9 cmc4 figs-idiom פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 the commandment of Yahweh, by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “the commandment that Yahweh told Moses to give to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
803 JOS 22 10 iy3p הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This was a short name for the Jordan River.
804 JOS 22 11 ww1z figs-metaphor אֶל־מוּל֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 at the front of the land of Canaan The Israelite tribes who lived across the Jordan River would enter Canaan at the place where they built the altar. This place is spoken of as if it was the “front” or “entrance” to Canaan where the other tribes lived. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the land of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
805 JOS 22 11 yqa5 translate-names גְּלִילוֹת֙ 1 Geliloth This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
806 JOS 22 12 v3q5 לַ⁠צָּבָֽא 1 war a state of armed conflict between two nations or people groups
807 JOS 22 13 t232 translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֥ר 1 Eleazar name of man (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
808 JOS 22 16 sy2y כֹּ֣ה אָמְר֞וּ כֹּ֣ל׀ עֲדַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה 1 The whole assembly of Yahweh says this All the people of Israel are spoken of together in the singular as if they were one person. Alternate translation: “All the other Israelites are asking”
809 JOS 22 17 lcv2 figs-rquestion הַ⁠מְעַט־לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן פְּע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 Was our sin at Peor not enough for us? This question emphasizes how serious their previous sin was. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We had already sinned terribly at Peor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
810 JOS 22 17 b18v translate-names פְּע֔וֹר 1 Peor This is name of a place. Translate the same way as in [Joshua 13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
811 JOS 22 17 ie2t figs-litotes אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 we have not even now cleansed ourselves from it This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we are still dealing with the guilt of that sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
812 JOS 22 20 kyw7 translate-names עָכָ֣ן…זֶ֗רַח 1 Achan … Zerah names of men (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
813 JOS 22 20 v3qy figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 Did not Achan son of Zerah break faith in the matter of those things that had been reserved for God? Did not wrath fall on all the people of Israel? These questions are used to remind the people of the punishment for past sins. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “Achan son of Zerah sinned by taking things that had been reserved for God. And because of that God punished all the people of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
814 JOS 22 22 x5pm figs-hypo אִם־בְּ⁠מֶ֤רֶד וְ⁠אִם־בְּ⁠מַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אַל־תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 If it was in rebellion … on this day The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar in rebellion or breach of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
815 JOS 22 23 sku4 figs-hypo לִ⁠בְנ֥וֹת לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָ⁠שׁ֖וּב מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠אִם־לְ⁠הַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜י⁠ו עוֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֗ה וְ⁠אִם־לַ⁠עֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ 1 If we built … let Yahweh make us pay for it The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
816 JOS 22 24 cei9 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
817 JOS 22 24 xpn5 figs-hypo יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠בָנֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 your children might say to our children … God of Israel? This is a hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
818 JOS 22 24 qr6z figs-rquestion מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 What have you to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel? The three tribes use this rhetorical question to emphasize the situation they are trying to avoid. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have nothing to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
819 JOS 22 25 qfc4 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh continue their answer.
820 JOS 22 25 w2sv figs-hypo וּ⁠גְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָד֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 For Yahweh has made the Jordan … nothing to do with Yahweh This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
821 JOS 22 25 w3az אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
822 JOS 22 25 iy97 figs-hypo  וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 So your children might make our children cease to worship Yahweh The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
823 JOS 22 26 ueg6 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
824 JOS 22 27 m97u figs-metaphor עֵ֨ד ה֜וּא בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 to be a witness between us and you The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify to the rights of the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
825 JOS 22 27 gs6k figs-hypo וְ⁠לֹא־יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְ⁠בָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּ⁠יהוָֽה 1 so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, “You have no share in Yahweh.” This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
826 JOS 22 27 n3i9 אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק 1 no share “no portion” or “no inheritance”
827 JOS 22 28 bf3h 0 General Information: The tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now finish their answer.
828 JOS 22 28 kuu5 figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי־יֹאמְר֥וּ אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶל־דֹּרֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מָחָ֑ר וְ⁠אָמַ֡רְנוּ רְא֣וּ אֶת־תַּבְנִית֩ מִזְבַּ֨ח יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשׂ֣וּ אֲבוֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ לֹ֤א לְ⁠עוֹלָה֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א לְ⁠זֶ֔בַח כִּי־עֵ֣ד ה֔וּא בֵּינֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 If this should be said … a witness between us and you.” The three tribes are describing their potential answer to an accusation that might or might not be made at a future time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
829 JOS 22 29 b4w1 figs-idiom חָלִילָ⁠ה֩ לָּ֨⁠נוּ מִמֶּ֜⁠נּוּ לִ⁠מְרֹ֣ד 1 May it be far from us that we should rebel The unlikely chance that they would rebel is spoken of as if it is something that is a great distance away from them. Alternate translation: “We would certainly not rebel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
830 JOS 22 29 i8y4 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠שׁ֤וּב הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 turn away from following him To stop following Yahweh is spoken of as if they were turning away from him. Alternate translation: “stop following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
831 JOS 22 30 ysf8 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֞ע…אֶת־הַ֨⁠דְּבָרִ֔ים 1 heard the words “heard the message”
832 JOS 22 30 i3xp figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 was good in their eyes Here “in their eyes” means “in their opinion.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
833 JOS 22 31 ab6h לֹֽא־מְעַלְתֶּ֥ם בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּ֣עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 committed this breach of faith against him “broken your promise to him”
834 JOS 22 31 w1fn figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠יַּ֥ד יְהוָֽה 1 you have rescued the people of Israel out of the hand of Yahweh Here “the hand of Yahweh” refers to his punishment. Protecting the people is spoken of as rescuing them from his hand. Alternate translation: “you have kept Yahweh from punishing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
835 JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
836 JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land “destroy everything in the land”
837 JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
838 JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
839 JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
840 JOS 23 4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
841 JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
842 JOS 23 6 w84i figs-metaphor לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י סוּר־מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֥ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹֽאול 1 turning aside from it neither to the right hand nor to the left Disobeying the commands of the law of Moses is spoken of as turning to the right or to the left away from a path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
843 JOS 23 7 mc72 לְ⁠בִלְתִּי־בוֹא֙ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 you may not mix Possible meanings are 1) having close friendship with them or 2) intermarrying with them.
844 JOS 23 7 vkw6 תַזְכִּ֨ירוּ֙ 1 mention to speak of
845 JOS 23 7 wbj7 אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֤ם 1 their gods This refers to the gods of the remaining nations.
846 JOS 23 8 k6my figs-metaphor בַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם תִּדְבָּ֑קוּ 1 cling to Yahweh “hold tightly to Yahweh.” Believing in Yahweh is spoken of as if they were holding tightly onto him. Alternate translation: “continue to believe in Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
847 JOS 23 8 q6qx עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day “until the present time”
848 JOS 23 9 wf3v figs-metonymy לֹא־עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 to stand before you Here “stand” represents holding ground in a battle. The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
849 JOS 23 10 iar1 אֶחָ֥ד 1 single only one
850 JOS 23 10 lx1z translate-numbers אָ֑לֶף 1 a thousand “1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
851 JOS 23 12 i2mf figs-metaphor וּ⁠דְבַקְתֶּם֙ בְּ⁠יֶ֨תֶר֙ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 cling to the survivors of these nations Accepting the beliefs of these nations is spoken of as holding tightly to them. Alternate translation: “accept the beliefs of the survivors of these nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
852 JOS 23 13 pdx3 figs-doublet לְ⁠פַ֣ח וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֗שׁ 1 a snare and a trap The words “snare” and “trap” mean basically the same thing. Together they speak of the other nations as if they were a deadly trap that will cause trouble for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
853 JOS 23 13 ut82 figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁטֵ֤ט בְּ⁠צִדֵּי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠צְנִנִ֣ים בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 whips on your backs and thorns in your eyes These phrases speak of the troubles these nations will cause Israel as if they were as painful as whips and thorns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
854 JOS 23 14 ba62 figs-euphemism אָנֹכִ֤י הוֹלֵךְ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם בְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 I am going the way of all the earth Joshua uses a polite term to refer to his death. Alternate translation: “I am going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
855 JOS 23 14 x3c7 figs-doublet וִ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֣ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 know with all your hearts and souls Here the words “hearts” and “souls” have similar meanings. Together they emphasize deep personal knowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
856 JOS 23 14 vtt2 figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 not one word has failed to come true These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
857 JOS 23 16 xwa3 figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 worship other gods and bow down to them These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
858 JOS 23 16 wz7d figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 the anger of Yahweh will be kindled against you “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
859 JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s instructions<br>In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.<br>
860 JOS 24 1 e4nq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua gathered all the tribes of Israel Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
861 JOS 24 1 c7pt וַ⁠יִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 presented themselves before “came and stood in front of” or “came before”
862 JOS 24 2 tn5x מֵֽ⁠עוֹלָ֔ם 1 long ago “many years ago”
863 JOS 24 2 y8s6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֣ר 1 This is what Joshua begins to quote what Yahweh had said previously. The quotation continues until the end of verse 13.
864 JOS 24 2 uke1 translate-names תֶּ֛רַח…נָח֑וֹר 1 Terah … Nahor These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
865 JOS 24 3 h2vy 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
866 JOS 24 4 z8e8 translate-names שֵׂעִיר֙ 1 Seir This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
867 JOS 24 4 azj7 יָרְד֥וּ 1 went down Egypt was lower in elevation that the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “traveled”
868 JOS 24 5 hrk4 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
869 JOS 24 5 shc6 figs-you הוֹצֵ֥אתִי אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 brought you out The word “you” is plural and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
870 JOS 24 6 uxu8 figs-you וָֽ⁠אוֹצִ֤יא אֶת־אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 brought your ancestors out The word “your” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
871 JOS 24 7 w52l 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
872 JOS 24 7 t8kg figs-you וַ⁠יִּצְעֲק֣וּ…בֵּינֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 your ancestors … you Yahweh continually alternates between these two phrases, which both refer to all the Israelites, past and present. The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
873 JOS 24 7 rv8q אֶת־הַ⁠יָּם֙ 1 the sea This refers to the Sea of Reeds.
874 JOS 24 7 gqs1 בַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֖ר 1 in the wilderness an uninhabited area, a desert
875 JOS 24 8 jpf2 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
876 JOS 24 8 xwk4 figs-you אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 you The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
877 JOS 24 8 ew9g הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
878 JOS 24 8 wu3t figs-metonymy וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֨ן אוֹתָ֤⁠ם בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 gave them into your hand Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to conquer them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
879 JOS 24 9 wi7h 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
880 JOS 24 9 eb7h translate-names בָּלָ֤ק…צִפּוֹר֙ 1 Balak … Zippor men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
881 JOS 24 9 l9gd figs-you אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 you The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
882 JOS 24 10 jr3f figs-metonymy וָ⁠אַצִּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠יָּדֽ 1 rescued you out of his hand Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to overcome him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
883 JOS 24 11 wlg7 0 General Information: Joshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
884 JOS 24 11 b324 figs-you וַ⁠תַּעַבְר֣וּ 1 You The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
885 JOS 24 11 jx4u אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֮ 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
886 JOS 24 12 d1wr אֶת־הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֔ה 1 the hornet A small fast flying stinging insect that lives in colonies. Here, many “hornets” are spoken of as only one.
887 JOS 24 13 qv5z 0 General Information: Joshua finishes quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
888 JOS 24 15 gei6 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִם֩ רַ֨ע בְּֽ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם 1 If it seems wrong in your eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or desire. Alternate translation: “If you do not want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
889 JOS 24 15 bff7 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י 1 my house This represents his family that lives in his house. Alternate translation: “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
890 JOS 24 17 uf71 figs-pronouns אֹתָ֧⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת־אֲבוֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 us and our ancestors … we The people speak as if they were present with their ancestors, and interchange the words “us” and “we” with “our ancestors.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
891 JOS 24 17 n1g2 figs-idiom מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֑ים 1 house of slavery Here “house” is an idiom that refers to the location of their slavery. Alternate translation: “place where we were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
892 JOS 24 17 v2lc הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖רְנוּ 1 nations through whom we passed “nations that we passed through”
893 JOS 24 19 in4p הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
894 JOS 24 19 di8z אֵֽל־קַנּ֣וֹא ה֔וּא 1 he is a jealous God God wants his people to worship only him.
895 JOS 24 20 l4yi figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁ֨ב…וְ⁠כִלָּ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 He will consume you Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if he was a fire that would destroy them. Alternate translation: “He will destroy you as with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
896 JOS 24 21 mt8s הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
897 JOS 24 23 h48g figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַטּוּ֙ אֶת־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה 1 turn your heart to Yahweh Deciding to obey Yahweh only is spoken of as turning their heart towards him. Here “heart” represents the whole person. In this case, “heart” is plural because it refers to all the Israelites as a single group. However, it may be best to translate it in the plural since “your” is plural. Alternate translation: “turn yourselves to Yahweh” or “decide to obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
898 JOS 24 24 ut8c הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
899 JOS 24 24 yq9g figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠קוֹל֖⁠וֹ נִשְׁמָֽע 1 We will listen to his voice Here “listen” means to obey. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything he tells us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
900 JOS 24 25 g8by figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם ל֛⁠וֹ חֹ֥ק וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֖ט 1 He put in place decrees and laws Establishing laws is spoken of as if Joshua physically set them in place like monuments. Alternate translation: “He established decrees and laws” or “He gave them laws and decrees to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
901 JOS 24 26 n7ac בְּ⁠סֵ֖פֶר תּוֹרַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 the Book of the law of God This appears to be a continuation of the writings of Moses.
902 JOS 24 26 ct9g וַ⁠יְקִימֶ֣⁠הָ שָּׁ֔ם 1 set it up there “placed it there”
903 JOS 24 27 u7ad הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 people This refers to the Israelites.
904 JOS 24 27 mkt9 figs-personification הָ⁠אֶ֤בֶן הַ⁠זֹּאת֙ תִּֽהְיֶה־בָּ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה כִּֽי־הִ֣יא שָׁמְעָ֗ה אֵ֚ת כָּל־אִמְרֵ֣י 1 this stone will be a testimony … It has heard all the words The stone that Joshua set up is spoken of as if it were a person who heard what was spoken and would be able to testify about what was said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
905 JOS 24 27 h23i פֶּֽן־תְּכַחֲשׁ֖וּ⁠ן 1 should you ever “if you ever”
906 JOS 24 29 e9uy translate-numbers בֶּן־מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים 1 110 years old “one hundred and ten years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
907 JOS 24 30 iyt3 translate-names בְּ⁠תִמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח…לְ⁠הַר־גָּֽעַשׁ 1 Timnath Serah … Mount Gaash names of places (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
908 JOS 24 31 gf2q figs-idiom כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ 1 all of Joshua’s days This is an idiom that refers to Joshua’s entire life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
909 JOS 24 31 r7xz הֶאֱרִ֤יכוּ יָמִים֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 1 outlived Joshua “lived longer than Joshua”
910 JOS 24 32 a3ik עַצְמ֣וֹת י֠וֹסֵף…קָבְר֣וּ בִ⁠שְׁכֶם֒ 1 The bones of Joseph … they buried them at Shechem, It may be helpful to change the order of the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel brought the bones of Joseph up out of Egypt and buried them at Shechem”
911 JOS 24 32 ve2g translate-numbers בְּ⁠מֵאָ֣ה קְשִׂיטָ֑ה 1 one hundred pieces “100 pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
912 JOS 24 33 ur16 translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֥ר 1 Eleazar This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
913 JOS 24 33 rv7j translate-names בְּ⁠גִבְעַת֙ 1 Gibeah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

913
tn_JOS.tsv Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,913 @@
Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Joshua\n\n1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)\n- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)\n- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)\n- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)\n- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)\n1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)\n1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)\n\n### What is the Book of Joshua about?\n\nThe Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?\n\nThe book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?\n\nIn the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?\n\nThis phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.\n\n### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?\n\nThis phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.\n\n### When should Joshua be translated?\n\nThe Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
1:intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Be strong and Courageous\n\nJoshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
1:1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
1:1 eka2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:2 le23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:2 vix4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you אַתָּה֙ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 The word “you” here refers to Joshua. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1:3 v1l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture כָּל־מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 God giving the land to the Israelites in the future is spoken of as if he gave it to them in the past. This emphasizes that he will certainly give it to them. Alternate translation: “I will give to you every place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1:3 xjc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 The word “you” refers to both Joshua and the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1:3 t94e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 This refers to all the places Joshua and the Israelites will travel when they cross the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “everywhere you go in this land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:4 wl7a General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Joshua.
1:4 nbe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you גְּבוּלְ⁠כֶֽם 1 The word “your” refers to the tribes of Israel and not only Joshua. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1:5 w48w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב & לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 In verse 5 the words “you” and “your” refer to Joshua. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1:5 iq2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet לֹ֥א אַרְפְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠לֹ֥א אֶעֶזְבֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 The words “abandon” and “leave” mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that he will not do these things. Alternate translation: “I will certainly stay with you always” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1:6 a5yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh gives Joshua a series of commands. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1:6 gn34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative חֲזַ֖ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֑ץ 1 Yahweh commands Joshua to overcome his fears with courage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1:7 db9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative אַל־תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול 1 This can be stated as a positive command. Alternate translation: “Follow it exactly” or “Follow them exactly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1:7 jy5x תַּשְׂכִּ֔יל 1 “achieve your goal” or “reach your goal”
1:8 t4mz General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Joshua.
1:8 lcs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֖⁠ךָ וְ⁠אָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל 1 These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize great prosperity. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:9 vt4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 This refers to Yahweh commanding Joshua. Alternate translation: “I have commanded you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1:9 fnz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative חֲזַ֣ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֔ץ 1 Yahweh is commanding Joshua. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1:10 b59x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:11 f3rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes עִבְר֣וּ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה וְ⁠צַוּ֤וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הָכִ֥ינוּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם צֵידָ֑ה כִּ֞י בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים אַתֶּם֙ עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֔ם נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 Embedded quotes can be expressed as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “Go through the camp and command the people to prepare provisions for themselves. In three days they will cross over this Jordan and go in and possess the land that Yahweh their God is giving them to possess.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1:11 ck8h בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים 1 Here Joshua was counting his present day as day one. Alternate translation: “Two days from now” or “On the day after tomorrow”
1:11 wg1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן 1 “cross over” refers to going to the opposite side of the river. Alternate translation: “travel to the other side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:12 uji6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Manasseh chose to settle east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:12 fx7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִי֙ 1 These were the descendants of Reuben. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:12 z8vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֔י 1 These were the decendants of Gad. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:14 mm4q General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues speaking to the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh.
1:14 tf68 טַפְּ⁠כֶם֮ 1 “your little children”
1:14 fb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 This refers to the east side of the Jordan River. Later most of the Israelites would live west of the Jordan, so they called the east side “beyond the Jordan.” But at this time they were all still on the east side. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:15 b5yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁר־יָנִ֨יחַ & לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮ 1 This refers to Israel defeating all their enemies residing in Canaan that they were to conquer. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:15 g4ez וְ⁠שַׁבְתֶּ֞ם לְ⁠אֶ֤רֶץ יְרֻשַּׁתְ⁠כֶם֙ וִֽ⁠ירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם 1 This refers to living out their life on the land in peace.
1:15 rrj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן מִזְרַ֥ח הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 This refers to the east side of the Jordan river. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:16 c7t9 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThese Isrelites were specifically the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh that replied to Joshua.
1:18 rel4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1:18 lbc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:18 zez7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2:intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 2 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Rahab’s faith\n\nRahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nThe Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “ … melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2:1 ig8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נ֠וּן 1 This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:1 w886 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
2:4 k613 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nRahab the prostitute protects the two Israelite spies from harm.
2:4 l15y וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה אֶת־שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 This happened before the king’s messenger spoke to her.
2:4 am3m הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה 1 This refers to Rahab, the prostitute.
2:5 j3x6 בַּ⁠חֹ֨שֶׁךְ֙ 1 This is the time that day begins to change to the darkness of night.
2:6 l5zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠הִ֖יא הֶעֱלָ֣תַ⁠ם הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה וַֽ⁠תִּטְמְנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ הָ⁠עֲרֻכ֥וֹת לָ֖⁠הּ עַל־הַ⁠גָּֽג 1 This is background information and explains how she had hidden the men in [Joshua 2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:6 st56 הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה 1 The roof was flat and strong, so people could walk around on it.
2:6 b99c בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י 1 a plant that is grown for its fibers, which is used in making cloth
2:7 kdj3 וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים רָדְפ֤וּ אַֽחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 The men pursued the spies because of what Rahab had told them in [Joshua 2:5](../02/05.md).
2:7 p4sx הַֽ⁠מַּעְבְּר֑וֹת 1 places where a river or other body of water is shallow enough for people to get to the other side by walking through it
2:8 ds5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom טֶ֣רֶם יִשְׁכָּב֑וּ⁠ן 1 This refers to going to sleep for the night. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:9 t8zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you יָדַ֕עְתִּי כִּֽי־נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 The word “you” refers to the all the Israelite people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2:9 xr6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָפְלָ֤ה אֵֽימַתְ⁠כֶם֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 Becoming afraid is spoken of as if feat came and attacked them. Alternate translation: “we have become afraid of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:9 u74z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָמֹ֛גוּ & מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This compares the fearful people to ice melting and flowing away. Possible meanings are 1) they will be weak in the Israelites’ presence or 2) they will be scattered. Alternate translation: “will be so afraid that they will not resist you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:10 m3e1 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nRahab continues to talk to the Israelite spies.
2:10 bcm2 יַם־סוּף֙ 1 This is another name for the Red Sea.
2:10 c6i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠סִיחֹ֣ן וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֔וֹג 1 These are the names of the Amorite kings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:11 qx6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹא־קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 These two phrases share similar meanings, combined for emphasis. The phrase “our hearts melted” compares the hearts of the fearful people of Jericho to ice melting and flowing away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:12 j6sz General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nRahab continues to talk to the Israelite spies.
2:12 nmi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הִשָּֽׁבְעוּ־נָ֥א לִ⁠י֙ & וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם לִ֖⁠י א֥וֹת אֱמֶֽת 1 These are similar statements of Rahab seeking assurance from the spies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2:12 nh3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you עָשִׂ֥יתִי עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם חָ֑סֶד 1 The word “you” refers to the two spies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2:13 m6i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠הַחֲיִתֶ֞ם אֶת־ & וְ⁠הִצַּלְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־נַפְשֹׁתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מִ⁠מָּֽוֶת 1 a polite way of saying “do not to kill us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2:14 ji8q General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe Israelite spies make the promise which Rahab asked for in [Joshua 2:12](../02/12.md)
2:14 yb7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נַפְשֵׁ֤⁠נוּ תַחְתֵּי⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠מ֔וּת 1 This idiom is a way of swearing and asking God to curse them if they do not keep their promise. Alternate translation: “If we do not do what we promise, may Yahweh cause us to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:15 b3dr General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe Israelite spies continue to talk to Rahab.
2:17 dmh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This expresses a condition for the promise the spies had made to Rahab. The word, “this,” refers to “tie this scarlet rope in the window” in [Joshua 2:18](../02/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2:18 e4iw General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe Israelite spies continue talking to Rahab.
2:18 x2n8 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe Israelite spies clarify the condition they expressed in [Joshua 2:15](../02/15.md).
2:19 vdc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־יֵצֵא֩ מִ⁠דַּלְתֵ֨י 1 This phrase expresses a condition, creating a hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2:19 k27w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּמ֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ 1 Here “blood” represents a person’s death. To be responsible for their own death is spoken of as if their blood would be on their heads. Alternate translation: “their death will be their own fault” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:19 m728 וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ נְקִיִּ֑ם 1 “we will be innocent”
2:19 qg47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אִם־יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here “a hand is laid upon” is a polite way of referring to causing someone injury. Alternate translation: “if we cause injury to any” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2:20 ew4z General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe two Israelite spies continue to speak to Rahab about their promise to her. The spies required Rahab to remain silent about their visit or they would be free from their oath to protect her family.
2:20 e659 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you וְ⁠אִם־תַּגִּ֖ידִי 1 “You” refers to Rahab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2:21 uxw6 כְּ⁠דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֣ם כֶּן 1 Rahab agreed to their terms of the oath to protect her family.
2:22 gjr5 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe two Israelites spies leave Jericho.
2:22 a2i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁ֖בוּ הָ⁠רֹדְפִ֑ים 1 It may be helpful to say they returned to Jericho. Alternate translation: “their pursuers returned to the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:22 y2rj וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצָֽאוּ 1 This refers to the men not finding the spies.
2:23 zps9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֜בוּ שְׁנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ 1 The two men returned back to the Israelite’s camp. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:23 y6et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֜בוּ & וַ⁠יֵּרְד֣וּ & וַ⁠יַּעַבְרוּ֙ וַ⁠יָּבֹ֔אוּ 1 These are similar expressions referring to returning to where the Israelite’s are camped. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2:23 u3is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּעַבְרוּ֙ 1 “cross over” means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:23 i2bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נ֑וּן 1 This is a male name; the father of Joshua. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
2:24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
2:24 eh7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:intro qs85 0 # Joshua 3 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God dries the Jordan River\n\nJoshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
3:1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
3:1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
3:2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 These are people holding a position of command or authority.
3:3 ghy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֣ם 1 This is the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:4 tn3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance כְּ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם אַמָּ֖ה 1 “2,000 cubits.” The word “cubit” is a measurement equaling the distance from the elbow to the finger tips. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
3:5 hy6c הִתְקַדָּ֑שׁוּ 1 This refers to a special preparation of being religiously clean before Yahweh.
3:5 wz6l יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠כֶ֖ם נִפְלָאֽוֹת 1 Yahweh will be doing miracles for all to see and experience.
3:6 ts4p שְׂאוּ֙ אֶת־אֲר֣וֹן 1 This is referring to the levites picking up the ark for the purpose of carrying it from one location to another.
3:7 u6dt General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Joshua what the priest are to do.
3:7 q8ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָחֵל֙ גַּדֶּלְ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “the people will see what I do and realize that I have made you a great man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:8 b797 קְצֵה֙ מֵ֣י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 Joshua is to approach the bank or edge of the Jordan River.
3:9 pd66 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua tells Israel what Yahweh is about to do
3:10 u9w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠הוֹרֵ֣שׁ יוֹרִ֣ישׁ מִ֠⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶם 1 Yahweh will force the other people living on the land to leave or be killed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:11 zex2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עֹבֵ֥ר 1 “cross over” means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “will travel from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:12 u1wf General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues to tell Israel of the miracle that Yahweh will do.
3:12 u1wg General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJust as Israel’s fathers experience crossing the Red Sea, these people will experience crossing the Jordan river on dry land.
3:13 bej3 כַּפּ֣וֹת רַגְלֵ֣י 1 This refers to the bottom of their feet.
3:13 u9rl מִ⁠לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 This word refers to the direction the Jordan River water is flowing toward Israel.
3:13 s6ud וְ⁠יַעַמְד֖וּ נֵ֥ד אֶחָֽד 1 The water will stay in one spot or place. It will not flow around the priests.
3:15 nhu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 This can refer to the surface of the water as well as the bank where the water flows to dry land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3:15 mu2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר 1 This is background information and it emphasizes the scale of what Yahweh is doing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3:17 dp93 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe miraculous Jordan River crossing continues.
3:17 tg4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3:17 w7z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 4 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s war\nThe conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
4:1 yem9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThough Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
4:1 h2p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:1 lz4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan River (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:3 g6yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠צַוּ֣וּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֮ לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ שְׂאֽוּ־לָ⁠כֶ֨ם מִ⁠זֶּ֜ה מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מִ⁠מַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּל֕וֹן אֲשֶׁר־תָּלִ֥ינוּ ב֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 The nested quote can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Give them this command to take up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan where the priests are standing on the dry ground, and bring them over with you and lay them down in the place where you will spend the night tonight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4:4 r99r General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua tells the twelve men what to do.
4:5 wr9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠הָרִ֨ימוּ לָ⁠כֶ֜ם אִ֣ישׁ אֶ֤בֶן אַחַת֙ עַל־שִׁכְמ֔⁠וֹ 1 Each of the twelve men were to pick up a large stone from the Jordan River bed and carry them to the other side to build a monument. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:6 v6tn General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua tells Israel what the pile of twelve stones mean.
4:7 bq5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־יְהוָ֔ה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan in front of the ark of his covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:7 gsy5 נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ 1 “The Jordan River was”
4:7 ew13 נִכְרְת֜וּ & מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן 1 The Jordan River was prevented by God from flowing up to the ark that was being carried by the priests.
4:7 ww74 נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ 1 The water flowing down the Jordan River stopped before the ark so everyone including the ark traveled on the dry river bed.
4:8 q4qp General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua and Israel continue to do as Yahweh commanded.
4:8 f69z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֡וּ שְׁתֵּֽי־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה אֲבָנִ֜ים מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 This refers to the twelve men picking up stones from the middle of the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:9 igh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֧ים עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֗ים הֵקִ֣ים יְהוֹשֻׁעַ֮ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒ 1 These were twelve additional stones, not the stones that the twelve men carried from the river bed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:9 yb3y וַ⁠יִּ֣הְיוּ שָׁ֔ם עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 This means the memorial was there to the day that the author was writing this book.
4:10 reg9 הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒ 1 This refers to the Jordan River.
4:10 bl85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:10 er8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹֽרוּ 1 This means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from one side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:11 vff8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 This refers to being in front of the people or in the sight of all the people. Everyone saw the ark being carried by the priests. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:12 gp7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ֠⁠יַּעַבְרוּ בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֨ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָ֜ד וַ⁠חֲצִ֨י שֵׁ֤בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁה֙ חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 These were the soldiers of the 3 tribes that were fulfilling their obligation to lead the Israelites into battle for settling on the East side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:14 cc5t כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יָרְא֥וּ 1 The word “they” refers to the people of Israel.
4:15 m7sg General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Joshua to have the priests exit the Jordan River.
4:17 xw1x General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe Author was making it clear that parting the Jordan River was no different than parting the Red Sea for the previous generation.
4:18 m5z1 וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֤בוּ מֵֽי־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ לִ⁠מְקוֹמָ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ כִ⁠תְמוֹל־שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 The Jordan River was overflowing its banks and flooding the area before and after Israel passed through on dry land.
4:19 bf72 עָלוּ֙ מִן־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 This refers to when Israel crossed the Jordan River on dry ground.
4:19 zy5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן 1 This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4:20 s8s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲבָנִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:22 lx8h General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues to remind the people the purpose of the pile of stones.
4:22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
4:24 qe29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 5 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Circumcision\n\nIt would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])\n\n### Manna\n\nYahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.
5:1 el1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5:1 q8mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:1 a2wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:3 m1u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ־ל֥⁠וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים וַ⁠יָּ֨מָל֙ אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י 1 There were over 600,000 males, so it is understood that while Joshua was in charge of this task, many other people helped him. If this would confuse your readers, you may want to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Joshua and the Israelites made themselves flint knives … they circumcised all the males” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:3 jin6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גִּבְעַ֖ת הָ⁠עֲרָלֽוֹת 1 This is a place name which commemorates Israel rededicating themselves to Yahweh. It means “the hill of the foreskins.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:4 i17c General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe reason all the males of Israel had to be circumcised is explained.
5:4 uz5p אַנְשֵׁ֣י הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֗ה 1 the men who were old enough to be soldiers
5:6 k8wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here “voice” refers to the things that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “obey the things that Yahweh commanded them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:6 jrp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:9 x1q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם גַּלּ֛וֹתִי אֶת־חֶרְפַּ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Their disgrace is spoken of as if it were a large stone that blocked their path. Here “rolled away” means “removed.” Alternate translation: “This day I have removed the disgrace of Egypt from you” or “You were disgraced when you were slaves in Egypt. But, today I have caused you to no longer be disgraced” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:10 tdl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ 1 This is near the end of March on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:13 iyi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּה־אִישׁ֙ עֹמֵ֣ד 1 Here looking up is spoken of as if Joshua literally lifted his eyes in his hands. Alternate translation: “he looked up and saw that a man was standing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:13 x26s וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 The word “behold” alerts us to pay special attention to new information. Your language may have a way of doing this.
5:13 kk45 וְ⁠חַרְבּ֥⁠וֹ שְׁלוּפָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 Here the words “he” and “his” refer to the man who was standing in front of Joshua.
5:14 d8u1 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 The word “he” refers to the man Joshua saw.
5:14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
5:14 r42a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
5:15 ge5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
6:intro uie9 0 # Joshua 6 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh conquers\n\nIt was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:1 gbz8 וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ 1 This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
6:2 j65i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
6:2 v4hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:3 fu9e Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nGod continues telling Joshua what the people must do.
6:3 eik2 כֹּ֥ה תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה שֵׁ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 “You must do this once each day for six days”
6:4 b6ml וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה כֹהֲנִ֡ים יִשְׂאוּ֩ שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֤וֹת הַ⁠יּֽוֹבְלִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָ⁠אָר֔וֹן 1 The seven priests are to march in front of other priests who are carrying the ark and marching around the city.
6:5 zdc7 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nGod continues telling Joshua what the people must do.
6:5 d5rg בִּ⁠מְשֹׁ֣ךְ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶן הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֗ל 1 The word “they” refers to the seven priests. The “ram’s horn” and “trumpet” refer to the trumpets of rams’ horns that the priests were blowing in [Joshua 6:4](../06/04.md).
6:5 g97v חוֹמַ֤ת הָ⁠עִיר֙ 1 “the outer wall of the city” or “the wall surrounding the city”
6:6 h9cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נוּן֙ 1 This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:6 s5ne שְׂא֖וּ אֶת־אֲר֣וֹן הַ⁠בְּרִ֑ית 1 “Pick up the ark of the covenant”
6:8 l35d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 Possible meanings are 1) “in obedience to Yahweh” or 2) “in front of Yahweh’s ark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:8 vk7j וְ⁠תָקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שּֽׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 “they sounded the trumpets loudly” or “the priests blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
6:8 ayf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠אֲרוֹן֙ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה הֹלֵ֖ךְ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 It can be stated clearly that there were people carrying the ark. Alternate translation: “The priests who were carrying the ark of the covenant of Yahweh followed after them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:10 ls5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַשְׁמִ֣יעוּ אֶת־קוֹלְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹא־יֵצֵ֥א מִ⁠פִּי⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר 1 Sound leaving someone’s mouth refers to that person’s speaking or shouting. Alternate translation: “Do not yell or speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:10 tw9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֩ צִוָּ֨ה יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ 1 Joshua had commanded the people before they started walking around the city. Alternate translation: “Joshua had commanded the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
6:13 k64v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֡ים & שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֜וֹת 1 “7 priests … 7 trumpets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
6:13 ai87 וְ⁠תָקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 This means that they blew into their trumpets, causing them to make loud noises, multiple times. Alternate translation: “continually sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets continually”
6:14 j232 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 the next day (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
6:14 r4j1 כֹּ֥ה עָשׂ֖וּ 1 Israel marched around Jericho once every day.
6:14 p14u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שֵׁ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 “6 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
6:16 fp32 הָ⁠עָם֙ 1 This refers to the people of Israel.
6:16 sc3s תָּקְע֥וּ & בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 “sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
6:16 fj73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Joshua is saying that Yahweh will definitely give them the city by saying that he has already given it to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
6:16 wdh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you נָתַ֧ן & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
6:17 ugl7 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJoshua continues speaking to the people of Israel.
6:17 w1sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָיְתָ֨ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר חֵ֛רֶם הִ֥יא וְ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֖⁠הּ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it for destruction” or “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it by destroying it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:18 ypv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שִׁמְר֣וּ מִן־הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 Being careful is spoken of as if they are to guard themselves. “Be careful that you do not take the things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:18 p8xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠עֲכַרְתֶּ֖ם אוֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 Doing something that makes bad things to happen to the city is spoken of as bringing trouble on it. Alternate translation: “you will cause bad things to happen to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:19 bz6i אוֹצַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה 1 a collection of things set apart for the worship of Yahweh
6:20 fm69 וַ⁠יָּרִ֤יעוּ הָ⁠עָם֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 “the people of Israel shouted”
6:20 v2v6 וַֽ⁠יִּתְקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שֹּֽׁפָר֑וֹת 1 “sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
6:24 ny39 וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֛יר שָׂרְפ֥וּ 1 The word “they” refers to the Israelite soldiers. It does not refer only to the two young men who brought Rahab and her family out of the city.
6:25 w9ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The word “She” refers to Rahab and represents her descendants. Alternate translation: “Her descendants live in Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:25 qlj6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “now” or “even today.” Rahab’s descendants are still living in Israel as the original writer writes this story.
6:26 cq3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָר֨וּר הָ⁠אִ֜ישׁ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָקוּם֙ וּ⁠בָנָ֞ה 1 Being cursed in Yahweh’s sight represents being cursed by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man who rebuilds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:26 len7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:26 anp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6:27 brx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:intro uv41 0 # Joshua 7 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sin brought defeat\n\nIt was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
7:1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
7:1 z3zl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עָכָ֣ן & כַּרְמִי֩ & זַבְדִּ֨י & זֶ֜רַח 1 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7:1 li2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:3 ui7f כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֒ 1 This refers to the army of Israel.
7:3 z2xr מְעַ֖ט הֵֽמָּה 1 The word “they” refers to the people of Ai.
7:4 i5e8 וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ מִן־הָ⁠עָם֙ שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 These men were part of the army. Alternate translation: “three thousand men belonging to the army went up”
7:4 ak54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 “3,000 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
7:5 nyw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁה֙ אִ֔ישׁ 1 “36 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
7:5 zcr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מָֽיִם 1 These phrases “melted” and “became like water” share similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that the people were extremely afraid. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
7:5 j2v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 Here the people are represented by their “hearts” to emphasize their emotions. Alternate translation: “The people were very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
7:5 h4tc לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 The phrase “the people” refers to the Israelite soldiers.
7:6 ty1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֨ע יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ שִׂמְלֹתָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ עַל־פָּנָ֨י⁠ו אַ֜רְצָ⁠ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י אֲר֤וֹן יְהוָה֙ 1 They did these things to show God how sad and distressed they were. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
7:7 jb6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לָ֠⁠מָה הֵעֲבַ֨רְתָּ הַעֲבִ֜יר אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָ⁠תֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י לְ⁠הַאֲבִידֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 Joshua was asking if this is the reason God had brought them across the Jordan. Alternate translation: “Did you do it in order to give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
7:7 run5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י 1 The hands of the Amorites represents their control and power. Giving the Israelites into their hands to destroy them represents allowing the Amorites to have control of the Israelites and destroy them. Alternate translation: “To allow the Amorites to destroy us? (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:7 aq5b וְ⁠לוּ֙ הוֹאַ֣לְנוּ 1 The words “If only” show that this is a wish for something that had not happened. Alternate translation: “I wish we had made a different decision”
7:8 x4pf General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua expresses frustration to God.
7:8 ke9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion בִּ֖י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י מָ֣ה אֹמַ֔ר אַ֠חֲרֵי אֲשֶׁ֨ר הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 Joshua said this to show how upset he was that he did not even know what to say. Alternate translation: “I do not know what to say. Israel has turned their backs before their enemies!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:8 s4eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “Israel has run away from their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:9 n2kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָסַ֣בּוּ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠הִכְרִ֥יתוּ אֶת־שְׁמֵ֖⁠נוּ מִן־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 Making people forget the name of the Israelites represents making them forget the Israelites. In this case they would do it by killing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “They will surround us and kill us, and the people of the earth will forget about us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:9 r713 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 The phrase “your great name” here represents God’s reputation and power. Alternate translation: “And so what will you do so that people will know that you are great” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:9 vd3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַֽה־תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 Joshua uses this question to warn God that if the Israelites are destroyed, then the other people will think that God is not great. Alternate translation: “Then there will be nothing you can do for your great name.” or “Then people will not know that you are great.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:10 ev1w General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Joshua why Israel is cursed.
7:10 hqu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֑⁠ךְ לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה אַתָּ֖ה נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 God used this question to rebuke Joshua for lying there on his face. Alternate translation: “Stop lying there with your face in the dirt!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:11 lc29 הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 These are the things “marked for destruction” from [Joshua 6:18-19](../06/18.md). Alternate translation: “the cursed things” or “those things which God has cursed”
7:11 dd18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor גָּֽנְבוּ֙ וְ⁠גַ֣ם כִּֽחֲשׁ֔וּ 1 Hiding their sin represents trying to keep others from knowing that they have sinned. Alternate translation: “They have stolen those things, and then they tried to keep people from knowing that they sinned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:12 yzi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֨א יֻכְל֜וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against their enemies. Alternate translation: “cannot fight successfully against their enemies” or “cannot defeat their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:12 xix1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עֹ֗רֶף יִפְנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹֽיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “They ran away from their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:12 fs9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹ֤א אוֹסִיף֙ לִֽ⁠הְי֣וֹת עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Being with Israel represents helping Israel. Alternate translation: “I will not help you any more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:13 u4s8 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Joshua and tells him what to tell the people.
7:13 ln4q אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 This refers to the people of Israel.
7:13 j4ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against them. Alternate translation: “You cannot fight successfully against your enemies” or “You cannot defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:14 gjw9 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues telling Joshua what he must tell the people.
7:14 dp8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר לְ⁠שִׁבְטֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 There were twelve tribes that made up the people of Israel. The phrase “by your tribes” means “each tribe.” Alternate translation: “each of your tribes must present themselves to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:14 scj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּח֗וֹת 1 The tribe was made up of multiple clans. Alternate translation: “From the tribe that Yahweh selects, each clan will come near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:14 crt9 הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה 1 The leaders of Israel would toss lots, and by doing this, they would learn which tribe Yahweh had selected. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The tribe that Yahweh selects by lot” or “The tribe that Yahweh selects when we toss lots”
7:14 xl85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּחָ֞ה אֲשֶֽׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֤⁠נָּה יְהוָה֙ תִּקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠בָּתִּ֔ים 1 The clan was made up of multiple households. Alternate translation: “From the clan that Yahweh selects, each household must come near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:14 q8me rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִלְכְּדֶ֣⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֔ה יִקְרַ֖ב לַ⁠גְּבָרִֽים 1 The household was made up of multiple people. Alternate translation: “From the household that Yahweh selects, each person must come near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:15 d5nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠נִּלְכָּ֣ד 1 This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “the one whom Yahweh selects” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:15 g1vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָבַר֙ אֶת־בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה 1 Breaking the covenant represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “he has disobeyed the covenant of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:16 fdv2 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua follows Yahweh’s command to bring Israel before Yahweh.
7:16 lzb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֥ב אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לִ⁠שְׁבָטָ֑י⁠ו 1 The phrase “tribe by tribe” means each tribe. Alternate translation: “brought each tribe of Israel near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:16 g7qp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּלָּכֵ֖ד שֵׁ֥בֶט יְהוּדָֽה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh selected the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:17 br4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ לַ⁠גְּבָרִ֔ים 1 The phrase “person by person” is an idiom meaning each person. The persons in this sentence were the leaders of their households. Alternate translation: “He brought near each person of the clan of the Zerahites” or “From the clan of the Zerahites, he brought near each man who was the leader of his household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:17 z419 אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ 1 The clan was named after the man named Zerah.
7:17 ha7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names זַבְדִּֽי 1 This is a man’s name. Translate as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7:18 u41u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עָכָ֞ן & כַּרְמִ֧י & זַבְדִּ֛י & זֶ֖רַח 1 These are men’s names. Translate them as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7:19 k521 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠תֶן־ל֣⁠וֹ תוֹדָ֑ה 1 The abstract noun “confession” can be expressed with the verb “confess.” Alternate translation: “confess to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:19 fv9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־תְּכַחֵ֖ד מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 Hiding information represents trying to keep someone from knowing it. Alternate translation: “Do not try to prevent me from knowing what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:21 b9nn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight וּ⁠מָאתַ֧יִם שְׁקָלִ֣ים 1 This is over two kilograms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
7:21 y7vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים שְׁקָלִים֙ 1 This is over 500 grams. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
7:21 xw3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive טְמוּנִ֥ים בָּ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I hid them in the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:23 vh7i וַ⁠יַּצִּקֻ֖⁠ם 1 Use the word in your language for pouring many small solid things out of a large bag onto the ground.
7:24 ta3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֵ֥מֶק עָכֽוֹר 1 The name means “Valley of Trouble,” but it is best to translate Achor the way it sounds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7:25 vd6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 Joshua uses this question to rebuke Achan. Alternate translation: “You have troubled us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
7:25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Possible meanings are 1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or 2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or 3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
7:26 zcp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
8:intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sin brought defeat\nIt was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])\n\n### Built an altar\nAltars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
8:1 l4p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
8:1 den6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:1 t7bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
8:2 h3r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּ⁠לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠הּ 1 The word “her” refers to the city of Ai. Cities were often spoken of as if they were women. Alternate translation: “its king” or “their king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
8:3 k4uk עַ֥ם הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֖ה 1 “the army of Israel”
8:5 vtq4 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues to explain the battle plan to his soldiers.
8:7 fw9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠נְתָנָ֛⁠הּ & בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here “hand” symbolizes the control and power the people have over their enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:8 aj5t General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua finishes explaining the battle plan to his soldiers.
8:9 yt5n וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֣⁠ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 This phrase refers to Joshua sending the thirty thousand men who had been selected to ambush Ai to where they would set the ambush.
8:9 i3lf הַ⁠מַּאְרָ֔ב 1 “where they would hide until it was time to attack”
8:12 ycd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers כַּ⁠חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 “5,000 men.” This group seems to be a portion of the “thirty thousand men” ([Joshua 8:9](../08/09.md)). This smaller group remained in the ambush while the other 25,000 men attacked the city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
8:13 j7b9 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe Israelites prepare to fight the people of Ai.
8:13 s1lu אֶת־כָּל־הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה 1 This refers to the largest group of fighting men, those not in the ambush group.
8:13 nq1b עֲקֵב֖⁠וֹ 1 those who were “set in ambush on the west side of the city” ([Joshua 8:12](../08/12.md))
8:15 a83i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּנָּֽגְע֛וּ & לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:15 w933 לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 the army of Ai
8:15 bri5 וַ⁠יָּנֻ֖סוּ 1 The army of Israel fled.
8:16 dr3a וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפוּ֙ 1 These occurrences of “they” refer to the army of Ai.
8:16 m6sq לִ⁠רְדֹּ֖ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 to go after the army of Isreal
8:16 lcb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּזָּעֲק֗וּ כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The city leaders called all the people in the city together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:16 k8ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 The writer speaks in a general way about all the people, but “all the people” refers only to those who could fight. Alternate translation: “all the people in the city who could help chase the army of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
8:17 zip6 וַ⁠יַּעַזְב֤וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עִיר֙ פְּתוּחָ֔ה 1 “left the city gates open”
8:18 xe2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה 1 Giving Ai into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over Ai. Alternate translation: “I will give you victory over Ai” or “I will cause you to capture Ai” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:24 v2gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כְּ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל לַ⁠הֲרֹג֩ אֶת־כָּל־יֹשְׁבֵ֨י & וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב 1 The writer uses both of these sentences, which mean almost the same thing, to strongly say that the Israelites had obeyed God’s command to kill everyone in Ai. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
8:24 dd98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב 1 Here “fallen” is a euphemism for dying. Also, “the edge of the sword” represents whole swords, and swords represent either battle or the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “had died in battle” or “had died when the army of Israel attacked them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:25 d2ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר אָ֑לֶף 1 “12,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
8:28 uiv3 שְׁמָמָ֔ה 1 It is a place where people once lived, but now, no one lives there.
8:29 wd9u עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “today” or “even now”
8:30 xev4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8:35 ym6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
8:35 kdu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 9 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel’s mistake\n\nIsrael was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
9:1 g4h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:2 uj94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites
9:5 q9v6 יָבֵ֖שׁ הָיָ֥ה נִקֻּדִֽים 1 “dry and filled with fungus” or “stale and ruined”
9:6 rz8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 This refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:7 w599 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠חִוִּ֑י 1 This is another name for the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:7 t1r4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אוּלַ֗י בְּ⁠קִרְבִּ⁠י֙ אַתָּ֣ה יוֹשֵׁ֔ב וְ⁠אֵ֖יךְ אֶֽכְרָת־לְ⁠ךָ֥ בְרִֽית 1 Joshua is emphasizing that the people of Israel have to follow the command of Yahweh above all else. Alternate translation: “If you do live near us, we cannot make a covenant with you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
9:10 kam4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠סִיחוֹן֙ 1 This is the name of the defeated Amorite king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:10 s17h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 This is the name of the royal city of the nation of Moab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:10 pz6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֥וֹג 1 This is the name of the defeated king of Bashan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:10 p9ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּרֽוֹת 1 This is the name of a city known for worshiping the goddess of the same name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:11 hq3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 This phrase means “take with you.” Here the word “hand” represents the possession by the Gibeonites of the provisions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:11 k7fe לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם אֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 The word “them” refers to the people of Israel.
9:15 f67z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ שָׁל֔וֹם וַ⁠יִּכְרֹ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֛ם בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠חַיּוֹתָ֑⁠ם וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבְע֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֔ם נְשִׂיאֵ֖י הָ⁠עֵדָֽה 1 These two sentences are saying that the same thing occurred. Joshua, the leader of the nation of Israel, promised not to kill the Gibeonites. The leaders of the nation of Israel, likewise, made the same covenant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
9:15 je8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠עֵדָֽה 1 Here this refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:17 s1u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֑י 1 This refers to number three in order. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
9:17 q18q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּפִירָ֔ה 1 This is one of the cities of the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:17 j671 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠בְאֵר֖וֹת 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:17 alr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
9:19 a168 הָ֣⁠עֵדָ֔ה 1 Here this phrase refers to the nation of Israel.
9:21 wg7n וַ֠⁠יִּֽהְיוּ חֹטְבֵ֨י עֵצִ֤ים וְ⁠שֹֽׁאֲבֵי־מַ֨יִם֙ 1 “the Gibeonites became woodcutters and water carriers”
9:23 zlp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 Here this phrase refers to the dwelling place of Yahweh, the Tabernacle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:25 a5un rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet כַּ⁠טּ֨וֹב וְ⁠כַ⁠יָּשָׁ֧ר 1 The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:26 gy9c לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites.
9:27 p81s עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
10:intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”\nIsrael’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Idiom\n\nThe people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:1 au8p וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek.
10:1 y65k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק 1 This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:3 y6ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת & לָכִ֛ישׁ & עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:3 k9rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הוֹהָ֣ם & פִּרְאָ֨ם & יָפִ֧יעַ & דְּבִ֥יר 1 These are the names of kings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:4 ct5k עֲלֽוּ־אֵלַ֣⁠י 1 “Travel to where I am.” Jerusalem was higher in elevation than other cities in Canaan.
10:5 d9vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 “5 kings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
10:5 m422 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַרְמוּת֙ & לָכִ֣ישׁ & עֶגְל֔וֹן 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:5 vs78 וַֽ⁠יַּחֲנוּ֙ עַל 1 This means they set up their camp around their city. This was a way of weakening those in the city. It prevented people from escaping the city, and it prevented others from bringing food and water to them in the city.
10:6 wk68 לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 The word “They” here refers to Gibeonites.
10:6 zhx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אַל־תֶּ֥רֶף יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵֽ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 This humble request is stated with two negatives to emphasize the need for a positive action. Alternate translation: “Please come and use your strength to protect us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
10:6 am1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 The word “hands” here refers to the people of Israel’s strength. Alternate translation: “your strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:8 c4uw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם 1 Here “hand” represents the people of Israel’s strength and their ability to defeat their enemy. The word “them” refers to the attacking army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:8 du96 נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם 1 Here the word “them” refers to the attacking armies.
10:9 ecq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 The entire army of Israel is referred to here by the name of their commander, Joshua. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
10:10 sq89 וַ⁠יְהֻמֵּ֤⁠ם יְהוָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here “Israel” refers to the entire army of Israel.
10:10 yr7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵית־חוֹרֹ֔ן & עֲזֵקָ֖ה & מַקֵּדָֽה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:11 fbf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּית־חוֹרֹן֙ & עֲזֵקָ֖ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:11 tuc9 הִשְׁלִ֣יךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֩ אֲבָנִ֨ים גְּדֹל֧וֹת מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם 1 “threw large hailstones from the sky”
10:12 si1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ בְּ⁠גִבְע֣וֹן דּ֔וֹם וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן 1 Joshua is praying that Yahweh would make the progression of time stop on this day. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:12 j9zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ & וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ 1 Joshua commands the sun and moon as if these were people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
10:12 ug8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:13 dq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גּוֹי֙ 1 This refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:13 b91l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־הִ֥יא כְתוּבָ֖ה עַל־סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֑ר 1 The writer uses this question as background information to remind the reader that the incident is well-documented. Alternate translation: “This is written in The Book of Jashar.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
10:16 wcb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠מַקֵּדָֽה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:17 mns8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֖ד לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ 1 Messengers came and told Joshua. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joshua” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:19 l8tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 The phrase “your hand” here means “your control.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:21 kb3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַקֵּדָ֖ה 1 Translate the same way as you did in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:21 py6w לֹֽא־חָרַ֞ץ לִ⁠בְנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־לְשֹׁנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “No one dared to say anything against” or “No one dared to complain or protest against”
10:22 zs9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פִּתְח֖וּ אֶת־פִּ֣י הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֑ה 1 Here “mouth” is an idiom that means “entrance.” Alternate translation: “Open the entrance of the cave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:23 g4te rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַרְמ֔וּת & לָכִ֖ישׁ & עֶגְלֽוֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:24 dnc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 Here the men of Israel represent only those who were soldiers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
10:27 e9z9 עַד־עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “until the author wrote this story”
10:28 e1nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַקֵּדָ֔ה 1 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:28 nhk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הֶחֱרִ֣ם אוֹתָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֔⁠הּ לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד 1 The second sentence summarizes the first sentence to emphasize that Joshua left no person or animal alive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:29 k439 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לִבְנָ֑ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:31 dsk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠לִּבְנָ֖ה לָכִ֑ישָׁ⁠ה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:32 yw79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֣ד יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 Here their “hand” represents their control. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave Lachish into the control of the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:33 rff2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הֹרָם֙ 1 This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:33 lp2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֶּ֔זֶר & אֶת־לָכִ֑ישׁ 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:34 y3g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠לָּכִ֖ישׁ עֶגְלֹ֑נָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:35 dqi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠הָ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֔רֶב וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֣פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־ & הַ⁠ה֖וּא הֶחֱרִ֑ים 1 These two phrases have similar meanings. Together they show the completeness of the destruction of Eglon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
10:36 a6ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠עֶגְל֖וֹנָ⁠ה 1 This is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:37 gba2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּלְכְּד֣וּ⁠הָ וַ⁠יַּכּֽוּ⁠הָ־לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֠רֶב 1 The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They captured and killed and destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:38 mr8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דְּבִ֑רָ⁠ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:39 g2ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לִ⁠דְבִ֨רָ⁠ה֙ & לְ⁠לִבְנָ֖ה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:39 m8bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֔רֶב 1 The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They killed and destroyed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:40 u843 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל־הַ⁠נְּשָׁמָה֙ הֶחֱרִ֔ים 1 These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize the complete destruction that the people of Israel accomplished at Yahweh’s command. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
10:42 qy8i כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
10:42 rbp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
10:42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
11:intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms\n\nYahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”\nThis phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:1 a1ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יָבִ֣ין & יוֹבָב֙ 1 These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:1 zi5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חָצ֑וֹר & מָד֔וֹן & שִׁמְר֖וֹן & אַכְשָֽׁף 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:2 gz61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת & וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:3 rds6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֶרְמ֔וֹן 1 This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:4 d9fb General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nAll the Canaanite kings attack Joshua and the nation of Israel.
11:4 e5l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־מַֽחֲנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ם עַם־רָ֕ב כַּ⁠ח֛וֹל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־שְׂפַת־הַ⁠יָּ֖ם לָ⁠רֹ֑ב 1 No one can count the grains of sand on the seashore. This exaggeration emphasizes the very large number of soldiers that these kings assembled. Alternate translation: “such a great number of soldiers that there appeared to be as many of them as there are grains of sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
11:5 kc2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵר֔וֹם 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:6 n348 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָנֹכִ֞י נֹתֵ֧ן אֶת־כֻּלָּ֛⁠ם חֲלָלִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Yahweh enabling Israel to conquer the enemy army and kill all of the soldiers is spoken of as if Yahweh killed the soldiers and then gave them to Israel. Alternate translation: “I will enable Israel to kill all of them in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:6 lgk2 אֶת־סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֣ם תְּעַקֵּ֔ר 1 “cripple their horses by cutting their legs.” This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot walk.
11:7 sm9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵר֖וֹם 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:8 cw9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠ם יְהוָ֥ה בְּ⁠יַֽד־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ 1 Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh enabling the army of Israel to conquer their enemy is spoken of as if Yahweh had put the enemy army into Israel’s hand. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Israel to conquer the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:8 n4ub וַ⁠יַּכּוּ⁠ם֒ & וַ⁠יַּכֻּ֕⁠ם 1 “attacked them … attacked them”
11:8 m9b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִשְׂרְפ֣וֹת מַ֔יִם 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:9 q7dn עִקֵּ֔ר 1 This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot run. See how you translated this word in [Joshua 11:6](../11/06.md).
11:10 pbp8 מַלְכָּ֖⁠הּ הִכָּ֣ה בֶ⁠חָ֑רֶב 1 “Joshua killed the king of Hazor with his sword”
11:10 cjd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חָצ֣וֹר לְ⁠פָנִ֔ים הִ֕יא רֹ֖אשׁ כָּל־הַ⁠מַּמְלָכ֥וֹת הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 Hazor being the most important city is spoken of as Hazor being the head of the other kingdoms. Alternate translation: Hazor had been the most important of all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:11 be72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ֠⁠יַּכּוּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֤⁠הּ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֨רֶב֙ הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם לֹ֥א נוֹתַ֖ר כָּל־נְשָׁמָ֑ה 1 These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
11:11 z2md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם 1 The word “he” refers to Joshua and represents himself and his army. Completely destroying every living thing in the city is spoken of as if those living things were dedicated for destruction. Alternate translation: “the army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:12 i5tz וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב 1 “killed them”
11:13 f8kv הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הָ⁠עֹֽמְדוֹת֙ עַל־תִּלָּ֔⁠ם 1 “cities built on small hills”
11:14 grk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 This phrase refers to the army of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
11:14 n215 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶֽת־כָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֞ם הִכּ֣וּ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֗רֶב עַד־הִשְׁמִדָ⁠ם֙ אוֹתָ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖ירוּ כָּל־נְשָׁמָֽה 1 These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
11:15 ta4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹֽא־הֵסִ֣יר דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This negative phrase emphasizes that Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
11:17 yr6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠הָ֤ר הֶֽ⁠חָלָק֙ & בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:20 pq7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה׀ הָיְתָ֡ה לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבָּ⁠ם֩ 1 Yahweh causing the people of the cities to be stubborn is spoken of as if Yahweh had hardened their hearts. Alternate translation: “it was Yahweh who caused them to act stubbornly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:21 im1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־הָֽ⁠עֲנָקִים֙ 1 These are the descendants of Anak. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:21 p6cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דְּבִ֣ר & עֲנָ֔ב 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:23 qe5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנָ⁠הּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֧ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:23 x695 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.
12:1 e45x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה 1 This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
12:1 fe2c וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24.
12:1 g8ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 These are the names of a region of land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:2 uv1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:2 ts6s סִיחוֹן֙ & בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 See how you translated these words in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md).
12:3 dh7d יָ֨ם כִּנְר֜וֹת 1 This is a place. See how you translated this in [Joshua 11:2](../11/02.md).
12:3 gc3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֣ית הַיְשִׁמ֑וֹת & הַ⁠פִּסְגָּֽה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:4 zb6d ע֚וֹג מֶ֣לֶךְ הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֔ן 1 See how you translated this man’s name in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md).
12:4 m4ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:4 t7hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶדְרֶֽעִי 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:5 vu4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠בְ⁠סַלְכָה֙ 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:5 sbq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:6 bsj6 לָ⁠רֻֽאוּבֵנִי֙ 1 These are the descendants of Reuben.
12:6 p8zt וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֔י 1 These are the descendants of Gad.
12:6 zk48 וְ⁠לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֥בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּֽׁה 1 They are called a half tribe because the other half of the tribe received an inheritance in the land of Canaan.
12:7 nie7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ & הָ⁠הָ֥ר הֶ⁠חָלָ֖ק 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:8 z37z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠בָֽ⁠עֲרָבָה֙ 1 This is the name of a region of land. Translate as in [Joshua 12:1](./01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:10 ps2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֶבְר֖וֹן 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:11 aj97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַרְמוּת֙ & לָכִ֖ישׁ 1 These are the names of cities. Translate in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:12 bgl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֶגְלוֹן֙ & גֶּ֖זֶר 1 These are the names of cities. Translate “Eglon” in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:13 mgg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דְּבִר֙ & גֶּ֖דֶר 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:14 e9ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חָרְמָה֙ & עֲרָ֖ד 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:15 nec9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לִבְנָה֙ & עֲדֻלָּ֖ם 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:16 se49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַקֵּדָה֙ 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:17 g346 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תַּפּ֨וּחַ֙ & חֵ֖פֶר 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:18 m8vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲפֵק֙ & לַ⁠שָּׁר֖וֹן 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:19 ga17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מָדוֹן֙ & חָצ֖וֹר 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:20 cq4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׁמְר֤וֹן מְראוֹן֙ & אַכְשָׁ֖ף 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:21 pv5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תַּעְנַךְ֙ & מְגִדּ֖וֹ 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:22 z2b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙ & יָקְנֳעָ֥ם 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:23 a6eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר & גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:24 kv8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:24 aeg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 “31 in all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
13:intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Division of the land\n\nThere was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.\n\n### Driving out the people\n\nWhile Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
13:2 s51z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:3 q1nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:3 a3iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:3 jnl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הָ⁠עַוִּֽים 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:4 b13s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠מְעָרָ֛ה & אֲפֵ֑קָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:5 bj71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠בַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד & הַר־חֶרְמ֑וֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:5 jd8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠גִּבְלִ֗י 1 This is the name of a people group who lived in Geba. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:6 b7pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת מַ֨יִם֙ 1 this is the name of a place (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:6 si8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּֽ⁠נַחֲלָ֔ה 1 The land that Israel will claim is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they will receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:9 gfc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר & מֵידְבָ֖א & דִּיבֽוֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:9 lk8d הַ⁠נַּ֛חַל 1 a place where the river is far below the land on the sides
13:9 t2an הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֥ר 1 flat land high above rivers
13:10 zm4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:11 whz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names סַלְכָֽה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:11 kc79 וּ⁠גְב֧וּל הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֣י וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֗י 1 “the land where the Geshurites and Maacathites lived”
13:11 l98j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֗י 1 These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:12 hw24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֑עִי 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:12 u2dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠רְפָאִ֔ים 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:12 l1cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Here “Moses” represents himself and the Israelite army that Moses led. Alternate translation: “Moses and the Israelites attacked them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
13:13 zb9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י 1 These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:13 hu1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גְּשׁ֤וּר וּ⁠מַֽעֲכָת֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Geshur” and “Maacath” are either the names of the ancestors of “the Geshurites” and “the Maacathites” or are the names of the cities in which they lived. Alternate translation: “those people live among Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:13 xw7d עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
13:14 zs6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֥א נָתַ֖ן נַחֲלָ֑ה 1 The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:14 v9zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה & ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔⁠וֹ 1 The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if the offerings were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “The offerings of Yahweh … are what they will have for their provision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:14 br61 אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה 1 “offerings that the people were to bring to Yahweh”
13:14 lz8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אִשֵּׁ֨י 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priests burned with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:16 f1uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר & מֵידְבָֽא 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:16 s5yv נַ֨חַל & הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֖ר 1 See how you translated these words in [Joshua 13:9](../13/09.md).
13:17 y6iu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֶשְׁבּ֥וֹן & דִּיבוֹן֙ וּ⁠בָמ֣וֹת בַּ֔עַל וּ⁠בֵ֖ית בַּ֥עַל מְעֽוֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:18 i4fe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠יַ֥הְצָ⁠ה וּ⁠קְדֵמֹ֖ת וּ⁠מֵפָֽעַת 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:19 f1h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠קִרְיָתַ֣יִם וְ⁠שִׂבְמָ֔ה וְ⁠צֶ֥רֶת הַשַּׁ֖חַר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:20 is7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פְּע֛וֹר & הַ⁠פִּסְגָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַיְשִׁמֽוֹת 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:21 uld7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:21 j6hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names סִיחוֹן֙ & אֶת־אֱוִ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־רֶ֨קֶם֙ וְ⁠אֶת־צ֤וּר וְ⁠אֶת־חוּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־רֶ֔בַע 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:21 x56e אֹת֣⁠וֹ׀ וְ⁠אֶת־נְשִׂיאֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן 1 “as he had defeated the leaders of Midian”
13:23 gc1r וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את 1 The Jordan River was the western border of the land that the tribe of Reuben received.
13:23 x56m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את נַחֲלַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־רְאוּבֵן֙ 1 The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Reuben is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Reuben received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:23 ud8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Moses gave to each of their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:25 fmp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַעְזֵר֙ & עֲרוֹעֵ֕ר & רַבָּֽה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:26 mr54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֛וֹן & רָמַ֥ת הַ⁠מִּצְפֶּ֖ה וּ⁠בְטֹנִ֑ים וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲנַ֖יִם & לִדְבִֽר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:27 ie4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֣ית הָרָם֩ וּ⁠בֵ֨ית נִמְרָ֜ה וְ⁠סֻכּ֣וֹת וְ⁠צָפ֗וֹן & חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:28 hla2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵי־גָ֖ד 1 The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Gad is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Gad received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:29 we69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 The land that Moses assigned to the half tribe of Manasseh is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he gave to them as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:29 gs84 לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 Only half of the tribe received this land because the other half received land on the other side of the Jordan River.
13:29 p8yw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֗י לַ⁠חֲצִ֛י 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:30 s32g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠מַּחֲנַ֨יִם & יָאִ֛יר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:31 b2aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֣וֹת וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֔עִי 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:31 zde9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned these” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
13:31 g5si rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:32 hh57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13:33 ce57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Drive them out\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
14:1 u4tc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 “leaders of the tribes”
14:2 f1ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:2 ti9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Here the word “hand” refers to Moses himself and means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “through Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
14:3 ptq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּֽי־נָתַ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֜ה נַחֲלַ֨ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠מַּטּוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֔ה מֵ⁠עֵ֖בֶר לַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠לַ֨⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹֽא־נָתַ֥ן נַחֲלָ֖ה בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 The land that Moses gave to the tribes is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:4 tye1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־נָתְנוּ֩ חֵ֨לֶק לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם בָּ⁠אָ֗רֶץ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Moses did not give a portion of the inheritance to the Levites in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
14:4 c5l6 חֵ֨לֶק 1 “part”
14:4 tj8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כִּ֤י אִם־עָרִים֙ לָ⁠שֶׁ֔בֶת 1 The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but he gave to them only certain cities to live in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
14:4 m4nv וּ⁠מִ֨גְרְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 fields of grass for the livestock to eat
14:4 j8ys וּ⁠לְ⁠קִנְיָנָֽ⁠ם 1 physical things they needed so they could provide for their families
14:6 b9tc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְפֻנֶּ֖ה 1 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:6 g6g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠קְּנִזִּ֑י 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:7 wqe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וָ⁠אָשֵׁ֤ב אֹת⁠וֹ֙ דָּבָ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר עִם־לְבָבִֽ⁠י 1 Here the word “heart” represents the thoughts. The phrase is an idiom that refers to a report that is given honestly. Alternate translation: “I brought back to him an honest report” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:8 q6zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִמְסִ֖יו אֶת־לֵ֣ב הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 Making the people very afraid is spoken of as if it were making the hearts of the people melt. Alternate translation: “made the people very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:8 d53a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֣י מִלֵּ֔אתִי אַחֲרֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:9 ew2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ & בָּ֔⁠הּ לְ⁠ךָ֨ תִֽהְיֶ֧ה לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֛ה וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם 1 The land that Caleb and his descendants would have is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:9 shc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דָּרְכָ֤ה רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here “your foot” represents Caleb. Alternate translation: “the land on which you have walked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
14:10 m9sn הִנֵּה֩ 1 “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
14:10 c4ma אֲשֶׁר־הָלַ֥ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 “while the people of Israel traveled in the wilderness”
14:11 q443 כְּ⁠כֹ֥חִ⁠י אָ֖ז וּ⁠כְ⁠כֹ֣חִ⁠י עָ֑תָּה 1 “I am still as strong now as I was then”
14:11 y4nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לָ⁠צֵ֥את וְ⁠לָ⁠בֽוֹא 1 This is an idiom that refers to daily activities. Alternate translation: “for the things I do every day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:12 r8ka אֶת־הָ⁠הָ֣ר 1 Possible meanings are 1) many large hills or small mountains or 2) one mountain.
14:12 ner3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֲנָקִ֣ים 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:13 q6ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת־חֶבְר֛וֹן לְ⁠כָלֵ֥ב 1 Hebron is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Caleb received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:14 gji6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
14:14 zii3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14:15 hyh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:15 wv1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:1 ex51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צִ֛ן 1 This is the name of the wilderness area. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:2 k5za מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
15:2 j6xn מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
15:2 qj2g הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן 1 smaller part of the sea that extends into the land
15:3 kb99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עַקְרַבִּים֙ & צִ֔נָ⁠ה & חֶצְרוֹן֙ & אַדָּ֔רָ⁠ה & הַ⁠קַּרְקָֽעָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:4 nzh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עַצְמ֗וֹנָ⁠ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:4 d1b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land, near Egypt (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:5 xrg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּֽן 1 The point at which the river empties into the sea is spoken of as if it were the mouth of the river. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:5 bl5c וּ⁠גְב֞וּל 1 “border … was”
15:6 lbt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֣ית חָגְלָ֔ה & לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָעֲרָבָ֑ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:6 eqi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:7 n7k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דְּבִרָ⁠ה֮ מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק עָכוֹר֒ & הַ⁠גִּלְגָּ֗ל & לְ⁠מַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֔ים & מֵי־עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶ & עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:8 qa4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֵּ֣י בֶן־הִנֹּ֗ם & עֵֽמֶק־רְפָאִ֖ים 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:9 hb3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נֶפְתּ֔וֹחַ & הַר־עֶפְר֑וֹן & קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:10 h92v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠בַּעֲלָ֥ה & הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר & הַר־יְעָרִ֛ים & כְסָל֑וֹן & בֵּֽית־שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ & תִּמְנָֽה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:11 n6qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׁכְּר֔וֹנָ⁠ה & הַר־הַֽ⁠בַּעֲלָ֖ה & יַבְנְאֵ֑ל 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:13 gx9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:13 v154 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַרְבַּ֛ע & הָ⁠עֲנָ֖ק 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:14 jp1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־שְׁלוֹשָׁ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י יְלִידֵ֖י הָ⁠עֲנָֽק 1 These names represent clans of people who were descendants of Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai. The words “sons” and “descendants” in this context mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the three clans, Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai, who were descendants of Anak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:14 q23k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:15 n52j וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל מִ⁠שָּׁ֔ם אֶל 1 “He went up from there to fight against”
15:15 k99v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דְּבִ֥ר & קִרְיַת־סֵֽפֶר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:16 hs9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־קִרְיַת־סֵ֖פֶר 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:16 z82q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־עַכְסָ֥ה 1 This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:17 kvc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עָתְנִיאֵ֥ל & קְנַ֖ז 1 These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:18 d6qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠בוֹאָ֗⁠הּ 1 This is an idiom that refers to Aksah becoming Othniel’s wife. Alternate translation: “when Aksah became Othniel’s wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:18 ia6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠תְּסִיתֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ לִ⁠שְׁא֤וֹל מֵֽ⁠אֵת־אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ שָׂדֶ֔ה 1 This can be translated as direct speech. Alternate translation: “she urged him, ‘Ask my father to give me a field.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
15:19 nun3 אֵ֚ת גֻּלֹּ֣ת עִלִּיּ֔וֹת וְ⁠אֵ֖ת גֻּלֹּ֥ת תַּחְתִּיּֽוֹת 1 The words “upper” and “lower” likely refer to the geographical altitude of the water springs.
15:20 q76c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־יְהוּדָ֖ה 1 The land that the tribe of Judah received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:21 lgx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists the southern cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:32](../15/32.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:33 tn8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists the northern cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:47](../15/47.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 villages
15:47 hsx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:48 m88k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:63](../15/63.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15:63 j68z עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
16:intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Drive them out\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:1 b1k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:2 g9td rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה & עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:2 zs9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:3 w8gi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠יַּפְלֵטִ֗י 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:3 id59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּית־חוֹרֹ֛ן תַּחְתּ֖וֹן & גָּ֑זֶר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:4 u6fy בְנֵי־יוֹסֵ֖ף מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה וְ⁠אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 “the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim, the sons of Joseph”
16:4 r4qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּנְחֲל֥וּ 1 The land that the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received this land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:5 f2i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The territory … that Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:5 m6lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר & בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:6 vg46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָת֙ & תַּאֲנַ֣ת שִׁלֹ֑ה & יָנֽוֹחָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:7 uyw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠יָּנ֖וֹחָ⁠ה עֲטָר֣וֹת וְ⁠נַעֲרָ֑תָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:8 at1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠תַּפּ֜וּחַ & קָנָ֔ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:8 mb6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 The land that Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Ephraim received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:8 ke41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:9 y6xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הַ⁠מִּבְדָּלוֹת֙ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the cities that Joshua had chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:9 f1yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:10 au8e עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
16:10 fth4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־עֹבֵֽד 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Manasseh’s lack of faith\nEven though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:1 j2sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠מָכִיר֩ 1 These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:1 zuz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:2 al47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר & חֵ֗לֶק & אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙ & שֶׁ֔כֶם & חֵ֖פֶר & שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:2 us2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ֠⁠יְהִי 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned land … and gave them to their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:3 u2e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠לִ⁠צְלָפְחָד֩ & חֵ֨פֶ 1 These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:3 k5z5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַחְלָ֣ה וְ⁠נֹעָ֔ה חָגְלָ֥ה מִלְכָּ֖ה וְ⁠תִרְצָֽה 1 These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:4 x2q2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֨ר 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:4 q55m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “to give to us some land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:4 s6fd וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֜ם & נַֽחֲלָ֔ה 1 Possible meanings are 1) “Joshua gave those women an inheritance” or 2) “Eleazar gave those women an inheritance.”
17:5 d1c3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ חַבְלֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned ten parcels of land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:5 z7zr חַבְלֵֽי & עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 “Ten portions”
17:6 d9gb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָחֲל֥וּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:6 qbx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֔ד הָיְתָ֥ה לִ⁠בְנֵֽי 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:7 jln6 אֶל־הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין 1 toward the south
17:7 dfe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָ֔ת & תַּפּֽוּחַ 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:9 k7gp הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩ 1 “The border of Manasseh’s land”
17:9 l2af נַ֨חַל 1 a very small river
17:9 qvi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קָנָ֜ה 1 name of a brook (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:10 mi9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠אָשֵׁר֙ יִפְגְּע֣וּ⁠ן מִ⁠צָּפ֔וֹן 1 Possible meanings are 1) that the border of Manasseh’s land on the north side touched the land that belonged to the tribe of Asher or 2) that one can travel north to reach Asher. Alternate translation: “Asher was on the north side” or “One can travel north to reach Asher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:10 fj36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בְ⁠יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר מִ⁠מִּזְרָֽח 1 The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to the east, one can reach Issachar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
17:11 s1sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּית־שְׁאָ֣ן & וְ⁠יִבְלְעָ֨ם & דֹ֣אר & עֵֽין־דֹּר֙ & תַעְנַךְ֙ & מְגִדּ֖וֹ & הַ⁠נָּֽפֶת 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:14 b4j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
17:14 sk37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜⁠י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽ⁠אֲנִ֣י עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־עַד־כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥⁠נִי יְהוָֽה 1 The people of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh ask this question to emphasize that Joshua should have assigned to them more land. Alternate translation: “You should have given us more than one … Yahweh has blessed us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:14 ju22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. In the second, the land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “one assignment of land as our inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17:14 dg92 וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל 1 part
17:14 p7z5 עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד 1 “many people”
17:15 d24l אִם־עַם־רַ֤ב אַתָּה֙ 1 “Since you are a people great in number”
17:15 psc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:16 g788 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠בֵית־שְׁאָן֙ & יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:17 wa3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
17:18 w4m4 וּ⁠בֵ֣רֵאת֔⁠וֹ 1 “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees”
18:intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:1 fkg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
18:2 ynk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:3 bia9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off … has given you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:4 p7hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יִֽתְהַלְּכ֥וּ בָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 The words “up and down” mean in every direction. Alternate translation: “the land in every direction” or “throughout the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:4 zry7 וְ⁠יִכְתְּב֥וּ אוֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠פִ֥י נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 This means that they will describe the portions of land that each tribe would like to receive for an inheritance.
18:4 lh9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 The land that they are to survey is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that each of the tribes would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:5 e13l General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel.
18:5 dmy4 וְ⁠הִֽתְחַלְּק֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ 1 “They will divide the land”
18:5 y5gn יְהוּדָ֞ה יַעֲמֹ֤ד 1 “The tribe of Judah will remain”
18:5 d41l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵ֥ית יוֹסֵ֛ף 1 Here the word “house” represents the descendants of Joseph. The phrase refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:7 v3qr General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel.
18:7 e6s8 אֵֽין־חֵ֤לֶק 1 “no portion of land”
18:7 kus7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּֽי־כְהֻנַּ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה נַחֲלָת֑⁠וֹ 1 Joshua speaks of the great honor that the Levites have by serving Yahweh as priests as if it were something that they inherited. Alternate translation: “for the priesthood of Yahweh is what they have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:7 eqg6 וַ⁠חֲצִי֩ שֵׁ֨בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה 1 “half of the tribe of Manasseh”
18:7 cyc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָקְח֣וּ נַחֲלָתָ֗⁠ם 1 The land that the tribes received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “have received land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:8 t1cr General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua speaks to the twenty-one men who were to go look at the land.
18:8 p238 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ בָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ 1 The words “up and down” mean in every direction. See how you translated this in [Joshua 18:4](../18/04.md). Alternate translation: “in every direction in the land” or “throughout the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:10 pz3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כְּ⁠מַחְלְקֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to each tribe Joshua gave their portion in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:11 hd7v בֵּ֚ין בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 “between the land that belonged to the descendants of Judah and the land that belonged to the descendants of Joseph”
18:11 ib4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:12 ij99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:13 hx15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ל֨וּזָ⁠ה֙ & בֵּֽית־אֵ֑ל & עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר & לְ⁠בֵית־חֹר֖וֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:14 h4e6 הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩ 1 This refers to the same thing as “the border” in verse 13.
18:14 eq7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קִרְיַת־בַּ֨עַל֙ & קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:15 ulq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֑ים & נֶפְתּֽוֹחַ 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:16 br6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֶן־הִנֹּ֔ם & רְפָאִ֖ים & הִנֹּ֜ם & עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:17 d8dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶשׁ & גְּלִיל֔וֹת & אֲדֻמִּ֑ים 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:17 z2mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. See how you translated this in [Joshua 15:6](../15/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:18 g6td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כֶּ֥תֶף מוּל־הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the slope of Beth Arabah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:18 b98y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מוּל־הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:19 k48g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כֶּ֣תֶף בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ צָפוֹנָ⁠ה֒ 1 Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the north slope of Beth Hoglah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:19 xy3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:20 ywb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֡את נַחֲלַת֩ בְּנֵ֨י בִנְיָמִ֧ן 1 The land that the tribe of Benjamin received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:20 pe6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave it to each of their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:21 i6af rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:24 jsu9 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 “the villages around them”
18:25 nk7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
18:28 t3aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:1 s149 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֞א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֤ל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ לְ⁠שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon”
19:1 gl7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 number two in a list (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
19:1 z9r9 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans”
19:1 u57y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ נַֽחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָֽה 1 The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribes received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The land that they received as an inheritance was in the middle of the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:2 kg51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:2 eu6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “They had the following cities for their inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:5 la4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:5 f4vb וְ⁠צִֽקְלַ֥ג 1 See how you translated the name of this city in [Joshua 15:31](../15/31.md).
19:8 uc1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־שִׁמְע֖וֹן 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:8 q586 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Joshua gave to their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:9 lep5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מֵ⁠חֶ֨בֶל֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the portion of land which Joshua assigned to the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:9 p2ji בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ נַחֲלָתָֽ⁠ם 1 “the middle of Judah’s portion of land”
19:10 f5gu וַ⁠יַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
19:10 s2j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 number three in a list (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
19:10 vde5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שָׂרִֽיד 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:11 v9gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠מַרְעֲלָ֖ה & בְּ⁠דַבָּ֑שֶׁת & יָקְנְעָֽם 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:11 gx7v עַל־פְּנֵ֥י יָקְנְעָֽם 1 “across from Jokneam”
19:12 n9dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠שָּׂרִ֗יד & כִּסְלֹ֖ת תָּבֹ֑ר & הַ⁠דָּֽבְרַ֖ת & יָפִֽיעַ 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:13 dqd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גִּתָּ֥⁠ה חֵ֖פֶר עִתָּ֣ה קָצִ֑ין & רִמּ֥וֹן & הַ⁠נֵּעָֽה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:14 ja4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַנָּתֹ֑ן & יִפְתַּח־אֵֽל 1 These are names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:15 xk4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠קַטָּ֤ת וְ⁠נַֽהֲלָל֙ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֔וֹן וְ⁠יִדְאֲלָ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם 1 These are names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:15 yn5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם 1 This is not the same “Bethlehem” that is south of Jerusalem in Judah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:16 a4ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־זְבוּלֻ֖ן 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Zebulun received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Zebulun received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:17 fum5 יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
19:17 l33x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י 1 number four in a list (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
19:18 qmg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּסוּלֹ֖ת וְ⁠שׁוּנֵֽם 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:19 c3ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠חֲפָרַ֥יִם וְ⁠שִׁיאֹ֖ן וַ⁠אֲנָחֲרַֽת 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:20 mft4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֥ית וְ⁠קִשְׁי֖וֹן וָ⁠אָֽבֶץ 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:21 b1ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠רֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠עֵין־גַּנִּ֛ים וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חַדָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פַּצֵּֽץ 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:22 hs7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠תָב֤וֹר 1 This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:22 ht1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ו⁠שחצומ⁠ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:23 yll2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Issachar received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Issachar received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:24 lhr4 וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
19:24 xa5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י 1 number five in a list (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
19:25 prg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֶלְקַ֥ת וַ⁠חֲלִ֖י וָ⁠בֶ֥טֶן וְ⁠אַכְשָֽׁף 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:26 v6t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠אַֽלַמֶּ֥לֶךְ וְ⁠עַמְעָ֖ד וּ⁠מִשְׁאָ֑ל & וּ⁠בְ⁠שִׁיח֖וֹר לִבְנָֽת 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:27 pbh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֣ית דָּגֹן֒ & וּ⁠בְ⁠גֵ֨י יִפְתַּח־אֵ֥ל & בֵּ֥ית הָעֵ֖מֶק וּ⁠נְעִיאֵ֑ל & כָּב֖וּל 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:28 ht1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠עֶבְרֹ֥ן וּ⁠רְחֹ֖ב וְ⁠חַמּ֣וֹן וְ⁠קָנָ֑ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:29 q8wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֹסָ֔ה & אַכְזִֽיבָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:30 y1g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠עֻמָ֥ה וַ⁠אֲפֵ֖ק וּ⁠רְחֹ֑ב 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:31 x4aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־אָשֵׁ֖ר 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Asher received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Asher received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:32 jy7g יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
19:32 jjm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י 1 number six in a list (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
19:33 syr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠חֵ֨לֶף & בְּ⁠צַעֲנַנִּ֗ים וַ⁠אֲדָמִ֥י הַנֶּ֛קֶב וְ⁠יַבְנְאֵ֖ל & לַקּ֑וּם 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:34 lu5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַזְנ֣וֹת תָּב֔וֹר & חוּקֹ֑קָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:35 h8p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠צִּדִּ֣ים צֵ֔ר וְ⁠חַמַּ֖ת רַקַּ֥ת וְ⁠כִנָּֽרֶת 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:35 lq51 וְ⁠חַמַּ֖ת 1 This is not the same location as “Hamath,” but is located on the west shore of the Sea of Galilee.
19:36 e379 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֥ה וְ⁠הָ⁠רָמָ֖ה וְ⁠חָצֽוֹר 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:37 vez5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠קֶ֥דֶשׁ וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֖עִי וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חָצֽוֹר 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:38 jp9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠יִרְאוֹן֙ וּ⁠מִגְדַּל־אֵ֔ל חֳרֵ֥ם וּ⁠בֵית־עֲנָ֖ת וּ⁠בֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:39 s9en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־נַפְתָּלִ֖י 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Naphtali received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Naphtali received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:40 q3a2 יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֥ל הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
19:40 b1tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 number seven in a list (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
19:41 d7it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor גְּב֣וּל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 The land that the tribe of Dan received is spoken of as if it was an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The territory of land that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:41 b8bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צָרְעָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶשְׁתָּא֖וֹל וְ⁠עִ֥יר שָֽׁמֶשׁ 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:42 q637 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠שַֽׁעֲלַבִּ֥ין וְ⁠אַיָּל֖וֹן וְ⁠יִתְלָֽה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:43 sht1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠אֵיל֥וֹן וְ⁠תִמְנָ֖תָ⁠ה וְ⁠עֶקְרֽוֹן 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:44 gca7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְתְּקֵ֥ה וְ⁠גִבְּת֖וֹן וּ⁠בַעֲלָֽת 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:45 yan4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וִ⁠יהֻ֥ד וּ⁠בְנֵֽי־בְרַ֖ק וְ⁠גַת־רִמּֽוֹן 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:46 ddh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠מֵ֥י הַיַּרְק֖וֹן וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַקּ֑וֹן 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:46 w42c מ֥וּל יָפֽוֹ 1 “opposite Joppa” or “beside Joppa”
19:47 i8zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לֶ֜שֶׁם 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:48 cx9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־דָ֖ן 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Dan received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:49 jzi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19:50 ac8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:51 cs47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠נְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities … assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
20:intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nIf a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
20:2 qhs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:3 a1vg מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
20:3 h73b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠דָּֽם 1 Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:4 u2dh וְ⁠נָ֞ס 1 Here the word “he” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
20:4 p1sg וְ⁠דִבֶּ֛ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֛י זִקְנֵ֥י־הָ⁠עִֽיר הַ⁠הִ֖יא אֶת־דְּבָרָ֑י⁠ו 1 “convince the elders of that city that he had not intentionally killed the person.
20:4 dhh4 וְ⁠אָסְפ֨וּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ 1 The word “they” refers to the elders and “him” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
20:4 k969 וְ⁠יָשַׁ֥ב עִמָּֽ⁠ם 1 This refers to the city as a whole, not to the elders only.
20:5 x945 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֤ל הַ⁠דָּם֙ 1 Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:5 u27s בִ⁠בְלִי־דַ֨עַת֙ הִכָּ֣ה אֶת־רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 accidentally killed his neighbor
20:6 c6fe עָמְד֞⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠עֵדָה֙ 1 This is a phrase that describes standing to seek justice from a court of the assembly of his fellow citizens.
20:7 lyr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThere are a lot of names in this section. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
20:8 cy8e לְ⁠יַרְדֵּ֤ן 1 This is a short name for the Jordan River.
20:9 b89x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּ⁠יַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:9 j61z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 This can be stated in active form. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:1 js4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶלְעָזָר֙ & נ֑וּן 1 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:2 wk1t וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 “The Levites said to them”
21:2 wk1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:3 f9ei אֶת־הֶ⁠עָרִ֥ים 1 This refers to the cities to be listed in the next verses.
21:4 r4ry וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
21:4 fl2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י 1 This priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:5 iwh3 וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֲצִ֨י 1 Half the tribe because the other half received their inheritance before crossing the Jordan River.
21:6 bk5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֵרְשׁ֗וֹן 1 Gershon was one of the sons of Levi. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:6 ezu2 בַּ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל 1 A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
21:7 cg61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מְרָרִ֜י 1 Merari was one of the sons of Levi. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:8 qe5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 The phrase “by the hand of” here means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had told Moses to command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:10 t6l2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠מִּשְׁפְּח֥וֹת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֖י 1 The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. See how you translated this in [Joshua 21:2](../21/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:10 tnp1 הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
21:11 vkd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background אַרְבַּ֨ע אֲבִ֧י הָֽ⁠עֲנ֛וֹק 1 This is background information about the name of the man who founded the city of Kiriath Arba. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
21:11 mn2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָֽ⁠עֲנ֛וֹק 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:11 vd7d בְּ⁠הַ֣ר 1 An area of land with natural elevations, smaller than mountains.
21:11 kwe7 מִגְרָשֶׁ֖⁠הָ 1 An area covered with grass or plants suitable for the grazing of livestock or cattle.
21:12 aj9s שְׂדֵ֥ה הָ⁠עִ֖יר 1 Areas of open land, usually, planted with crops, belonging to and surrounding the city.
21:12 uz84 חֲצֵרֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 Small communities, usually smaller than a town.
21:13 p1nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לִבְנָ֖ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:14 q8gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַתִּר֙ & אֶשְׁתְּמֹ֖עַ 1 These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:15 cb4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֹלֹן֙ & דְּבִ֖ר 1 These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:16 bx8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עַ֣יִן & יֻטָּה֙ 1 These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:17 e8r4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה בִנְיָמִ֔ן 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Benjamin gave Gibeon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:17 fd6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־גֶּ֖בַע 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:18 sk7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־עֲנָתוֹת֙ & עַלְמ֖וֹן 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:19 ha9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עָרִ֖ים 1 “13 cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
21:20 lfp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָת֙ 1 The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:20 x8eu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ עָרֵ֣י גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:20 tg75 גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
21:21 kz7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֶּ֖זֶר 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:22 tv2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קִבְצַ֨יִם֙ & בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:22 r4hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 This refers to the list by the total number. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
21:23 dw9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּ֨טֵּה־דָ֔ן 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Dan gave to the clan of Kohath Eltekeh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:23 r7qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶֽת־אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א & גִּבְּת֖וֹן 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:24 g45w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־אַיָּלוֹן֙ & אֶת־גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:24 g4ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 This refers to the number of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
21:25 e6cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִית֙ מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh gave to the clan of Kohath Taanach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:25 yn8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙ & גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:26 hn9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָ֖ת 1 The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:27 knk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־גּוֹלָ֤ן & אֶֽת־בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:27 bmc9 הָ⁠רֹצֵ֔חַ 1 This refers to a death resulting from an action not intended to harm a person.
21:27 a1zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים שְׁתָּֽיִם 1 number of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
21:28 r9hc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־קִשְׁי֖וֹן & אֶת־דָּֽבְרַ֖ת 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:29 u8z9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־יַרְמוּת֙ & עֵ֥ין גַּנִּ֖ים 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:30 rbf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֔ר אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They received from the tribe of Asher Mishal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:30 px1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל & אֶת־עַבְדּ֖וֹ 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:31 ziw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־חֶלְקָת֙ & רְחֹ֖ב 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:32 h2j8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַמֹּ֥ת דֹּאר֙ & קַרְתָּ֖ן 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:33 c7dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עִ֖יר 1 “13 cities in total” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
21:34 yuv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי־מְרָרִי֮ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֣ם הַ⁠נּוֹתָרִים֒ מֵ⁠אֵת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֔ן אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: The rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—received from the tribe of Zebulun Jokneam” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:34 ws8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מְרָרִי֮ 1 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:34 ng32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם & אֶת־קַרְתָּ֖ה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:35 ek4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־דִּמְנָה֙ & אֶֽת־נַהֲלָ֖ל 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:36 dh5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־בֶּ֖צֶר & וְ⁠אֶת־יַ֖הְצָ⁠ה 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:37 jbp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 This refers to the total number of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
21:37 e538 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־קְדֵמוֹת֙ & מֵיפָ֖עַת 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:38 r7m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־רָמֹ֥ת & מַחֲנַ֖יִם 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:39 a2l1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙ & אֶת־יַעְזֵ֖ר 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:40 x17x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה 1 “12 cities in total” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
21:40 q83e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִי֙ גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received these twelve cities by the casting of lots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:40 at28 גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
21:41 g7z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כֹּ֚ל עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Levites received their cities from the middle of the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21:41 z9gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers עָרִ֛ים אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֖ה 1 “48 cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
21:43 q5na נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 1 “he gave an oath”
21:44 t1a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
21:44 lg6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
21:45 u1ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
22:intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument\n\nThe tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.
22:1 ic3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִ֖י 1 people of the tribe of Reuben (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:1 w3xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֑י 1 people of the tribe of Gad (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:2 x8l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְ⁠קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:3 a89l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹֽא־עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “You have remained with your brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
22:5 zh9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠לֶ֧כֶת בְּ⁠כָל־דְּרָכָ֛י⁠ו 1 A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if he were walking on Yahweh’s ways or roads. Alternate translation: “to obey everything he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:5 r5dh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶֽם 1 The terms “heart” and “soul” are here used together to refer to the entire person. Alternate translation: “with all you think and feel” or “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
22:7 k89d הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 This was a short name for the Jordan River.
22:8 w4re וּ⁠בְ⁠בַרְזֶ֛ל 1 a strong, hard, magnetic metal
22:8 k79c שְׁלַל 1 The winning army would take everything of value from the people they conquered.
22:9 cmc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “the commandment that Yahweh told Moses to give to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:10 iy3p הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 This was a short name for the Jordan River.
22:11 ww1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶל־מוּל֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 The Israelite tribes who lived across the Jordan River would enter Canaan at the place where they built the altar. This place is spoken of as if it was the “front” or “entrance” to Canaan where the other tribes lived. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the land of Canaan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:11 yqa5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גְּלִילוֹת֙ 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:12 v3q5 לַ⁠צָּבָֽא 1 a state of armed conflict between two nations or people groups
22:13 t232 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֥ר 1 name of man (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:16 sy2y כֹּ֣ה אָמְר֞וּ כֹּ֣ל׀ עֲדַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה 1 All the people of Israel are spoken of together in the singular as if they were one person. Alternate translation: “All the other Israelites are asking”
22:17 lcv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠מְעַט־לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן פְּע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 This question emphasizes how serious their previous sin was. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We had already sinned terribly at Peor!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:17 b18v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פְּע֔וֹר 1 This is name of a place. Translate the same way as in [Joshua 13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:17 ie2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we are still dealing with the guilt of that sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
22:20 kyw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עָכָ֣ן & זֶ֗רַח 1 names of men (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:20 v3qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 These questions are used to remind the people of the punishment for past sins. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “Achan son of Zerah sinned by taking things that had been reserved for God. And because of that God punished all the people of Israel!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:22 x5pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אִם־בְּ⁠מֶ֤רֶד וְ⁠אִם־בְּ⁠מַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אַל־תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar in rebellion or breach of faith. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
22:23 sku4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo לִ⁠בְנ֥וֹת לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָ⁠שׁ֖וּב מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠אִם־לְ⁠הַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜י⁠ו עוֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֗ה וְ⁠אִם־לַ⁠עֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ 1 The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
22:24 cei9 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
22:24 xpn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠בָנֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
22:24 qr6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The three tribes use this rhetorical question to emphasize the situation they are trying to avoid. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have nothing to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22:25 qfc4 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh continue their answer.
22:25 w2sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וּ⁠גְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָד֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
22:25 w3az אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 This is a short name for the Jordan River.
22:25 iy97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
22:26 ueg6 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
22:27 m97u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֵ֨ד ה֜וּא בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify to the rights of the three tribes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:27 gs6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠לֹא־יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְ⁠בָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
22:27 n3i9 אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק 1 “no portion” or “no inheritance”
22:28 bf3h General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now finish their answer.
22:28 kuu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי־יֹאמְר֥וּ אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶל־דֹּרֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מָחָ֑ר וְ⁠אָמַ֡רְנוּ רְא֣וּ אֶת־תַּבְנִית֩ מִזְבַּ֨ח יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשׂ֣וּ אֲבוֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ לֹ֤א לְ⁠עוֹלָה֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א לְ⁠זֶ֔בַח כִּי־עֵ֣ד ה֔וּא בֵּינֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 The three tribes are describing their potential answer to an accusation that might or might not be made at a future time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
22:29 b4w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִילָ⁠ה֩ לָּ֨⁠נוּ מִמֶּ֜⁠נּוּ לִ⁠מְרֹ֣ד 1 The unlikely chance that they would rebel is spoken of as if it is something that is a great distance away from them. Alternate translation: “We would certainly not rebel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:29 i8y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠שׁ֤וּב הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 To stop following Yahweh is spoken of as if they were turning away from him. Alternate translation: “stop following him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22:30 ysf8 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֞ע & אֶת־הַ֨⁠דְּבָרִ֔ים 1 “heard the message”
22:30 i3xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Here “in their eyes” means “in their opinion.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:31 ab6h לֹֽא־מְעַלְתֶּ֥ם בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּ֣עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “broken your promise to him”
22:31 w1fn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠יַּ֥ד יְהוָֽה 1 Here “the hand of Yahweh” refers to his punishment. Protecting the people is spoken of as rescuing them from his hand. Alternate translation: “you have kept Yahweh from punishing us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:33 pn48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “destroy everything in the land”
22:34 xf56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)\n\n“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
23:2 vyz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
23:4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 This is a short name for the Jordan River.
23:4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
23:6 w84i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י סוּר־מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֥ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹֽאול 1 Disobeying the commands of the law of Moses is spoken of as turning to the right or to the left away from a path. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:7 mc72 לְ⁠בִלְתִּי־בוֹא֙ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 Possible meanings are 1) having close friendship with them or 2) intermarrying with them.
23:7 vkw6 תַזְכִּ֨ירוּ֙ 1 to speak of
23:7 wbj7 אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֤ם 1 This refers to the gods of the remaining nations.
23:8 k6my rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם תִּדְבָּ֑קוּ 1 “hold tightly to Yahweh.” Believing in Yahweh is spoken of as if they were holding tightly onto him. Alternate translation: “continue to believe in Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:8 q6qx עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “until the present time”
23:9 wf3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹא־עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Here “stand” represents holding ground in a battle. The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
23:10 iar1 אֶחָ֥ד 1 only one
23:10 lx1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אָ֑לֶף 1 “1,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
23:12 i2mf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠דְבַקְתֶּם֙ בְּ⁠יֶ֨תֶר֙ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 Accepting the beliefs of these nations is spoken of as holding tightly to them. Alternate translation: “accept the beliefs of the survivors of these nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:13 pdx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet לְ⁠פַ֣ח וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֗שׁ 1 The words “snare” and “trap” mean basically the same thing. Together they speak of the other nations as if they were a deadly trap that will cause trouble for Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:13 ut82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁטֵ֤ט בְּ⁠צִדֵּי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠צְנִנִ֣ים בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 These phrases speak of the troubles these nations will cause Israel as if they were as painful as whips and thorns. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23:14 ba62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אָנֹכִ֤י הוֹלֵךְ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם בְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 Joshua uses a polite term to refer to his death. Alternate translation: “I am going to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
23:14 x3c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וִ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֣ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 Here the words “hearts” and “souls” have similar meanings. Together they emphasize deep personal knowledge. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
23:14 vtt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
23:16 xwa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
23:16 wz7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Joshua’s instructions\nIn this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.
24:1 e4nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:1 c7pt וַ⁠יִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 “came and stood in front of” or “came before”
24:2 tn5x מֵֽ⁠עוֹלָ֔ם 1 “many years ago”
24:2 y8s6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֣ר 1 Joshua begins to quote what Yahweh had said previously. The quotation continues until the end of verse 13.
24:2 uke1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תֶּ֛רַח & נָח֑וֹר 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:3 h2vy General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
24:4 z8e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שֵׂעִיר֙ 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:4 azj7 יָרְד֥וּ 1 Egypt was lower in elevation that the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “traveled”
24:5 hrk4 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
24:5 shc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you הוֹצֵ֥אתִי אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 The word “you” is plural and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
24:6 uxu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you וָֽ⁠אוֹצִ֤יא אֶת־אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 The word “your” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
24:7 w52l General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
24:7 t8kg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you וַ⁠יִּצְעֲק֣וּ & בֵּינֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Yahweh continually alternates between these two phrases, which both refer to all the Israelites, past and present. The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
24:7 rv8q אֶת־הַ⁠יָּם֙ 1 This refers to the Sea of Reeds.
24:7 gqs1 בַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֖ר 1 an uninhabited area, a desert
24:8 jpf2 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
24:8 xwk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
24:8 ew9g הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 This is a short name for the Jordan River.
24:8 wu3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֨ן אוֹתָ֤⁠ם בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to conquer them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:9 wi7h General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
24:9 eb7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בָּלָ֤ק & צִפּוֹר֙ 1 men’s names (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:9 l9gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
24:10 jr3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וָ⁠אַצִּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠יָּדֽ 1 Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to overcome him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:11 wlg7 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
24:11 b324 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you וַ⁠תַּעַבְר֣וּ 1 The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
24:11 jx4u אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֮ 1 This is a short name for the Jordan River.
24:12 d1wr אֶת־הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֔ה 1 A small fast flying stinging insect that lives in colonies. Here, many “hornets” are spoken of as only one.
24:13 qv5z General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua finishes quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
24:15 gei6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִם֩ רַ֨ע בְּֽ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם 1 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or desire. Alternate translation: “If you do not want” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:15 bff7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י 1 This represents his family that lives in his house. Alternate translation: “my family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:17 uf71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns אֹתָ֧⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת־אֲבוֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 The people speak as if they were present with their ancestors, and interchange the words “us” and “we” with “our ancestors.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
24:17 n1g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֑ים 1 Here “house” is an idiom that refers to the location of their slavery. Alternate translation: “place where we were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:17 v2lc הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖רְנוּ 1 “nations that we passed through”
24:19 in4p הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 This refers to the Israelites.
24:19 di8z אֵֽל־קַנּ֣וֹא ה֔וּא 1 God wants his people to worship only him.
24:20 l4yi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁ֨ב & וְ⁠כִלָּ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if he was a fire that would destroy them. Alternate translation: “He will destroy you as with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:21 mt8s הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 This refers to the Israelites.
24:23 h48g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַטּוּ֙ אֶת־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה 1 Deciding to obey Yahweh only is spoken of as turning their heart towards him. Here “heart” represents the whole person. In this case, “heart” is plural because it refers to all the Israelites as a single group. However, it may be best to translate it in the plural since “your” is plural. Alternate translation: “turn yourselves to Yahweh” or “decide to obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
24:24 ut8c הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 This refers to the Israelites.
24:24 yq9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠קוֹל֖⁠וֹ נִשְׁמָֽע 1 Here “listen” means to obey. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything he tells us to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:25 g8by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם ל֛⁠וֹ חֹ֥ק וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֖ט 1 Establishing laws is spoken of as if Joshua physically set them in place like monuments. Alternate translation: “He established decrees and laws” or “He gave them laws and decrees to obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
24:26 n7ac בְּ⁠סֵ֖פֶר תּוֹרַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 This appears to be a continuation of the writings of Moses.
24:26 ct9g וַ⁠יְקִימֶ֣⁠הָ שָּׁ֔ם 1 “placed it there”
24:27 u7ad הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 This refers to the Israelites.
24:27 mkt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הָ⁠אֶ֤בֶן הַ⁠זֹּאת֙ תִּֽהְיֶה־בָּ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה כִּֽי־הִ֣יא שָׁמְעָ֗ה אֵ֚ת כָּל־אִמְרֵ֣י 1 The stone that Joshua set up is spoken of as if it were a person who heard what was spoken and would be able to testify about what was said. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
24:27 h23i פֶּֽן־תְּכַחֲשׁ֖וּ⁠ן 1 “if you ever”
24:29 e9uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers בֶּן־מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים 1 “one hundred and ten years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
24:30 iyt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠תִמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח & לְ⁠הַר־גָּֽעַשׁ 1 names of places (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:31 gf2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ 1 This is an idiom that refers to Joshua’s entire life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:31 r7xz הֶאֱרִ֤יכוּ יָמִים֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 1 “lived longer than Joshua”
24:32 a3ik עַצְמ֣וֹת י֠וֹסֵף & קָבְר֣וּ בִ⁠שְׁכֶם֒ 1 It may be helpful to change the order of the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel brought the bones of Joseph up out of Egypt and buried them at Shechem”
24:32 ve2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers בְּ⁠מֵאָ֣ה קְשִׂיטָ֑ה 1 “100 pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
24:33 ur16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֥ר 1 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:33 rv7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠גִבְעַת֙ 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1 Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
2 front:intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Joshua\n\n1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)\n- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)\n- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)\n- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)\n- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)\n1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)\n1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)\n\n### What is the Book of Joshua about?\n\nThe Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?\n\nThe book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?\n\nIn the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?\n\nThis phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.\n\n### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?\n\nThis phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.\n\n### When should Joshua be translated?\n\nThe Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
3 1:intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 1 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Be strong and Courageous\n\nJoshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
4 1:1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
5 1:1 eka2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 1:2 le23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7 1:2 vix4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you אַתָּה֙ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 The word “you” here refers to Joshua. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
8 1:3 v1l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture כָּל־מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 God giving the land to the Israelites in the future is spoken of as if he gave it to them in the past. This emphasizes that he will certainly give it to them. Alternate translation: “I will give to you every place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
9 1:3 xjc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you בּ֖⁠וֹ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 The word “you” refers to both Joshua and the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
10 1:3 t94e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּל־מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 This refers to all the places Joshua and the Israelites will travel when they cross the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “everywhere you go in this land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11 1:4 wl7a General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Joshua.
12 1:4 nbe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you גְּבוּלְ⁠כֶֽם 1 The word “your” refers to the tribes of Israel and not only Joshua. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
13 1:5 w48w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב & לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 In verse 5 the words “you” and “your” refer to Joshua. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
14 1:5 iq2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet לֹ֥א אַרְפְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠לֹ֥א אֶעֶזְבֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 The words “abandon” and “leave” mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that he will not do these things. Alternate translation: “I will certainly stay with you always” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
15 1:6 a5yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh gives Joshua a series of commands. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
16 1:6 gn34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative חֲזַ֖ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֑ץ 1 Yahweh commands Joshua to overcome his fears with courage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
17 1:7 db9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative אַל־תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֣ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹ֑אול 1 This can be stated as a positive command. Alternate translation: “Follow it exactly” or “Follow them exactly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
18 1:7 jy5x תַּשְׂכִּ֔יל 1 “achieve your goal” or “reach your goal”
19 1:8 t4mz General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Joshua.
20 1:8 lcs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֖⁠ךָ וְ⁠אָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל 1 These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize great prosperity. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
21 1:9 vt4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 This refers to Yahweh commanding Joshua. Alternate translation: “I have commanded you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
22 1:9 fnz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative חֲזַ֣ק וֶ⁠אֱמָ֔ץ 1 Yahweh is commanding Joshua. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
23 1:10 b59x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24 1:11 f3rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes עִבְר֣וּ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה וְ⁠צַוּ֤וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הָכִ֥ינוּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם צֵידָ֑ה כִּ֞י בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים אַתֶּם֙ עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֔ם נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 Embedded quotes can be expressed as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “Go through the camp and command the people to prepare provisions for themselves. In three days they will cross over this Jordan and go in and possess the land that Yahweh their God is giving them to possess.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
25 1:11 ck8h בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים 1 Here Joshua was counting his present day as day one. Alternate translation: “Two days from now” or “On the day after tomorrow”
26 1:11 wg1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן 1 “cross over” refers to going to the opposite side of the river. Alternate translation: “travel to the other side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27 1:12 uji6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Manasseh chose to settle east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28 1:12 fx7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִי֙ 1 These were the descendants of Reuben. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
29 1:12 z8vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֔י 1 These were the decendants of Gad. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
30 1:14 mm4q General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues speaking to the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh.
31 1:14 tf68 טַפְּ⁠כֶם֮ 1 “your little children”
32 1:14 fb4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 This refers to the east side of the Jordan River. Later most of the Israelites would live west of the Jordan, so they called the east side “beyond the Jordan.” But at this time they were all still on the east side. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33 1:15 b5yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁר־יָנִ֨יחַ & לַֽ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֮ 1 This refers to Israel defeating all their enemies residing in Canaan that they were to conquer. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34 1:15 g4ez וְ⁠שַׁבְתֶּ֞ם לְ⁠אֶ֤רֶץ יְרֻשַּׁתְ⁠כֶם֙ וִֽ⁠ירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם 1 This refers to living out their life on the land in peace.
35 1:15 rrj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן מִזְרַ֥ח הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 This refers to the east side of the Jordan river. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
36 1:16 c7t9 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThese Isrelites were specifically the Reubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh that replied to Joshua.
37 1:18 rel4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
38 1:18 lbc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39 1:18 zez7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
40 2:intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 2 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Rahab’s faith\n\nRahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nThe Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “ … melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
41 2:1 ig8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נ֠וּן 1 This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
42 2:1 w886 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
43 2:1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
44 2:4 k613 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nRahab the prostitute protects the two Israelite spies from harm.
45 2:4 l15y וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה אֶת־שְׁנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 This happened before the king’s messenger spoke to her.
46 2:4 am3m הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֛ה 1 This refers to Rahab, the prostitute.
47 2:5 j3x6 בַּ⁠חֹ֨שֶׁךְ֙ 1 This is the time that day begins to change to the darkness of night.
48 2:6 l5zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠הִ֖יא הֶעֱלָ֣תַ⁠ם הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה וַֽ⁠תִּטְמְנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ הָ⁠עֲרֻכ֥וֹת לָ֖⁠הּ עַל־הַ⁠גָּֽג 1 This is background information and explains how she had hidden the men in [Joshua 2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
49 2:6 st56 הַ⁠גָּ֑גָ⁠ה 1 The roof was flat and strong, so people could walk around on it.
50 2:6 b99c בְּ⁠פִשְׁתֵּ֣י 1 a plant that is grown for its fibers, which is used in making cloth
51 2:7 kdj3 וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים רָדְפ֤וּ אַֽחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 The men pursued the spies because of what Rahab had told them in [Joshua 2:5](../02/05.md).
52 2:7 p4sx הַֽ⁠מַּעְבְּר֑וֹת 1 places where a river or other body of water is shallow enough for people to get to the other side by walking through it
53 2:8 ds5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom טֶ֣רֶם יִשְׁכָּב֑וּ⁠ן 1 This refers to going to sleep for the night. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
54 2:9 t8zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you יָדַ֕עְתִּי כִּֽי־נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 The word “you” refers to the all the Israelite people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
55 2:9 xr6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָפְלָ֤ה אֵֽימַתְ⁠כֶם֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 Becoming afraid is spoken of as if feat came and attacked them. Alternate translation: “we have become afraid of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56 2:9 u74z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָמֹ֛גוּ & מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This compares the fearful people to ice melting and flowing away. Possible meanings are 1) they will be weak in the Israelites’ presence or 2) they will be scattered. Alternate translation: “will be so afraid that they will not resist you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
57 2:10 m3e1 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nRahab continues to talk to the Israelite spies.
58 2:10 bcm2 יַם־סוּף֙ 1 This is another name for the Red Sea.
59 2:10 c6i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠סִיחֹ֣ן וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֔וֹג 1 These are the names of the Amorite kings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
60 2:11 qx6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠לֹא־קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 These two phrases share similar meanings, combined for emphasis. The phrase “our hearts melted” compares the hearts of the fearful people of Jericho to ice melting and flowing away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
61 2:12 j6sz General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nRahab continues to talk to the Israelite spies.
62 2:12 nmi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הִשָּֽׁבְעוּ־נָ֥א לִ⁠י֙ & וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם לִ֖⁠י א֥וֹת אֱמֶֽת 1 These are similar statements of Rahab seeking assurance from the spies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
63 2:12 nh3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you עָשִׂ֥יתִי עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם חָ֑סֶד 1 The word “you” refers to the two spies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
64 2:13 m6i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠הַחֲיִתֶ֞ם אֶת־ & וְ⁠הִצַּלְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־נַפְשֹׁתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מִ⁠מָּֽוֶת 1 a polite way of saying “do not to kill us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
65 2:14 ji8q General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe Israelite spies make the promise which Rahab asked for in [Joshua 2:12](../02/12.md)
66 2:14 yb7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נַפְשֵׁ֤⁠נוּ תַחְתֵּי⁠כֶם֙ לָ⁠מ֔וּת 1 This idiom is a way of swearing and asking God to curse them if they do not keep their promise. Alternate translation: “If we do not do what we promise, may Yahweh cause us to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
67 2:15 b3dr General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe Israelite spies continue to talk to Rahab.
68 2:17 dmh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo 0 This expresses a condition for the promise the spies had made to Rahab. The word, “this,” refers to “tie this scarlet rope in the window” in [Joshua 2:18](../02/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
69 2:18 e4iw General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe Israelite spies continue talking to Rahab.
70 2:18 x2n8 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe Israelite spies clarify the condition they expressed in [Joshua 2:15](../02/15.md).
71 2:19 vdc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־יֵצֵא֩ מִ⁠דַּלְתֵ֨י 1 This phrase expresses a condition, creating a hypothetical situation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
72 2:19 k27w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּמ֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ 1 Here “blood” represents a person’s death. To be responsible for their own death is spoken of as if their blood would be on their heads. Alternate translation: “their death will be their own fault” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
73 2:19 m728 וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ נְקִיִּ֑ם 1 “we will be innocent”
74 2:19 qg47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אִם־יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here “a hand is laid upon” is a polite way of referring to causing someone injury. Alternate translation: “if we cause injury to any” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
75 2:20 ew4z General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe two Israelite spies continue to speak to Rahab about their promise to her. The spies required Rahab to remain silent about their visit or they would be free from their oath to protect her family.
76 2:20 e659 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you וְ⁠אִם־תַּגִּ֖ידִי 1 “You” refers to Rahab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
77 2:21 uxw6 כְּ⁠דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֣ם כֶּן 1 Rahab agreed to their terms of the oath to protect her family.
78 2:22 gjr5 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe two Israelites spies leave Jericho.
79 2:22 a2i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁ֖בוּ הָ⁠רֹדְפִ֑ים 1 It may be helpful to say they returned to Jericho. Alternate translation: “their pursuers returned to the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
80 2:22 y2rj וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצָֽאוּ 1 This refers to the men not finding the spies.
81 2:23 zps9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֜בוּ שְׁנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ 1 The two men returned back to the Israelite’s camp. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
82 2:23 y6et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֜בוּ & וַ⁠יֵּרְד֣וּ & וַ⁠יַּעַבְרוּ֙ וַ⁠יָּבֹ֔אוּ 1 These are similar expressions referring to returning to where the Israelite’s are camped. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
83 2:23 u3is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּעַבְרוּ֙ 1 “cross over” means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
84 2:23 i2bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נ֑וּן 1 This is a male name; the father of Joshua. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
85 2:23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
86 2:24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
87 2:24 eh7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
88 3:intro qs85 0 # Joshua 3 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God dries the Jordan River\n\nJoshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
89 3:1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
90 3:1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
91 3:2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 These are people holding a position of command or authority.
92 3:3 ghy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֣ם 1 This is the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
93 3:4 tn3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance כְּ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם אַמָּ֖ה 1 “2,000 cubits.” The word “cubit” is a measurement equaling the distance from the elbow to the finger tips. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
94 3:5 hy6c הִתְקַדָּ֑שׁוּ 1 This refers to a special preparation of being religiously clean before Yahweh.
95 3:5 wz6l יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠קִרְבְּ⁠כֶ֖ם נִפְלָאֽוֹת 1 Yahweh will be doing miracles for all to see and experience.
96 3:6 ts4p שְׂאוּ֙ אֶת־אֲר֣וֹן 1 This is referring to the levites picking up the ark for the purpose of carrying it from one location to another.
97 3:7 u6dt General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Joshua what the priest are to do.
98 3:7 q8ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָחֵל֙ גַּדֶּלְ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “the people will see what I do and realize that I have made you a great man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
99 3:8 b797 קְצֵה֙ מֵ֣י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 Joshua is to approach the bank or edge of the Jordan River.
100 3:9 pd66 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua tells Israel what Yahweh is about to do
101 3:10 u9w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠הוֹרֵ֣שׁ יוֹרִ֣ישׁ מִ֠⁠פְּנֵי⁠כֶם 1 Yahweh will force the other people living on the land to leave or be killed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
102 3:11 zex2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עֹבֵ֥ר 1 “cross over” means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “will travel from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
103 3:12 u1wf General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues to tell Israel of the miracle that Yahweh will do.
104 3:12 u1wg General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJust as Israel’s fathers experience crossing the Red Sea, these people will experience crossing the Jordan river on dry land.
105 3:13 bej3 כַּפּ֣וֹת רַגְלֵ֣י 1 This refers to the bottom of their feet.
106 3:13 u9rl מִ⁠לְ⁠מָ֑עְלָ⁠ה 1 This word refers to the direction the Jordan River water is flowing toward Israel.
107 3:13 s6ud וְ⁠יַעַמְד֖וּ נֵ֥ד אֶחָֽד 1 The water will stay in one spot or place. It will not flow around the priests.
108 3:15 nhu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 This can refer to the surface of the water as well as the bank where the water flows to dry land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
109 3:15 mu2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר 1 This is background information and it emphasizes the scale of what Yahweh is doing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
110 3:17 dp93 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe miraculous Jordan River crossing continues.
111 3:17 tg4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
112 3:17 w7z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
113 4:intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 4 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s war\nThe conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
114 4:1 yem9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThough Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
115 4:1 h2p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
116 4:1 lz4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan River (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
117 4:3 g6yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠צַוּ֣וּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֮ לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ שְׂאֽוּ־לָ⁠כֶ֨ם מִ⁠זֶּ֜ה מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מִ⁠מַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּל֕וֹן אֲשֶׁר־תָּלִ֥ינוּ ב֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠לָּֽיְלָה 1 The nested quote can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Give them this command to take up twelve stones from the middle of the Jordan where the priests are standing on the dry ground, and bring them over with you and lay them down in the place where you will spend the night tonight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
118 4:4 r99r General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua tells the twelve men what to do.
119 4:5 wr9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠הָרִ֨ימוּ לָ⁠כֶ֜ם אִ֣ישׁ אֶ֤בֶן אַחַת֙ עַל־שִׁכְמ֔⁠וֹ 1 Each of the twelve men were to pick up a large stone from the Jordan River bed and carry them to the other side to build a monument. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
120 4:6 v6tn General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua tells Israel what the pile of twelve stones mean.
121 4:7 bq5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־יְהוָ֔ה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan in front of the ark of his covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
122 4:7 gsy5 נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ 1 “The Jordan River was”
123 4:7 ew13 נִכְרְת֜וּ & מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן 1 The Jordan River was prevented by God from flowing up to the ark that was being carried by the priests.
124 4:7 ww74 נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ 1 The water flowing down the Jordan River stopped before the ark so everyone including the ark traveled on the dry river bed.
125 4:8 q4qp General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua and Israel continue to do as Yahweh commanded.
126 4:8 f69z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֡וּ שְׁתֵּֽי־עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה אֲבָנִ֜ים מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 This refers to the twelve men picking up stones from the middle of the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
127 4:9 igh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֧ים עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֗ים הֵקִ֣ים יְהוֹשֻׁעַ֮ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒ 1 These were twelve additional stones, not the stones that the twelve men carried from the river bed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
128 4:9 yb3y וַ⁠יִּ֣הְיוּ שָׁ֔ם עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 This means the memorial was there to the day that the author was writing this book.
129 4:10 reg9 הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֒ 1 This refers to the Jordan River.
130 4:10 bl85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
131 4:10 er8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹֽרוּ 1 This means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from one side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
132 4:11 vff8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 This refers to being in front of the people or in the sight of all the people. Everyone saw the ark being carried by the priests. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
133 4:12 gp7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ֠⁠יַּעַבְרוּ בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֨ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָ֜ד וַ⁠חֲצִ֨י שֵׁ֤בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁה֙ חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 These were the soldiers of the 3 tribes that were fulfilling their obligation to lead the Israelites into battle for settling on the East side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
134 4:14 cc5t כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יָרְא֥וּ 1 The word “they” refers to the people of Israel.
135 4:15 m7sg General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Joshua to have the priests exit the Jordan River.
136 4:17 xw1x General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe Author was making it clear that parting the Jordan River was no different than parting the Red Sea for the previous generation.
137 4:18 m5z1 וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֤בוּ מֵֽי־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֙ לִ⁠מְקוֹמָ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ כִ⁠תְמוֹל־שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם עַל־כָּל־גְּדוֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 The Jordan River was overflowing its banks and flooding the area before and after Israel passed through on dry land.
138 4:19 bf72 עָלוּ֙ מִן־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 This refers to when Israel crossed the Jordan River on dry ground.
139 4:19 zy5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths בֶּ⁠עָשׂ֖וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן 1 This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
140 4:20 s8s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲבָנִים֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
141 4:22 lx8h General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues to remind the people the purpose of the pile of stones.
142 4:22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
143 4:24 qe29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
144 5:intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 5 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Circumcision\n\nIt would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])\n\n### Manna\n\nYahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.
145 5:1 el1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
146 5:1 q8mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 5:1 a2wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
148 5:3 m1u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ־ל֥⁠וֹ יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים וַ⁠יָּ֨מָל֙ אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י 1 There were over 600,000 males, so it is understood that while Joshua was in charge of this task, many other people helped him. If this would confuse your readers, you may want to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Joshua and the Israelites made themselves flint knives … they circumcised all the males” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
149 5:3 jin6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גִּבְעַ֖ת הָ⁠עֲרָלֽוֹת 1 This is a place name which commemorates Israel rededicating themselves to Yahweh. It means “the hill of the foreskins.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
150 5:4 i17c General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe reason all the males of Israel had to be circumcised is explained.
151 5:4 uz5p אַנְשֵׁ֣י הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֗ה 1 the men who were old enough to be soldiers
152 5:6 k8wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here “voice” refers to the things that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “obey the things that Yahweh commanded them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
153 5:6 jrp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
154 5:9 x1q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם גַּלּ֛וֹתִי אֶת־חֶרְפַּ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Their disgrace is spoken of as if it were a large stone that blocked their path. Here “rolled away” means “removed.” Alternate translation: “This day I have removed the disgrace of Egypt from you” or “You were disgraced when you were slaves in Egypt. But, today I have caused you to no longer be disgraced” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
155 5:10 tdl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ 1 This is near the end of March on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “the fourteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
156 5:13 iyi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּה־אִישׁ֙ עֹמֵ֣ד 1 Here looking up is spoken of as if Joshua literally lifted his eyes in his hands. Alternate translation: “he looked up and saw that a man was standing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157 5:13 x26s וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 The word “behold” alerts us to pay special attention to new information. Your language may have a way of doing this.
158 5:13 kk45 וְ⁠חַרְבּ֥⁠וֹ שְׁלוּפָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 Here the words “he” and “his” refer to the man who was standing in front of Joshua.
159 5:14 d8u1 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 The word “he” refers to the man Joshua saw.
160 5:14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
161 5:14 r42a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
162 5:15 ge5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
163 6:intro uie9 0 # Joshua 6 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh conquers\n\nIt was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
164 6:1 gbz8 וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ 1 This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
165 6:2 j65i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
166 6:2 v4hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
167 6:3 fu9e Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nGod continues telling Joshua what the people must do.
168 6:3 eik2 כֹּ֥ה תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה שֵׁ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 “You must do this once each day for six days”
169 6:4 b6ml וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה כֹהֲנִ֡ים יִשְׂאוּ֩ שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֤וֹת הַ⁠יּֽוֹבְלִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָ⁠אָר֔וֹן 1 The seven priests are to march in front of other priests who are carrying the ark and marching around the city.
170 6:5 zdc7 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nGod continues telling Joshua what the people must do.
171 6:5 d5rg בִּ⁠מְשֹׁ֣ךְ׀ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶן הַ⁠יּוֹבֵ֗ל 1 The word “they” refers to the seven priests. The “ram’s horn” and “trumpet” refer to the trumpets of rams’ horns that the priests were blowing in [Joshua 6:4](../06/04.md).
172 6:5 g97v חוֹמַ֤ת הָ⁠עִיר֙ 1 “the outer wall of the city” or “the wall surrounding the city”
173 6:6 h9cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נוּן֙ 1 This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
174 6:6 s5ne שְׂא֖וּ אֶת־אֲר֣וֹן הַ⁠בְּרִ֑ית 1 “Pick up the ark of the covenant”
175 6:8 l35d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 Possible meanings are 1) “in obedience to Yahweh” or 2) “in front of Yahweh’s ark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
176 6:8 vk7j וְ⁠תָקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שּֽׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 “they sounded the trumpets loudly” or “the priests blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
177 6:8 ayf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠אֲרוֹן֙ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה הֹלֵ֖ךְ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 It can be stated clearly that there were people carrying the ark. Alternate translation: “The priests who were carrying the ark of the covenant of Yahweh followed after them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
178 6:10 ls5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַשְׁמִ֣יעוּ אֶת־קוֹלְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹא־יֵצֵ֥א מִ⁠פִּי⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר 1 Sound leaving someone’s mouth refers to that person’s speaking or shouting. Alternate translation: “Do not yell or speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
179 6:10 tw9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֩ צִוָּ֨ה יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ 1 Joshua had commanded the people before they started walking around the city. Alternate translation: “Joshua had commanded the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
180 6:13 k64v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֣ה הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֡ים & שִׁבְעָ֨ה שׁוֹפְר֜וֹת 1 “7 priests … 7 trumpets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
181 6:13 ai87 וְ⁠תָקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 This means that they blew into their trumpets, causing them to make loud noises, multiple times. Alternate translation: “continually sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets continually”
182 6:14 j232 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 the next day (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
183 6:14 r4j1 כֹּ֥ה עָשׂ֖וּ 1 Israel marched around Jericho once every day.
184 6:14 p14u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שֵׁ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 “6 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
185 6:16 fp32 הָ⁠עָם֙ 1 This refers to the people of Israel.
186 6:16 sc3s תָּקְע֥וּ & בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָר֑וֹת 1 “sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
187 6:16 fj73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Joshua is saying that Yahweh will definitely give them the city by saying that he has already given it to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
188 6:16 wdh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you נָתַ֧ן & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
189 6:17 ugl7 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJoshua continues speaking to the people of Israel.
190 6:17 w1sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָיְתָ֨ה הָ⁠עִ֥יר חֵ֛רֶם הִ֥יא וְ⁠כָל־אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֖⁠הּ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it for destruction” or “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it by destroying it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
191 6:18 ypv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שִׁמְר֣וּ מִן־הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 Being careful is spoken of as if they are to guard themselves. “Be careful that you do not take the things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
192 6:18 p8xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠עֲכַרְתֶּ֖ם אוֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 Doing something that makes bad things to happen to the city is spoken of as bringing trouble on it. Alternate translation: “you will cause bad things to happen to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
193 6:19 bz6i אוֹצַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה 1 a collection of things set apart for the worship of Yahweh
194 6:20 fm69 וַ⁠יָּרִ֤יעוּ הָ⁠עָם֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 “the people of Israel shouted”
195 6:20 v2v6 וַֽ⁠יִּתְקְע֖וּ בַּ⁠שֹּֽׁפָר֑וֹת 1 “sounded the trumpets loudly” or “blew into the ram’s horn trumpets”
196 6:24 ny39 וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֛יר שָׂרְפ֥וּ 1 The word “they” refers to the Israelite soldiers. It does not refer only to the two young men who brought Rahab and her family out of the city.
197 6:25 w9ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The word “She” refers to Rahab and represents her descendants. Alternate translation: “Her descendants live in Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
198 6:25 qlj6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “now” or “even today.” Rahab’s descendants are still living in Israel as the original writer writes this story.
199 6:26 cq3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָר֨וּר הָ⁠אִ֜ישׁ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָקוּם֙ וּ⁠בָנָ֞ה 1 Being cursed in Yahweh’s sight represents being cursed by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man who rebuilds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
200 6:26 len7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201 6:26 anp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
202 6:27 brx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
203 7:intro uv41 0 # Joshua 7 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sin brought defeat\n\nIt was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
204 7:1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
205 7:1 z3zl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עָכָ֣ן & כַּרְמִי֩ & זַבְדִּ֨י & זֶ֜רַח 1 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
206 7:1 li2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
207 7:3 ui7f כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֒ 1 This refers to the army of Israel.
208 7:3 z2xr מְעַ֖ט הֵֽמָּה 1 The word “they” refers to the people of Ai.
209 7:4 i5e8 וַ⁠יַּעֲל֤וּ מִן־הָ⁠עָם֙ שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 These men were part of the army. Alternate translation: “three thousand men belonging to the army went up”
210 7:4 ak54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 “3,000 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
211 7:5 nyw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers כִּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁה֙ אִ֔ישׁ 1 “36 men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
212 7:5 zcr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מָֽיִם 1 These phrases “melted” and “became like water” share similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that the people were extremely afraid. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
213 7:5 j2v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 Here the people are represented by their “hearts” to emphasize their emotions. Alternate translation: “The people were very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
214 7:5 h4tc לְבַב־הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 The phrase “the people” refers to the Israelite soldiers.
215 7:6 ty1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֨ע יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ שִׂמְלֹתָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ עַל־פָּנָ֨י⁠ו אַ֜רְצָ⁠ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י אֲר֤וֹן יְהוָה֙ 1 They did these things to show God how sad and distressed they were. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
216 7:7 jb6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לָ֠⁠מָה הֵעֲבַ֨רְתָּ הַעֲבִ֜יר אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֤ם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָ⁠תֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י לְ⁠הַאֲבִידֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 Joshua was asking if this is the reason God had brought them across the Jordan. Alternate translation: “Did you do it in order to give us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
217 7:7 run5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֥ד הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י 1 The hands of the Amorites represents their control and power. Giving the Israelites into their hands to destroy them represents allowing the Amorites to have control of the Israelites and destroy them. Alternate translation: “To allow the Amorites to destroy us? (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
218 7:7 aq5b וְ⁠לוּ֙ הוֹאַ֣לְנוּ 1 The words “If only” show that this is a wish for something that had not happened. Alternate translation: “I wish we had made a different decision”
219 7:8 x4pf General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua expresses frustration to God.
220 7:8 ke9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion בִּ֖י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י מָ֣ה אֹמַ֔ר אַ֠חֲרֵי אֲשֶׁ֨ר הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 Joshua said this to show how upset he was that he did not even know what to say. Alternate translation: “I do not know what to say. Israel has turned their backs before their enemies!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
221 7:8 s4eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “Israel has run away from their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
222 7:9 n2kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָסַ֣בּוּ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠הִכְרִ֥יתוּ אֶת־שְׁמֵ֖⁠נוּ מִן־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 Making people forget the name of the Israelites represents making them forget the Israelites. In this case they would do it by killing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “They will surround us and kill us, and the people of the earth will forget about us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
223 7:9 r713 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 The phrase “your great name” here represents God’s reputation and power. Alternate translation: “And so what will you do so that people will know that you are great” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
224 7:9 vd3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַֽה־תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְ⁠שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֥ הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 Joshua uses this question to warn God that if the Israelites are destroyed, then the other people will think that God is not great. Alternate translation: “Then there will be nothing you can do for your great name.” or “Then people will not know that you are great.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
225 7:10 ev1w General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Joshua why Israel is cursed.
226 7:10 hqu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֑⁠ךְ לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה אַתָּ֖ה נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 God used this question to rebuke Joshua for lying there on his face. Alternate translation: “Stop lying there with your face in the dirt!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
227 7:11 lc29 הַ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 These are the things “marked for destruction” from [Joshua 6:18-19](../06/18.md). Alternate translation: “the cursed things” or “those things which God has cursed”
228 7:11 dd18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor גָּֽנְבוּ֙ וְ⁠גַ֣ם כִּֽחֲשׁ֔וּ 1 Hiding their sin represents trying to keep others from knowing that they have sinned. Alternate translation: “They have stolen those things, and then they tried to keep people from knowing that they sinned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
229 7:12 yzi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֨א יֻכְל֜וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against their enemies. Alternate translation: “cannot fight successfully against their enemies” or “cannot defeat their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
230 7:12 xix1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עֹ֗רֶף יִפְנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹֽיְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Doing this represents running away from their enemies. Alternate translation: “They ran away from their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
231 7:12 fs9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹ֤א אוֹסִיף֙ לִֽ⁠הְי֣וֹת עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Being with Israel represents helping Israel. Alternate translation: “I will not help you any more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
232 7:13 u4s8 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Joshua and tells him what to tell the people.
233 7:13 ln4q אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 This refers to the people of Israel.
234 7:13 j4ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָ⁠קוּם֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Standing before their enemies represents fighting successfully against them. Alternate translation: “You cannot fight successfully against your enemies” or “You cannot defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
235 7:14 gjw9 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues telling Joshua what he must tell the people.
236 7:14 dp8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר לְ⁠שִׁבְטֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 There were twelve tribes that made up the people of Israel. The phrase “by your tribes” means “each tribe.” Alternate translation: “each of your tribes must present themselves to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
237 7:14 scj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּח֗וֹת 1 The tribe was made up of multiple clans. Alternate translation: “From the tribe that Yahweh selects, each clan will come near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
238 7:14 crt9 הַ⁠שֵּׁבֶט֩ אֲשֶׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֨⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה 1 The leaders of Israel would toss lots, and by doing this, they would learn which tribe Yahweh had selected. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The tribe that Yahweh selects by lot” or “The tribe that Yahweh selects when we toss lots”
239 7:14 xl85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּחָ֞ה אֲשֶֽׁר־יִלְכְּדֶ֤⁠נָּה יְהוָה֙ תִּקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠בָּתִּ֔ים 1 The clan was made up of multiple households. Alternate translation: “From the clan that Yahweh selects, each household must come near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
240 7:14 q8me rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִלְכְּדֶ֣⁠נּוּ יְהוָ֔ה יִקְרַ֖ב לַ⁠גְּבָרִֽים 1 The household was made up of multiple people. Alternate translation: “From the household that Yahweh selects, each person must come near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
241 7:15 d5nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠נִּלְכָּ֣ד 1 This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “the one whom Yahweh selects” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
242 7:15 g1vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עָבַר֙ אֶת־בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה 1 Breaking the covenant represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: “he has disobeyed the covenant of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243 7:16 fdv2 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua follows Yahweh’s command to bring Israel before Yahweh.
244 7:16 lzb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֥ב אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לִ⁠שְׁבָטָ֑י⁠ו 1 The phrase “tribe by tribe” means each tribe. Alternate translation: “brought each tribe of Israel near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
245 7:16 g7qp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּלָּכֵ֖ד שֵׁ֥בֶט יְהוּדָֽה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh selected the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
246 7:17 br4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ לַ⁠גְּבָרִ֔ים 1 The phrase “person by person” is an idiom meaning each person. The persons in this sentence were the leaders of their households. Alternate translation: “He brought near each person of the clan of the Zerahites” or “From the clan of the Zerahites, he brought near each man who was the leader of his household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
247 7:17 z419 אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַ⁠זַּרְחִי֙ 1 The clan was named after the man named Zerah.
248 7:17 ha7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names זַבְדִּֽי 1 This is a man’s name. Translate as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
249 7:18 u41u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עָכָ֞ן & כַּרְמִ֧י & זַבְדִּ֛י & זֶ֖רַח 1 These are men’s names. Translate them as you did in [Joshua 7:1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
250 7:19 k521 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠תֶן־ל֣⁠וֹ תוֹדָ֑ה 1 The abstract noun “confession” can be expressed with the verb “confess.” Alternate translation: “confess to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
251 7:19 fv9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַל־תְּכַחֵ֖ד מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 Hiding information represents trying to keep someone from knowing it. Alternate translation: “Do not try to prevent me from knowing what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
252 7:21 b9nn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight וּ⁠מָאתַ֧יִם שְׁקָלִ֣ים 1 This is over two kilograms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
253 7:21 y7vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים שְׁקָלִים֙ 1 This is over 500 grams. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
254 7:21 xw3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive טְמוּנִ֥ים בָּ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I hid them in the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
255 7:23 vh7i וַ⁠יַּצִּקֻ֖⁠ם 1 Use the word in your language for pouring many small solid things out of a large bag onto the ground.
256 7:24 ta3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֵ֥מֶק עָכֽוֹר 1 The name means “Valley of Trouble,” but it is best to translate Achor the way it sounds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
257 7:25 vd6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 Joshua uses this question to rebuke Achan. Alternate translation: “You have troubled us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
258 7:25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Possible meanings are 1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or 2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or 3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
259 7:26 zcp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
260 7:26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
261 8:intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 8 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sin brought defeat\nIt was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])\n\n### Built an altar\nAltars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
262 8:1 l4p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
263 8:1 den6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
264 8:1 t7bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
265 8:2 h3r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּ⁠לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠הּ 1 The word “her” refers to the city of Ai. Cities were often spoken of as if they were women. Alternate translation: “its king” or “their king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
266 8:3 k4uk עַ֥ם הַ⁠מִּלְחָמָ֖ה 1 “the army of Israel”
267 8:5 vtq4 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues to explain the battle plan to his soldiers.
268 8:7 fw9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠נְתָנָ֛⁠הּ & בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here “hand” symbolizes the control and power the people have over their enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
269 8:8 aj5t General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua finishes explaining the battle plan to his soldiers.
270 8:9 yt5n וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֣⁠ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 This phrase refers to Joshua sending the thirty thousand men who had been selected to ambush Ai to where they would set the ambush.
271 8:9 i3lf הַ⁠מַּאְרָ֔ב 1 “where they would hide until it was time to attack”
272 8:12 ycd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers כַּ⁠חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ 1 “5,000 men.” This group seems to be a portion of the “thirty thousand men” ([Joshua 8:9](../08/09.md)). This smaller group remained in the ambush while the other 25,000 men attacked the city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
273 8:13 j7b9 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe Israelites prepare to fight the people of Ai.
274 8:13 s1lu אֶת־כָּל־הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֗ה 1 This refers to the largest group of fighting men, those not in the ambush group.
275 8:13 nq1b עֲקֵב֖⁠וֹ 1 those who were “set in ambush on the west side of the city” ([Joshua 8:12](../08/12.md))
276 8:15 a83i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּנָּֽגְע֛וּ & לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
277 8:15 w933 לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 the army of Ai
278 8:15 bri5 וַ⁠יָּנֻ֖סוּ 1 The army of Israel fled.
279 8:16 dr3a וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפוּ֙ 1 These occurrences of “they” refer to the army of Ai.
280 8:16 m6sq לִ⁠רְדֹּ֖ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 to go after the army of Isreal
281 8:16 lcb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּזָּעֲק֗וּ כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The city leaders called all the people in the city together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
282 8:16 k8ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ב⁠עיר 1 The writer speaks in a general way about all the people, but “all the people” refers only to those who could fight. Alternate translation: “all the people in the city who could help chase the army of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
283 8:17 zip6 וַ⁠יַּעַזְב֤וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עִיר֙ פְּתוּחָ֔ה 1 “left the city gates open”
284 8:18 xe2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה 1 Giving Ai into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over Ai. Alternate translation: “I will give you victory over Ai” or “I will cause you to capture Ai” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
285 8:24 v2gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כְּ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל לַ⁠הֲרֹג֩ אֶת־כָּל־יֹשְׁבֵ֨י & וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב 1 The writer uses both of these sentences, which mean almost the same thing, to strongly say that the Israelites had obeyed God’s command to kill everyone in Ai. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
286 8:24 dd98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב 1 Here “fallen” is a euphemism for dying. Also, “the edge of the sword” represents whole swords, and swords represent either battle or the army of Israel. Alternate translation: “had died in battle” or “had died when the army of Israel attacked them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
287 8:25 d2ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר אָ֑לֶף 1 “12,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
288 8:28 uiv3 שְׁמָמָ֔ה 1 It is a place where people once lived, but now, no one lives there.
289 8:29 wd9u עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “today” or “even now”
290 8:30 xev4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
291 8:35 ym6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
292 8:35 kdu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
293 9:intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 9 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Israel’s mistake\n\nIsrael was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
294 9:1 g4h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
295 9:2 uj94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
296 9:4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites
297 9:5 q9v6 יָבֵ֖שׁ הָיָ֥ה נִקֻּדִֽים 1 “dry and filled with fungus” or “stale and ruined”
298 9:6 rz8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 This refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
299 9:7 w599 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠חִוִּ֑י 1 This is another name for the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
300 9:7 t1r4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אוּלַ֗י בְּ⁠קִרְבִּ⁠י֙ אַתָּ֣ה יוֹשֵׁ֔ב וְ⁠אֵ֖יךְ אֶֽכְרָת־לְ⁠ךָ֥ בְרִֽית 1 Joshua is emphasizing that the people of Israel have to follow the command of Yahweh above all else. Alternate translation: “If you do live near us, we cannot make a covenant with you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
301 9:10 kam4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠סִיחוֹן֙ 1 This is the name of the defeated Amorite king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
302 9:10 s17h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 This is the name of the royal city of the nation of Moab. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
303 9:10 pz6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֥וֹג 1 This is the name of the defeated king of Bashan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
304 9:10 p9ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּרֽוֹת 1 This is the name of a city known for worshiping the goddess of the same name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
305 9:11 hq3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 This phrase means “take with you.” Here the word “hand” represents the possession by the Gibeonites of the provisions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
306 9:11 k7fe לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם אֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 The word “them” refers to the people of Israel.
307 9:15 f67z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ שָׁל֔וֹם וַ⁠יִּכְרֹ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֛ם בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠חַיּוֹתָ֑⁠ם וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבְע֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֔ם נְשִׂיאֵ֖י הָ⁠עֵדָֽה 1 These two sentences are saying that the same thing occurred. Joshua, the leader of the nation of Israel, promised not to kill the Gibeonites. The leaders of the nation of Israel, likewise, made the same covenant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
308 9:15 je8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠עֵדָֽה 1 Here this refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
309 9:17 s1u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֑י 1 This refers to number three in order. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
310 9:17 q18q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּפִירָ֔ה 1 This is one of the cities of the Gibeonites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
311 9:17 j671 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠בְאֵר֖וֹת 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
312 9:17 alr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
313 9:19 a168 הָ֣⁠עֵדָ֔ה 1 Here this phrase refers to the nation of Israel.
314 9:21 wg7n וַ֠⁠יִּֽהְיוּ חֹטְבֵ֨י עֵצִ֤ים וְ⁠שֹֽׁאֲבֵי־מַ֨יִם֙ 1 “the Gibeonites became woodcutters and water carriers”
315 9:23 zlp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 Here this phrase refers to the dwelling place of Yahweh, the Tabernacle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
316 9:25 a5un rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet כַּ⁠טּ֨וֹב וְ⁠כַ⁠יָּשָׁ֧ר 1 The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
317 9:26 gy9c לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites.
318 9:27 p81s עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
319 10:intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”\nIsrael’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Idiom\n\nThe people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
320 10:1 au8p וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek.
321 10:1 y65k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק 1 This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
322 10:3 y6ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת & לָכִ֛ישׁ & עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
323 10:3 k9rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הוֹהָ֣ם & פִּרְאָ֨ם & יָפִ֧יעַ & דְּבִ֥יר 1 These are the names of kings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
324 10:4 ct5k עֲלֽוּ־אֵלַ֣⁠י 1 “Travel to where I am.” Jerusalem was higher in elevation than other cities in Canaan.
325 10:5 d9vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 “5 kings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
326 10:5 m422 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַרְמוּת֙ & לָכִ֣ישׁ & עֶגְל֔וֹן 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
327 10:5 vs78 וַֽ⁠יַּחֲנוּ֙ עַל 1 This means they set up their camp around their city. This was a way of weakening those in the city. It prevented people from escaping the city, and it prevented others from bringing food and water to them in the city.
328 10:6 wk68 לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 The word “They” here refers to Gibeonites.
329 10:6 zhx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אַל־תֶּ֥רֶף יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵֽ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 This humble request is stated with two negatives to emphasize the need for a positive action. Alternate translation: “Please come and use your strength to protect us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
330 10:6 am1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 The word “hands” here refers to the people of Israel’s strength. Alternate translation: “your strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
331 10:8 c4uw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם 1 Here “hand” represents the people of Israel’s strength and their ability to defeat their enemy. The word “them” refers to the attacking army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
332 10:8 du96 נְתַתִּ֑י⁠ם 1 Here the word “them” refers to the attacking armies.
333 10:9 ecq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 The entire army of Israel is referred to here by the name of their commander, Joshua. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
334 10:10 sq89 וַ⁠יְהֻמֵּ֤⁠ם יְהוָה֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here “Israel” refers to the entire army of Israel.
335 10:10 yr7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵית־חוֹרֹ֔ן & עֲזֵקָ֖ה & מַקֵּדָֽה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
336 10:11 fbf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּית־חוֹרֹן֙ & עֲזֵקָ֖ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
337 10:11 tuc9 הִשְׁלִ֣יךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֩ אֲבָנִ֨ים גְּדֹל֧וֹת מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם 1 “threw large hailstones from the sky”
338 10:12 si1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ בְּ⁠גִבְע֣וֹן דּ֔וֹם וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן 1 Joshua is praying that Yahweh would make the progression of time stop on this day. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
339 10:12 j9zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ & וְ⁠יָרֵ֖חַ 1 Joshua commands the sun and moon as if these were people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
340 10:12 ug8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠עֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
341 10:13 dq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גּוֹי֙ 1 This refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
342 10:13 b91l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־הִ֥יא כְתוּבָ֖ה עַל־סֵ֣פֶר הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֑ר 1 The writer uses this question as background information to remind the reader that the incident is well-documented. Alternate translation: “This is written in The Book of Jashar.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
343 10:16 wcb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠מַקֵּדָֽה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
344 10:17 mns8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֖ד לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ 1 Messengers came and told Joshua. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joshua” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
345 10:19 l8tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם 1 The phrase “your hand” here means “your control.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
346 10:21 kb3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַקֵּדָ֖ה 1 Translate the same way as you did in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
347 10:21 py6w לֹֽא־חָרַ֞ץ לִ⁠בְנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־לְשֹׁנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “No one dared to say anything against” or “No one dared to complain or protest against”
348 10:22 zs9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פִּתְח֖וּ אֶת־פִּ֣י הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֑ה 1 Here “mouth” is an idiom that means “entrance.” Alternate translation: “Open the entrance of the cave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
349 10:23 g4te rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַרְמ֔וּת & לָכִ֖ישׁ & עֶגְלֽוֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
350 10:24 dnc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 Here the men of Israel represent only those who were soldiers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
351 10:27 e9z9 עַד־עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “until the author wrote this story”
352 10:28 e1nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַקֵּדָ֔ה 1 This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
353 10:28 nhk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism הֶחֱרִ֣ם אוֹתָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֔⁠הּ לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד 1 The second sentence summarizes the first sentence to emphasize that Joshua left no person or animal alive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
354 10:29 k439 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לִבְנָ֑ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
355 10:31 dsk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠לִּבְנָ֖ה לָכִ֑ישָׁ⁠ה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
356 10:32 yw79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֣ד יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 Here their “hand” represents their control. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave Lachish into the control of the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
357 10:33 rff2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הֹרָם֙ 1 This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
358 10:33 lp2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֶּ֔זֶר & אֶת־לָכִ֑ישׁ 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
359 10:34 y3g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠לָּכִ֖ישׁ עֶגְלֹ֑נָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
360 10:35 dqi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠הָ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֔רֶב וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֣פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־ & הַ⁠ה֖וּא הֶחֱרִ֑ים 1 These two phrases have similar meanings. Together they show the completeness of the destruction of Eglon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
361 10:36 a6ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠עֶגְל֖וֹנָ⁠ה 1 This is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
362 10:37 gba2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּלְכְּד֣וּ⁠הָ וַ⁠יַּכּֽוּ⁠הָ־לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֠רֶב 1 The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They captured and killed and destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
363 10:38 mr8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דְּבִ֑רָ⁠ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
364 10:39 g2ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לִ⁠דְבִ֨רָ⁠ה֙ & לְ⁠לִבְנָ֖ה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
365 10:39 m8bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּכּ֣וּ⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֔רֶב 1 The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They killed and destroyed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
366 10:40 u843 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל־הַ⁠נְּשָׁמָה֙ הֶחֱרִ֔ים 1 These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize the complete destruction that the people of Israel accomplished at Yahweh’s command. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
367 10:42 qy8i כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
368 10:42 rbp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
369 10:42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
370 11:intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms\n\nYahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”\nThis phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
371 11:1 a1ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יָבִ֣ין & יוֹבָב֙ 1 These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
372 11:1 zi5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חָצ֑וֹר & מָד֔וֹן & שִׁמְר֖וֹן & אַכְשָֽׁף 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
373 11:2 gz61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת & וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
374 11:3 rds6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֶרְמ֔וֹן 1 This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
375 11:4 d9fb General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nAll the Canaanite kings attack Joshua and the nation of Israel.
376 11:4 e5l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־מַֽחֲנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ם עַם־רָ֕ב כַּ⁠ח֛וֹל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־שְׂפַת־הַ⁠יָּ֖ם לָ⁠רֹ֑ב 1 No one can count the grains of sand on the seashore. This exaggeration emphasizes the very large number of soldiers that these kings assembled. Alternate translation: “such a great number of soldiers that there appeared to be as many of them as there are grains of sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
377 11:5 kc2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵר֔וֹם 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
378 11:6 n348 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָנֹכִ֞י נֹתֵ֧ן אֶת־כֻּלָּ֛⁠ם חֲלָלִ֖ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Yahweh enabling Israel to conquer the enemy army and kill all of the soldiers is spoken of as if Yahweh killed the soldiers and then gave them to Israel. Alternate translation: “I will enable Israel to kill all of them in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
379 11:6 lgk2 אֶת־סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֣ם תְּעַקֵּ֔ר 1 “cripple their horses by cutting their legs.” This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot walk.
380 11:7 sm9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵר֖וֹם 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
381 11:8 cw9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠ם יְהוָ֥ה בְּ⁠יַֽד־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ 1 Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh enabling the army of Israel to conquer their enemy is spoken of as if Yahweh had put the enemy army into Israel’s hand. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Israel to conquer the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
382 11:8 n4ub וַ⁠יַּכּוּ⁠ם֒ & וַ⁠יַּכֻּ֕⁠ם 1 “attacked them … attacked them”
383 11:8 m9b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִשְׂרְפ֣וֹת מַ֔יִם 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
384 11:9 q7dn עִקֵּ֔ר 1 This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot run. See how you translated this word in [Joshua 11:6](../11/06.md).
385 11:10 pbp8 מַלְכָּ֖⁠הּ הִכָּ֣ה בֶ⁠חָ֑רֶב 1 “Joshua killed the king of Hazor with his sword”
386 11:10 cjd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חָצ֣וֹר לְ⁠פָנִ֔ים הִ֕יא רֹ֖אשׁ כָּל־הַ⁠מַּמְלָכ֥וֹת הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 Hazor being the most important city is spoken of as Hazor being the head of the other kingdoms. Alternate translation: Hazor had been the most important of all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
387 11:11 be72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ֠⁠יַּכּוּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֤⁠הּ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֨רֶב֙ הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם לֹ֥א נוֹתַ֖ר כָּל־נְשָׁמָ֑ה 1 These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
388 11:11 z2md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם 1 The word “he” refers to Joshua and represents himself and his army. Completely destroying every living thing in the city is spoken of as if those living things were dedicated for destruction. Alternate translation: “the army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
389 11:12 i5tz וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֖רֶב 1 “killed them”
390 11:13 f8kv הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הָ⁠עֹֽמְדוֹת֙ עַל־תִּלָּ֔⁠ם 1 “cities built on small hills”
391 11:14 grk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 This phrase refers to the army of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
392 11:14 n215 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אֶֽת־כָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֞ם הִכּ֣וּ לְ⁠פִי־חֶ֗רֶב עַד־הִשְׁמִדָ⁠ם֙ אוֹתָ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖ירוּ כָּל־נְשָׁמָֽה 1 These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
393 11:15 ta4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹֽא־הֵסִ֣יר דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This negative phrase emphasizes that Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
394 11:17 yr6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠הָ֤ר הֶֽ⁠חָלָק֙ & בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
395 11:20 pq7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה׀ הָיְתָ֡ה לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבָּ⁠ם֩ 1 Yahweh causing the people of the cities to be stubborn is spoken of as if Yahweh had hardened their hearts. Alternate translation: “it was Yahweh who caused them to act stubbornly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
396 11:21 im1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־הָֽ⁠עֲנָקִים֙ 1 These are the descendants of Anak. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
397 11:21 p6cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דְּבִ֣ר & עֲנָ֔ב 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
398 11:23 qe5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנָ⁠הּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֧ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
399 11:23 x695 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
400 12:intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.
401 12:1 e45x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה 1 This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
402 12:1 fe2c וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24.
403 12:1 g8ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 These are the names of a region of land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
404 12:2 uv1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
405 12:2 ts6s סִיחוֹן֙ & בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 See how you translated these words in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md).
406 12:3 dh7d יָ֨ם כִּנְר֜וֹת 1 This is a place. See how you translated this in [Joshua 11:2](../11/02.md).
407 12:3 gc3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֣ית הַיְשִׁמ֑וֹת & הַ⁠פִּסְגָּֽה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
408 12:4 zb6d ע֚וֹג מֶ֣לֶךְ הַ⁠בָּשָׁ֔ן 1 See how you translated this man’s name in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md).
409 12:4 m4ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
410 12:4 t7hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶדְרֶֽעִי 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
411 12:5 vu4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠בְ⁠סַלְכָה֙ 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
412 12:5 sbq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
413 12:6 bsj6 לָ⁠רֻֽאוּבֵנִי֙ 1 These are the descendants of Reuben.
414 12:6 p8zt וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֔י 1 These are the descendants of Gad.
415 12:6 zk48 וְ⁠לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֥בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּֽׁה 1 They are called a half tribe because the other half of the tribe received an inheritance in the land of Canaan.
416 12:7 nie7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ & הָ⁠הָ֥ר הֶ⁠חָלָ֖ק 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
417 12:8 z37z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠בָֽ⁠עֲרָבָה֙ 1 This is the name of a region of land. Translate as in [Joshua 12:1](./01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
418 12:10 ps2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֶבְר֖וֹן 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
419 12:11 aj97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַרְמוּת֙ & לָכִ֖ישׁ 1 These are the names of cities. Translate in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
420 12:12 bgl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֶגְלוֹן֙ & גֶּ֖זֶר 1 These are the names of cities. Translate “Eglon” in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
421 12:13 mgg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דְּבִר֙ & גֶּ֖דֶר 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
422 12:14 e9ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חָרְמָה֙ & עֲרָ֖ד 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
423 12:15 nec9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לִבְנָה֙ & עֲדֻלָּ֖ם 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
424 12:16 se49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַקֵּדָה֙ 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
425 12:17 g346 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תַּפּ֨וּחַ֙ & חֵ֖פֶר 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
426 12:18 m8vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲפֵק֙ & לַ⁠שָּׁר֖וֹן 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
427 12:19 ga17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מָדוֹן֙ & חָצ֖וֹר 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
428 12:20 cq4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׁמְר֤וֹן מְראוֹן֙ & אַכְשָׁ֖ף 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
429 12:21 pv5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תַּעְנַךְ֙ & מְגִדּ֖וֹ 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
430 12:22 z2b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙ & יָקְנֳעָ֥ם 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
431 12:23 a6eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר & גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
432 12:24 kv8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
433 12:24 aeg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 “31 in all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
434 13:intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Division of the land\n\nThere was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.\n\n### Driving out the people\n\nWhile Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
435 13:2 s51z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
436 13:3 q1nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
437 13:3 a3iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
438 13:3 jnl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הָ⁠עַוִּֽים 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
439 13:4 b13s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠מְעָרָ֛ה & אֲפֵ֑קָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
440 13:5 bj71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠בַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד & הַר־חֶרְמ֑וֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
441 13:5 jd8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠גִּבְלִ֗י 1 This is the name of a people group who lived in Geba. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
442 13:6 b7pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת מַ֨יִם֙ 1 this is the name of a place (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
443 13:6 si8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּֽ⁠נַחֲלָ֔ה 1 The land that Israel will claim is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they will receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
444 13:9 gfc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר & מֵידְבָ֖א & דִּיבֽוֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
445 13:9 lk8d הַ⁠נַּ֛חַל 1 a place where the river is far below the land on the sides
446 13:9 t2an הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֥ר 1 flat land high above rivers
447 13:10 zm4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
448 13:11 whz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names סַלְכָֽה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
449 13:11 kc79 וּ⁠גְב֧וּל הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֣י וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֗י 1 “the land where the Geshurites and Maacathites lived”
450 13:11 l98j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֗י 1 These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
451 13:12 hw24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֑עִי 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
452 13:12 u2dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠רְפָאִ֔ים 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
453 13:12 l1cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥⁠ם מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Here “Moses” represents himself and the Israelite army that Moses led. Alternate translation: “Moses and the Israelites attacked them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
454 13:13 zb9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־הַ⁠גְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠מַּעֲכָתִ֑י 1 These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
455 13:13 hu1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גְּשׁ֤וּר וּ⁠מַֽעֲכָת֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Geshur” and “Maacath” are either the names of the ancestors of “the Geshurites” and “the Maacathites” or are the names of the cities in which they lived. Alternate translation: “those people live among Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
456 13:13 xw7d עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
457 13:14 zs6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לֹ֥א נָתַ֖ן נַחֲלָ֑ה 1 The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
458 13:14 v9zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה & ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔⁠וֹ 1 The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if the offerings were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “The offerings of Yahweh … are what they will have for their provision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
459 13:14 br61 אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה 1 “offerings that the people were to bring to Yahweh”
460 13:14 lz8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אִשֵּׁ֨י 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priests burned with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
461 13:16 f1uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠עֲרוֹעֵ֡ר & מֵידְבָֽא 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
462 13:16 s5yv נַ֨חַל & הַ⁠מִּישֹׁ֖ר 1 See how you translated these words in [Joshua 13:9](../13/09.md).
463 13:17 y6iu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֶשְׁבּ֥וֹן & דִּיבוֹן֙ וּ⁠בָמ֣וֹת בַּ֔עַל וּ⁠בֵ֖ית בַּ֥עַל מְעֽוֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
464 13:18 i4fe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠יַ֥הְצָ⁠ה וּ⁠קְדֵמֹ֖ת וּ⁠מֵפָֽעַת 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
465 13:19 f1h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠קִרְיָתַ֣יִם וְ⁠שִׂבְמָ֔ה וְ⁠צֶ֥רֶת הַשַּׁ֖חַר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
466 13:20 is7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פְּע֛וֹר & הַ⁠פִּסְגָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַיְשִׁמֽוֹת 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
467 13:21 uld7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
468 13:21 j6hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names סִיחוֹן֙ & אֶת־אֱוִ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־רֶ֨קֶם֙ וְ⁠אֶת־צ֤וּר וְ⁠אֶת־חוּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־רֶ֔בַע 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
469 13:21 x56e אֹת֣⁠וֹ׀ וְ⁠אֶת־נְשִׂיאֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן 1 “as he had defeated the leaders of Midian”
470 13:23 gc1r וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את 1 The Jordan River was the western border of the land that the tribe of Reuben received.
471 13:23 x56m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠גְב֑וּל זֹ֣את נַחֲלַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־רְאוּבֵן֙ 1 The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Reuben is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Reuben received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
472 13:23 ud8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Moses gave to each of their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
473 13:25 fmp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַעְזֵר֙ & עֲרוֹעֵ֕ר & רַבָּֽה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
474 13:26 mr54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֛וֹן & רָמַ֥ת הַ⁠מִּצְפֶּ֖ה וּ⁠בְטֹנִ֑ים וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲנַ֖יִם & לִדְבִֽר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
475 13:27 ie4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֣ית הָרָם֩ וּ⁠בֵ֨ית נִמְרָ֜ה וְ⁠סֻכּ֣וֹת וְ⁠צָפ֗וֹן & חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
476 13:28 hla2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵי־גָ֖ד 1 The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Gad is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Gad received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
477 13:29 we69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 The land that Moses assigned to the half tribe of Manasseh is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he gave to them as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
478 13:29 gs84 לַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 Only half of the tribe received this land because the other half received land on the other side of the Jordan River.
479 13:29 p8yw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֗י לַ⁠חֲצִ֛י 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
480 13:30 s32g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠מַּחֲנַ֨יִם & יָאִ֛יר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
481 13:31 b2aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠עַשְׁתָּר֣וֹת וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֔עִי 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
482 13:31 zde9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned these” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
483 13:31 g5si rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
484 13:32 hh57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
485 13:33 ce57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
486 14:intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Drive them out\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
487 14:1 u4tc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
488 14:1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 “leaders of the tribes”
489 14:2 f1ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
490 14:2 ti9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Here the word “hand” refers to Moses himself and means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “through Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
491 14:3 ptq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּֽי־נָתַ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֜ה נַחֲלַ֨ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠מַּטּוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲצִ֣י הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֔ה מֵ⁠עֵ֖בֶר לַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְ⁠לַ֨⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹֽא־נָתַ֥ן נַחֲלָ֖ה בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 The land that Moses gave to the tribes is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
492 14:4 tye1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־נָתְנוּ֩ חֵ֨לֶק לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם בָּ⁠אָ֗רֶץ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Moses did not give a portion of the inheritance to the Levites in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
493 14:4 c5l6 חֵ֨לֶק 1 “part”
494 14:4 tj8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כִּ֤י אִם־עָרִים֙ לָ⁠שֶׁ֔בֶת 1 The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but he gave to them only certain cities to live in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
495 14:4 m4nv וּ⁠מִ֨גְרְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 fields of grass for the livestock to eat
496 14:4 j8ys וּ⁠לְ⁠קִנְיָנָֽ⁠ם 1 physical things they needed so they could provide for their families
497 14:6 b9tc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְפֻנֶּ֖ה 1 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
498 14:6 g6g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠קְּנִזִּ֑י 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
499 14:7 wqe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וָ⁠אָשֵׁ֤ב אֹת⁠וֹ֙ דָּבָ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר עִם־לְבָבִֽ⁠י 1 Here the word “heart” represents the thoughts. The phrase is an idiom that refers to a report that is given honestly. Alternate translation: “I brought back to him an honest report” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
500 14:8 q6zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הִמְסִ֖יו אֶת־לֵ֣ב הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 Making the people very afraid is spoken of as if it were making the hearts of the people melt. Alternate translation: “made the people very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
501 14:8 d53a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֣י מִלֵּ֔אתִי אַחֲרֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
502 14:9 ew2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ & בָּ֔⁠הּ לְ⁠ךָ֨ תִֽהְיֶ֧ה לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֛ה וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם 1 The land that Caleb and his descendants would have is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
503 14:9 shc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דָּרְכָ֤ה רַגְלְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here “your foot” represents Caleb. Alternate translation: “the land on which you have walked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
504 14:10 m9sn הִנֵּה֩ 1 “pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
505 14:10 c4ma אֲשֶׁר־הָלַ֥ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 “while the people of Israel traveled in the wilderness”
506 14:11 q443 כְּ⁠כֹ֥חִ⁠י אָ֖ז וּ⁠כְ⁠כֹ֣חִ⁠י עָ֑תָּה 1 “I am still as strong now as I was then”
507 14:11 y4nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לָ⁠צֵ֥את וְ⁠לָ⁠בֽוֹא 1 This is an idiom that refers to daily activities. Alternate translation: “for the things I do every day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
508 14:12 r8ka אֶת־הָ⁠הָ֣ר 1 Possible meanings are 1) many large hills or small mountains or 2) one mountain.
509 14:12 ner3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֲנָקִ֣ים 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
510 14:13 q6ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת־חֶבְר֛וֹן לְ⁠כָלֵ֥ב 1 Hebron is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Caleb received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
511 14:14 gji6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
512 14:14 zii3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
513 14:15 hyh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
514 14:15 wv1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
515 15:intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
516 15:1 ex51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צִ֛ן 1 This is the name of the wilderness area. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
517 15:2 k5za מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
518 15:2 j6xn מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
519 15:2 qj2g הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן 1 smaller part of the sea that extends into the land
520 15:3 kb99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עַקְרַבִּים֙ & צִ֔נָ⁠ה & חֶצְרוֹן֙ & אַדָּ֔רָ⁠ה & הַ⁠קַּרְקָֽעָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
521 15:4 nzh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עַצְמ֗וֹנָ⁠ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
522 15:4 d1b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land, near Egypt (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
523 15:5 xrg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּֽן 1 The point at which the river empties into the sea is spoken of as if it were the mouth of the river. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
524 15:5 bl5c וּ⁠גְב֞וּל 1 “border … was”
525 15:6 lbt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֣ית חָגְלָ֔ה & לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָעֲרָבָ֑ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
526 15:6 eqi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
527 15:7 n7k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דְּבִרָ⁠ה֮ מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק עָכוֹר֒ & הַ⁠גִּלְגָּ֗ל & לְ⁠מַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֔ים & מֵי־עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶ & עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
528 15:8 qa4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֵּ֣י בֶן־הִנֹּ֗ם & עֵֽמֶק־רְפָאִ֖ים 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
529 15:9 hb3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נֶפְתּ֔וֹחַ & הַר־עֶפְר֑וֹן & קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
530 15:10 h92v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠בַּעֲלָ֥ה & הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר & הַר־יְעָרִ֛ים & כְסָל֑וֹן & בֵּֽית־שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ & תִּמְנָֽה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
531 15:11 n6qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׁכְּר֔וֹנָ⁠ה & הַר־הַֽ⁠בַּעֲלָ֖ה & יַבְנְאֵ֑ל 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
532 15:13 gx9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
533 15:13 v154 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַרְבַּ֛ע & הָ⁠עֲנָ֖ק 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
534 15:14 jp1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת־שְׁלוֹשָׁ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י יְלִידֵ֖י הָ⁠עֲנָֽק 1 These names represent clans of people who were descendants of Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai. The words “sons” and “descendants” in this context mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the three clans, Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai, who were descendants of Anak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
535 15:14 q23k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠עֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְ⁠אֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
536 15:15 n52j וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל מִ⁠שָּׁ֔ם אֶל 1 “He went up from there to fight against”
537 15:15 k99v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דְּבִ֥ר & קִרְיַת־סֵֽפֶר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
538 15:16 hs9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־קִרְיַת־סֵ֖פֶר 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
539 15:16 z82q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־עַכְסָ֥ה 1 This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
540 15:17 kvc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עָתְנִיאֵ֥ל & קְנַ֖ז 1 These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
541 15:18 d6qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠בוֹאָ֗⁠הּ 1 This is an idiom that refers to Aksah becoming Othniel’s wife. Alternate translation: “when Aksah became Othniel’s wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
542 15:18 ia6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠תְּסִיתֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ לִ⁠שְׁא֤וֹל מֵֽ⁠אֵת־אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ שָׂדֶ֔ה 1 This can be translated as direct speech. Alternate translation: “she urged him, ‘Ask my father to give me a field.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
543 15:19 nun3 אֵ֚ת גֻּלֹּ֣ת עִלִּיּ֔וֹת וְ⁠אֵ֖ת גֻּלֹּ֥ת תַּחְתִּיּֽוֹת 1 The words “upper” and “lower” likely refer to the geographical altitude of the water springs.
544 15:20 q76c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־יְהוּדָ֖ה 1 The land that the tribe of Judah received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
545 15:21 lgx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists the southern cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:32](../15/32.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
546 15:33 tn8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists the northern cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:47](../15/47.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
547 15:46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 villages
548 15:47 hsx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
549 15:48 m88k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 1 # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:63](../15/63.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
550 15:63 j68z עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
551 16:intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Drive them out\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
552 16:1 b1k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
553 16:2 g9td rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה & עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
554 16:2 zs9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
555 16:3 w8gi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠יַּפְלֵטִ֗י 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
556 16:3 id59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּית־חוֹרֹ֛ן תַּחְתּ֖וֹן & גָּ֑זֶר 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
557 16:4 u6fy בְנֵי־יוֹסֵ֖ף מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה וְ⁠אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 “the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim, the sons of Joseph”
558 16:4 r4qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּנְחֲל֥וּ 1 The land that the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received this land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
559 16:5 f2i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The territory … that Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
560 16:5 m6lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר & בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
561 16:6 vg46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָת֙ & תַּאֲנַ֣ת שִׁלֹ֑ה & יָנֽוֹחָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
562 16:7 uyw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠יָּנ֖וֹחָ⁠ה עֲטָר֣וֹת וְ⁠נַעֲרָ֑תָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
563 16:8 at1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠תַּפּ֜וּחַ & קָנָ֔ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
564 16:8 mb6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 The land that Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Ephraim received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
565 16:8 ke41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Joshua assigned to their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
566 16:9 y6xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הַ⁠מִּבְדָּלוֹת֙ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the cities that Joshua had chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
567 16:9 f1yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
568 16:10 au8e עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
569 16:10 fth4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־עֹבֵֽד 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
570 17:intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Manasseh’s lack of faith\nEven though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
571 17:1 j2sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠מָכִיר֩ 1 These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
572 17:1 zuz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
573 17:2 al47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר & חֵ֗לֶק & אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙ & שֶׁ֔כֶם & חֵ֖פֶר & שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
574 17:2 us2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ֠⁠יְהִי 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned land … and gave them to their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
575 17:3 u2e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠לִ⁠צְלָפְחָד֩ & חֵ֨פֶ 1 These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
576 17:3 k5z5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַחְלָ֣ה וְ⁠נֹעָ֔ה חָגְלָ֥ה מִלְכָּ֖ה וְ⁠תִרְצָֽה 1 These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
577 17:4 x2q2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֨ר 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
578 17:4 q55m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “to give to us some land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
579 17:4 s6fd וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֜ם & נַֽחֲלָ֔ה 1 Possible meanings are 1) “Joshua gave those women an inheritance” or 2) “Eleazar gave those women an inheritance.”
580 17:5 d1c3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ חַבְלֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned ten parcels of land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
581 17:5 z7zr חַבְלֵֽי & עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 “Ten portions”
582 17:6 d9gb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נָחֲל֥וּ נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
583 17:6 qbx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֔ד הָיְתָ֥ה לִ⁠בְנֵֽי 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
584 17:7 jln6 אֶל־הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין 1 toward the south
585 17:7 dfe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַֽ⁠מִּכְמְתָ֔ת & תַּפּֽוּחַ 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
586 17:9 k7gp הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩ 1 “The border of Manasseh’s land”
587 17:9 l2af נַ֨חַל 1 a very small river
588 17:9 qvi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קָנָ֜ה 1 name of a brook (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
589 17:10 mi9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠אָשֵׁר֙ יִפְגְּע֣וּ⁠ן מִ⁠צָּפ֔וֹן 1 Possible meanings are 1) that the border of Manasseh’s land on the north side touched the land that belonged to the tribe of Asher or 2) that one can travel north to reach Asher. Alternate translation: “Asher was on the north side” or “One can travel north to reach Asher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
590 17:10 fj36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בְ⁠יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר מִ⁠מִּזְרָֽח 1 The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to the east, one can reach Issachar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
591 17:11 s1sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּית־שְׁאָ֣ן & וְ⁠יִבְלְעָ֨ם & דֹ֣אר & עֵֽין־דֹּר֙ & תַעְנַךְ֙ & מְגִדּ֖וֹ & הַ⁠נָּֽפֶת 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
592 17:14 b4j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
593 17:14 sk37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜⁠י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽ⁠אֲנִ֣י עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־עַד־כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥⁠נִי יְהוָֽה 1 The people of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh ask this question to emphasize that Joshua should have assigned to them more land. Alternate translation: “You should have given us more than one … Yahweh has blessed us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
594 17:14 ju22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. In the second, the land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “one assignment of land as our inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
595 17:14 dg92 וְ⁠חֶ֣בֶל 1 part
596 17:14 p7z5 עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד 1 “many people”
597 17:15 d24l אִם־עַם־רַ֤ב אַתָּה֙ 1 “Since you are a people great in number”
598 17:15 psc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
599 17:16 g788 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠בֵית־שְׁאָן֙ & יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
600 17:17 wa3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
601 17:18 w4m4 וּ⁠בֵ֣רֵאת֔⁠וֹ 1 “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees”
602 18:intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
603 18:1 fkg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
604 18:2 ynk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
605 18:3 bia9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off … has given you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
606 18:4 p7hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יִֽתְהַלְּכ֥וּ בָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 The words “up and down” mean in every direction. Alternate translation: “the land in every direction” or “throughout the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
607 18:4 zry7 וְ⁠יִכְתְּב֥וּ אוֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠פִ֥י נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 This means that they will describe the portions of land that each tribe would like to receive for an inheritance.
608 18:4 lh9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נַֽחֲלָתָ֖⁠ם 1 The land that they are to survey is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that each of the tribes would receive as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
609 18:5 e13l General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel.
610 18:5 dmy4 וְ⁠הִֽתְחַלְּק֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ 1 “They will divide the land”
611 18:5 y5gn יְהוּדָ֞ה יַעֲמֹ֤ד 1 “The tribe of Judah will remain”
612 18:5 d41l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵ֥ית יוֹסֵ֛ף 1 Here the word “house” represents the descendants of Joseph. The phrase refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
613 18:7 v3qr General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel.
614 18:7 e6s8 אֵֽין־חֵ֤לֶק 1 “no portion of land”
615 18:7 kus7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כִּֽי־כְהֻנַּ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה נַחֲלָת֑⁠וֹ 1 Joshua speaks of the great honor that the Levites have by serving Yahweh as priests as if it were something that they inherited. Alternate translation: “for the priesthood of Yahweh is what they have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
616 18:7 eqg6 וַ⁠חֲצִי֩ שֵׁ֨בֶט הַֽ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה 1 “half of the tribe of Manasseh”
617 18:7 cyc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לָקְח֣וּ נַחֲלָתָ֗⁠ם 1 The land that the tribes received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “have received land as their inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
618 18:8 t1cr General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua speaks to the twenty-one men who were to go look at the land.
619 18:8 p238 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ בָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ 1 The words “up and down” mean in every direction. See how you translated this in [Joshua 18:4](../18/04.md). Alternate translation: “in every direction in the land” or “throughout the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
620 18:10 pz3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כְּ⁠מַחְלְקֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to each tribe Joshua gave their portion in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
621 18:11 hd7v בֵּ֚ין בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 “between the land that belonged to the descendants of Judah and the land that belonged to the descendants of Joseph”
622 18:11 ib4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
623 18:12 ij99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
624 18:13 hx15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ל֨וּזָ⁠ה֙ & בֵּֽית־אֵ֑ל & עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר & לְ⁠בֵית־חֹר֖וֹן 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
625 18:14 h4e6 הַ⁠גְּבוּל֩ 1 This refers to the same thing as “the border” in verse 13.
626 18:14 eq7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קִרְיַת־בַּ֨עַל֙ & קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
627 18:15 ulq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֑ים & נֶפְתּֽוֹחַ 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
628 18:16 br6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֶן־הִנֹּ֔ם & רְפָאִ֖ים & הִנֹּ֜ם & עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
629 18:17 d8dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶשׁ & גְּלִיל֔וֹת & אֲדֻמִּ֑ים 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
630 18:17 z2mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן 1 This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. See how you translated this in [Joshua 15:6](../15/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
631 18:18 g6td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כֶּ֥תֶף מוּל־הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the slope of Beth Arabah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
632 18:18 b98y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מוּל־הָֽ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
633 18:19 k48g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor כֶּ֣תֶף בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ צָפוֹנָ⁠ה֒ 1 Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the north slope of Beth Hoglah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
634 18:19 xy3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
635 18:20 ywb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֡את נַחֲלַת֩ בְּנֵ֨י בִנְיָמִ֧ן 1 The land that the tribe of Benjamin received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
636 18:20 pe6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave it to each of their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
637 18:21 i6af rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
638 18:24 jsu9 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 “the villages around them”
639 18:25 nk7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
640 18:28 t3aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
641 19:intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
642 19:1 s149 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֞א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֤ל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ לְ⁠שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon”
643 19:1 gl7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 number two in a list (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
644 19:1 z9r9 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans”
645 19:1 u57y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ נַֽחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָֽה 1 The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribes received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The land that they received as an inheritance was in the middle of the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
646 19:2 kg51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
647 19:2 eu6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “They had the following cities for their inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
648 19:5 la4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
649 19:5 f4vb וְ⁠צִֽקְלַ֥ג 1 See how you translated the name of this city in [Joshua 15:31](../15/31.md).
650 19:8 uc1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־שִׁמְע֖וֹן 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
651 19:8 q586 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Joshua gave to their clans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
652 19:9 lep5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מֵ⁠חֶ֨בֶל֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the portion of land which Joshua assigned to the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
653 19:9 p2ji בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ נַחֲלָתָֽ⁠ם 1 “the middle of Judah’s portion of land”
654 19:10 f5gu וַ⁠יַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
655 19:10 s2j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 number three in a list (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
656 19:10 vde5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שָׂרִֽיד 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
657 19:11 v9gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠מַרְעֲלָ֖ה & בְּ⁠דַבָּ֑שֶׁת & יָקְנְעָֽם 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
658 19:11 gx7v עַל־פְּנֵ֥י יָקְנְעָֽם 1 “across from Jokneam”
659 19:12 n9dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠שָּׂרִ֗יד & כִּסְלֹ֖ת תָּבֹ֑ר & הַ⁠דָּֽבְרַ֖ת & יָפִֽיעַ 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
660 19:13 dqd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גִּתָּ֥⁠ה חֵ֖פֶר עִתָּ֣ה קָצִ֑ין & רִמּ֥וֹן & הַ⁠נֵּעָֽה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
661 19:14 ja4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַנָּתֹ֑ן & יִפְתַּח־אֵֽל 1 These are names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
662 19:15 xk4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠קַטָּ֤ת וְ⁠נַֽהֲלָל֙ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֔וֹן וְ⁠יִדְאֲלָ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם 1 These are names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
663 19:15 yn5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠בֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם 1 This is not the same “Bethlehem” that is south of Jerusalem in Judah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
664 19:16 a4ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־זְבוּלֻ֖ן 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Zebulun received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Zebulun received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
665 19:17 fum5 יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
666 19:17 l33x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֑י 1 number four in a list (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
667 19:18 qmg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּסוּלֹ֖ת וְ⁠שׁוּנֵֽם 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
668 19:19 c3ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠חֲפָרַ֥יִם וְ⁠שִׁיאֹ֖ן וַ⁠אֲנָחֲרַֽת 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
669 19:20 mft4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֥ית וְ⁠קִשְׁי֖וֹן וָ⁠אָֽבֶץ 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
670 19:21 b1ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠רֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠עֵין־גַּנִּ֛ים וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חַדָּ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ית פַּצֵּֽץ 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
671 19:22 hs7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠תָב֤וֹר 1 This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
672 19:22 ht1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ו⁠שחצומ⁠ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
673 19:23 yll2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Issachar received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Issachar received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
674 19:24 lhr4 וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
675 19:24 xa5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַֽ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֔י 1 number five in a list (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
676 19:25 prg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֶלְקַ֥ת וַ⁠חֲלִ֖י וָ⁠בֶ֥טֶן וְ⁠אַכְשָֽׁף 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
677 19:26 v6t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠אַֽלַמֶּ֥לֶךְ וְ⁠עַמְעָ֖ד וּ⁠מִשְׁאָ֑ל & וּ⁠בְ⁠שִׁיח֖וֹר לִבְנָֽת 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
678 19:27 pbh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֣ית דָּגֹן֒ & וּ⁠בְ⁠גֵ֨י יִפְתַּח־אֵ֥ל & בֵּ֥ית הָעֵ֖מֶק וּ⁠נְעִיאֵ֑ל & כָּב֖וּל 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
679 19:28 ht1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠עֶבְרֹ֥ן וּ⁠רְחֹ֖ב וְ⁠חַמּ֣וֹן וְ⁠קָנָ֑ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
680 19:29 q8wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֹסָ֔ה & אַכְזִֽיבָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
681 19:30 y1g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠עֻמָ֥ה וַ⁠אֲפֵ֖ק וּ⁠רְחֹ֑ב 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
682 19:31 x4aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־אָשֵׁ֖ר 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Asher received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Asher received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
683 19:32 jy7g יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֣ל הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
684 19:32 jjm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֑י 1 number six in a list (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
685 19:33 syr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵ⁠חֵ֨לֶף & בְּ⁠צַעֲנַנִּ֗ים וַ⁠אֲדָמִ֥י הַנֶּ֛קֶב וְ⁠יַבְנְאֵ֖ל & לַקּ֑וּם 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
686 19:34 lu5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַזְנ֣וֹת תָּב֔וֹר & חוּקֹ֑קָ⁠ה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
687 19:35 h8p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠צִּדִּ֣ים צֵ֔ר וְ⁠חַמַּ֖ת רַקַּ֥ת וְ⁠כִנָּֽרֶת 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
688 19:35 lq51 וְ⁠חַמַּ֖ת 1 This is not the same location as “Hamath,” but is located on the west shore of the Sea of Galilee.
689 19:36 e379 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֥ה וְ⁠הָ⁠רָמָ֖ה וְ⁠חָצֽוֹר 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
690 19:37 vez5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠קֶ֥דֶשׁ וְ⁠אֶדְרֶ֖עִי וְ⁠עֵ֥ין חָצֽוֹר 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
691 19:38 jp9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠יִרְאוֹן֙ וּ⁠מִגְדַּל־אֵ֔ל חֳרֵ֥ם וּ⁠בֵית־עֲנָ֖ת וּ⁠בֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
692 19:39 s9en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־נַפְתָּלִ֖י 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Naphtali received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Naphtali received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
693 19:40 q3a2 יָצָ֖א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֥ל הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
694 19:40 b1tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 number seven in a list (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
695 19:41 d7it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor גְּב֣וּל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 The land that the tribe of Dan received is spoken of as if it was an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The territory of land that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
696 19:41 b8bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צָרְעָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶשְׁתָּא֖וֹל וְ⁠עִ֥יר שָֽׁמֶשׁ 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
697 19:42 q637 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠שַֽׁעֲלַבִּ֥ין וְ⁠אַיָּל֖וֹן וְ⁠יִתְלָֽה 1 These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
698 19:43 sht1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠אֵיל֥וֹן וְ⁠תִמְנָ֖תָ⁠ה וְ⁠עֶקְרֽוֹן 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
699 19:44 gca7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְתְּקֵ֥ה וְ⁠גִבְּת֖וֹן וּ⁠בַעֲלָֽת 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
700 19:45 yan4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וִ⁠יהֻ֥ד וּ⁠בְנֵֽי־בְרַ֖ק וְ⁠גַת־רִמּֽוֹן 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
701 19:46 ddh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠מֵ֥י הַיַּרְק֖וֹן וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רַקּ֑וֹן 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
702 19:46 w42c מ֥וּל יָפֽוֹ 1 “opposite Joppa” or “beside Joppa”
703 19:47 i8zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לֶ֜שֶׁם 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
704 19:48 cx9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־דָ֖ן 1 The land and cities that the tribe of Dan received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
705 19:49 jzi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
706 19:50 ac8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
707 19:51 cs47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠נְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities … assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
708 20:intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nIf a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
709 20:2 qhs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
710 20:3 a1vg מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
711 20:3 h73b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠דָּֽם 1 Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
712 20:4 u2dh וְ⁠נָ֞ס 1 Here the word “he” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
713 20:4 p1sg וְ⁠דִבֶּ֛ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֛י זִקְנֵ֥י־הָ⁠עִֽיר הַ⁠הִ֖יא אֶת־דְּבָרָ֑י⁠ו 1 “convince the elders of that city that he had not intentionally killed the person.
714 20:4 dhh4 וְ⁠אָסְפ֨וּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ 1 The word “they” refers to the elders and “him” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone.
715 20:4 k969 וְ⁠יָשַׁ֥ב עִמָּֽ⁠ם 1 This refers to the city as a whole, not to the elders only.
716 20:5 x945 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֤ל הַ⁠דָּם֙ 1 Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
717 20:5 u27s בִ⁠בְלִי־דַ֨עַת֙ הִכָּ֣ה אֶת־רֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 accidentally killed his neighbor
718 20:6 c6fe עָמְד֞⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠עֵדָה֙ 1 This is a phrase that describes standing to seek justice from a court of the assembly of his fellow citizens.
719 20:7 lyr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThere are a lot of names in this section. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
720 20:8 cy8e לְ⁠יַרְדֵּ֤ן 1 This is a short name for the Jordan River.
721 20:9 b89x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּ⁠יַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
722 20:9 j61z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 This can be stated in active form. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
723 21:intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
724 21:1 js4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶלְעָזָר֙ & נ֑וּן 1 These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
725 21:2 wk1t וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 “The Levites said to them”
726 21:2 wk1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
727 21:3 f9ei אֶת־הֶ⁠עָרִ֥ים 1 This refers to the cities to be listed in the next verses.
728 21:4 r4ry וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
729 21:4 fl2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י 1 This priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
730 21:5 iwh3 וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֲצִ֨י 1 Half the tribe because the other half received their inheritance before crossing the Jordan River.
731 21:6 bk5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֵרְשׁ֗וֹן 1 Gershon was one of the sons of Levi. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
732 21:6 ezu2 בַּ⁠גּוֹרָ֔ל 1 A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
733 21:7 cg61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מְרָרִ֜י 1 Merari was one of the sons of Levi. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
734 21:8 qe5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 The phrase “by the hand of” here means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had told Moses to command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
735 21:10 t6l2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מִ⁠מִּשְׁפְּח֥וֹת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֖י 1 The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. See how you translated this in [Joshua 21:2](../21/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
736 21:10 tnp1 הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
737 21:11 vkd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background אַרְבַּ֨ע אֲבִ֧י הָֽ⁠עֲנ֛וֹק 1 This is background information about the name of the man who founded the city of Kiriath Arba. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
738 21:11 mn2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הָֽ⁠עֲנ֛וֹק 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
739 21:11 vd7d בְּ⁠הַ֣ר 1 An area of land with natural elevations, smaller than mountains.
740 21:11 kwe7 מִגְרָשֶׁ֖⁠הָ 1 An area covered with grass or plants suitable for the grazing of livestock or cattle.
741 21:12 aj9s שְׂדֵ֥ה הָ⁠עִ֖יר 1 Areas of open land, usually, planted with crops, belonging to and surrounding the city.
742 21:12 uz84 חֲצֵרֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 Small communities, usually smaller than a town.
743 21:13 p1nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לִבְנָ֖ה 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
744 21:14 q8gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַתִּר֙ & אֶשְׁתְּמֹ֖עַ 1 These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
745 21:15 cb4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חֹלֹן֙ & דְּבִ֖ר 1 These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
746 21:16 bx8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עַ֣יִן & יֻטָּה֙ 1 These are all names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
747 21:17 e8r4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה בִנְיָמִ֔ן 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Benjamin gave Gibeon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
748 21:17 fd6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־גֶּ֖בַע 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
749 21:18 sk7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־עֲנָתוֹת֙ & עַלְמ֖וֹן 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
750 21:19 ha9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עָרִ֖ים 1 “13 cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
751 21:20 lfp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָת֙ 1 The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
752 21:20 x8eu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ עָרֵ֣י גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
753 21:20 tg75 גֽוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
754 21:21 kz7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גֶּ֖זֶר 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
755 21:22 tv2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קִבְצַ֨יִם֙ & בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
756 21:22 r4hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 This refers to the list by the total number. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
757 21:23 dw9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּ֨טֵּה־דָ֔ן 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Dan gave to the clan of Kohath Eltekeh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
758 21:23 r7qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶֽת־אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א & גִּבְּת֖וֹן 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
759 21:24 g45w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־אַיָּלוֹן֙ & אֶת־גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
760 21:24 g4ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 This refers to the number of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
761 21:25 e6cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִית֙ מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh gave to the clan of Kohath Taanach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
762 21:25 yn8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙ & גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
763 21:26 hn9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָ֖ת 1 The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
764 21:27 knk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־גּוֹלָ֤ן & אֶֽת־בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
765 21:27 bmc9 הָ⁠רֹצֵ֔חַ 1 This refers to a death resulting from an action not intended to harm a person.
766 21:27 a1zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים שְׁתָּֽיִם 1 number of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
767 21:28 r9hc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־קִשְׁי֖וֹן & אֶת־דָּֽבְרַ֖ת 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
768 21:29 u8z9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־יַרְמוּת֙ & עֵ֥ין גַּנִּ֖ים 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
769 21:30 rbf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠מַּטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֔ר אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They received from the tribe of Asher Mishal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
770 21:30 px1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל & אֶת־עַבְדּ֖וֹ 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
771 21:31 ziw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־חֶלְקָת֙ & רְחֹ֖ב 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
772 21:32 h2j8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַמֹּ֥ת דֹּאר֙ & קַרְתָּ֖ן 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
773 21:33 c7dt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עִ֖יר 1 “13 cities in total” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
774 21:34 yuv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי־מְרָרִי֮ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֣ם הַ⁠נּוֹתָרִים֒ מֵ⁠אֵת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֔ן אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: The rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—received from the tribe of Zebulun Jokneam” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
775 21:34 ws8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מְרָרִי֮ 1 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
776 21:34 ng32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם & אֶת־קַרְתָּ֖ה 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
777 21:35 ek4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־דִּמְנָה֙ & אֶֽת־נַהֲלָ֖ל 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
778 21:36 dh5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־בֶּ֖צֶר & וְ⁠אֶת־יַ֖הְצָ⁠ה 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
779 21:37 jbp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע 1 This refers to the total number of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
780 21:37 e538 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־קְדֵמוֹת֙ & מֵיפָ֖עַת 1 names of cities (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
781 21:38 r7m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־רָמֹ֥ת & מַחֲנַ֖יִם 1 These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
782 21:39 a2l1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת־חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙ & אֶת־יַעְזֵ֖ר 1 These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
783 21:40 x17x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה 1 “12 cities in total” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
784 21:40 q83e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִי֙ גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received these twelve cities by the casting of lots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
785 21:40 at28 גּוֹרָלָ֔⁠ם 1 A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md).
786 21:41 g7z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כֹּ֚ל עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Levites received their cities from the middle of the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
787 21:41 z9gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers עָרִ֛ים אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנֶ֖ה 1 “48 cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
788 21:43 q5na נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 1 “he gave an oath”
789 21:44 t1a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
790 21:44 lg6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
791 21:45 u1ik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
792 22:intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument\n\nThe tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.
793 22:1 ic3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִ֖י 1 people of the tribe of Reuben (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
794 22:1 w3xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֑י 1 people of the tribe of Gad (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
795 22:2 x8l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְ⁠קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
796 22:3 a89l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes לֹֽא־עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “You have remained with your brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
797 22:5 zh9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠לֶ֧כֶת בְּ⁠כָל־דְּרָכָ֛י⁠ו 1 A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if he were walking on Yahweh’s ways or roads. Alternate translation: “to obey everything he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
798 22:5 r5dh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶֽם 1 The terms “heart” and “soul” are here used together to refer to the entire person. Alternate translation: “with all you think and feel” or “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
799 22:7 k89d הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 This was a short name for the Jordan River.
800 22:8 w4re וּ⁠בְ⁠בַרְזֶ֛ל 1 a strong, hard, magnetic metal
801 22:8 k79c שְׁלַל 1 The winning army would take everything of value from the people they conquered.
802 22:9 cmc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “the commandment that Yahweh told Moses to give to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
803 22:10 iy3p הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 This was a short name for the Jordan River.
804 22:11 ww1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אֶל־מוּל֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 The Israelite tribes who lived across the Jordan River would enter Canaan at the place where they built the altar. This place is spoken of as if it was the “front” or “entrance” to Canaan where the other tribes lived. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the land of Canaan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
805 22:11 yqa5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גְּלִילוֹת֙ 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
806 22:12 v3q5 לַ⁠צָּבָֽא 1 a state of armed conflict between two nations or people groups
807 22:13 t232 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֥ר 1 name of man (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
808 22:16 sy2y כֹּ֣ה אָמְר֞וּ כֹּ֣ל׀ עֲדַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה 1 All the people of Israel are spoken of together in the singular as if they were one person. Alternate translation: “All the other Israelites are asking”
809 22:17 lcv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠מְעַט־לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן פְּע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 This question emphasizes how serious their previous sin was. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We had already sinned terribly at Peor!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
810 22:17 b18v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פְּע֔וֹר 1 This is name of a place. Translate the same way as in [Joshua 13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
811 22:17 ie2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we are still dealing with the guilt of that sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
812 22:20 kyw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עָכָ֣ן & זֶ֗רַח 1 names of men (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
813 22:20 v3qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּ⁠חֵ֔רֶם 1 These questions are used to remind the people of the punishment for past sins. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “Achan son of Zerah sinned by taking things that had been reserved for God. And because of that God punished all the people of Israel!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
814 22:22 x5pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אִם־בְּ⁠מֶ֤רֶד וְ⁠אִם־בְּ⁠מַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אַל־תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar in rebellion or breach of faith. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
815 22:23 sku4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo לִ⁠בְנ֥וֹת לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָ⁠שׁ֖וּב מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְ⁠אִם־לְ⁠הַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜י⁠ו עוֹלָ֣ה וּ⁠מִנְחָ֗ה וְ⁠אִם־לַ⁠עֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ 1 The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
816 22:24 cei9 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
817 22:24 xpn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠בָנֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
818 22:24 qr6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה־לָּ⁠כֶ֕ם וְ⁠לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The three tribes use this rhetorical question to emphasize the situation they are trying to avoid. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have nothing to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
819 22:25 qfc4 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh continue their answer.
820 22:25 w2sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וּ⁠גְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּ⁠בְנֵי־גָד֙ אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
821 22:25 w3az אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 This is a short name for the Jordan River.
822 22:25 iy97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
823 22:26 ueg6 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer.
824 22:27 m97u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֵ֨ד ה֜וּא בֵּינֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify to the rights of the three tribes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
825 22:27 gs6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠לֹא־יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵי⁠כֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְ⁠בָנֵ֔י⁠נוּ אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
826 22:27 n3i9 אֵין־לָ⁠כֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק 1 “no portion” or “no inheritance”
827 22:28 bf3h General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now finish their answer.
828 22:28 kuu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי־יֹאמְר֥וּ אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶל־דֹּרֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ מָחָ֑ר וְ⁠אָמַ֡רְנוּ רְא֣וּ אֶת־תַּבְנִית֩ מִזְבַּ֨ח יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשׂ֣וּ אֲבוֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ לֹ֤א לְ⁠עוֹלָה֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א לְ⁠זֶ֔בַח כִּי־עֵ֣ד ה֔וּא בֵּינֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 The three tribes are describing their potential answer to an accusation that might or might not be made at a future time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
829 22:29 b4w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִילָ⁠ה֩ לָּ֨⁠נוּ מִמֶּ֜⁠נּוּ לִ⁠מְרֹ֣ד 1 The unlikely chance that they would rebel is spoken of as if it is something that is a great distance away from them. Alternate translation: “We would certainly not rebel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
830 22:29 i8y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠שׁ֤וּב הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 To stop following Yahweh is spoken of as if they were turning away from him. Alternate translation: “stop following him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
831 22:30 ysf8 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֞ע & אֶת־הַ֨⁠דְּבָרִ֔ים 1 “heard the message”
832 22:30 i3xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Here “in their eyes” means “in their opinion.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
833 22:31 ab6h לֹֽא־מְעַלְתֶּ֥ם בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּ֣עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “broken your promise to him”
834 22:31 w1fn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠יַּ֥ד יְהוָֽה 1 Here “the hand of Yahweh” refers to his punishment. Protecting the people is spoken of as rescuing them from his hand. Alternate translation: “you have kept Yahweh from punishing us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
835 22:33 pn48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
836 22:33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “destroy everything in the land”
837 22:34 xf56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
838 23:intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)\n\n“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
839 23:2 vyz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
840 23:4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 This is a short name for the Jordan River.
841 23:4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
842 23:6 w84i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י סוּר־מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יָמִ֥ין וּ⁠שְׂמֹֽאול 1 Disobeying the commands of the law of Moses is spoken of as turning to the right or to the left away from a path. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
843 23:7 mc72 לְ⁠בִלְתִּי־בוֹא֙ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 Possible meanings are 1) having close friendship with them or 2) intermarrying with them.
844 23:7 vkw6 תַזְכִּ֨ירוּ֙ 1 to speak of
845 23:7 wbj7 אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֤ם 1 This refers to the gods of the remaining nations.
846 23:8 k6my rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor בַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם תִּדְבָּ֑קוּ 1 “hold tightly to Yahweh.” Believing in Yahweh is spoken of as if they were holding tightly onto him. Alternate translation: “continue to believe in Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
847 23:8 q6qx עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “until the present time”
848 23:9 wf3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹא־עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Here “stand” represents holding ground in a battle. The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
849 23:10 iar1 אֶחָ֥ד 1 only one
850 23:10 lx1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אָ֑לֶף 1 “1,000” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
851 23:12 i2mf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠דְבַקְתֶּם֙ בְּ⁠יֶ֨תֶר֙ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֣ם הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 Accepting the beliefs of these nations is spoken of as holding tightly to them. Alternate translation: “accept the beliefs of the survivors of these nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
852 23:13 pdx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet לְ⁠פַ֣ח וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֗שׁ 1 The words “snare” and “trap” mean basically the same thing. Together they speak of the other nations as if they were a deadly trap that will cause trouble for Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
853 23:13 ut82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁטֵ֤ט בְּ⁠צִדֵּי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠צְנִנִ֣ים בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 These phrases speak of the troubles these nations will cause Israel as if they were as painful as whips and thorns. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
854 23:14 ba62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אָנֹכִ֤י הוֹלֵךְ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם בְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 Joshua uses a polite term to refer to his death. Alternate translation: “I am going to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
855 23:14 x3c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וִ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֣ם וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 Here the words “hearts” and “souls” have similar meanings. Together they emphasize deep personal knowledge. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
856 23:14 vtt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
857 23:16 xwa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
858 23:16 wz7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
859 24:intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Joshua’s instructions\nIn this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.
860 24:1 e4nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
861 24:1 c7pt וַ⁠יִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 “came and stood in front of” or “came before”
862 24:2 tn5x מֵֽ⁠עוֹלָ֔ם 1 “many years ago”
863 24:2 y8s6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֣ר 1 Joshua begins to quote what Yahweh had said previously. The quotation continues until the end of verse 13.
864 24:2 uke1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תֶּ֛רַח & נָח֑וֹר 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
865 24:3 h2vy General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
866 24:4 z8e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שֵׂעִיר֙ 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
867 24:4 azj7 יָרְד֥וּ 1 Egypt was lower in elevation that the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “traveled”
868 24:5 hrk4 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
869 24:5 shc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you הוֹצֵ֥אתִי אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 The word “you” is plural and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
870 24:6 uxu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you וָֽ⁠אוֹצִ֤יא אֶת־אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 The word “your” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
871 24:7 w52l General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
872 24:7 t8kg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you וַ⁠יִּצְעֲק֣וּ & בֵּינֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Yahweh continually alternates between these two phrases, which both refer to all the Israelites, past and present. The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
873 24:7 rv8q אֶת־הַ⁠יָּם֙ 1 This refers to the Sea of Reeds.
874 24:7 gqs1 בַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֖ר 1 an uninhabited area, a desert
875 24:8 jpf2 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
876 24:8 xwk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
877 24:8 ew9g הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 This is a short name for the Jordan River.
878 24:8 wu3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֨ן אוֹתָ֤⁠ם בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to conquer them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
879 24:9 wi7h General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
880 24:9 eb7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בָּלָ֤ק & צִפּוֹר֙ 1 men’s names (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
881 24:9 l9gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
882 24:10 jr3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וָ⁠אַצִּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם מִ⁠יָּדֽ 1 Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to overcome him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
883 24:11 wlg7 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua continues quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
884 24:11 b324 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you וַ⁠תַּעַבְר֣וּ 1 The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
885 24:11 jx4u אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּן֮ 1 This is a short name for the Jordan River.
886 24:12 d1wr אֶת־הַ⁠צִּרְעָ֔ה 1 A small fast flying stinging insect that lives in colonies. Here, many “hornets” are spoken of as only one.
887 24:13 qv5z General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nJoshua finishes quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people.
888 24:15 gei6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִם֩ רַ֨ע בְּֽ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֜ם 1 The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or desire. Alternate translation: “If you do not want” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
889 24:15 bff7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י 1 This represents his family that lives in his house. Alternate translation: “my family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
890 24:17 uf71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns אֹתָ֧⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת־אֲבוֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 The people speak as if they were present with their ancestors, and interchange the words “us” and “we” with “our ancestors.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
891 24:17 n1g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֑ים 1 Here “house” is an idiom that refers to the location of their slavery. Alternate translation: “place where we were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
892 24:17 v2lc הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖רְנוּ 1 “nations that we passed through”
893 24:19 in4p הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 This refers to the Israelites.
894 24:19 di8z אֵֽל־קַנּ֣וֹא ה֔וּא 1 God wants his people to worship only him.
895 24:20 l4yi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁ֨ב & וְ⁠כִלָּ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if he was a fire that would destroy them. Alternate translation: “He will destroy you as with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
896 24:21 mt8s הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 This refers to the Israelites.
897 24:23 h48g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַטּוּ֙ אֶת־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה 1 Deciding to obey Yahweh only is spoken of as turning their heart towards him. Here “heart” represents the whole person. In this case, “heart” is plural because it refers to all the Israelites as a single group. However, it may be best to translate it in the plural since “your” is plural. Alternate translation: “turn yourselves to Yahweh” or “decide to obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
898 24:24 ut8c הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 This refers to the Israelites.
899 24:24 yq9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠קוֹל֖⁠וֹ נִשְׁמָֽע 1 Here “listen” means to obey. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything he tells us to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
900 24:25 g8by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם ל֛⁠וֹ חֹ֥ק וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֖ט 1 Establishing laws is spoken of as if Joshua physically set them in place like monuments. Alternate translation: “He established decrees and laws” or “He gave them laws and decrees to obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
901 24:26 n7ac בְּ⁠סֵ֖פֶר תּוֹרַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 This appears to be a continuation of the writings of Moses.
902 24:26 ct9g וַ⁠יְקִימֶ֣⁠הָ שָּׁ֔ם 1 “placed it there”
903 24:27 u7ad הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 This refers to the Israelites.
904 24:27 mkt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הָ⁠אֶ֤בֶן הַ⁠זֹּאת֙ תִּֽהְיֶה־בָּ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה כִּֽי־הִ֣יא שָׁמְעָ֗ה אֵ֚ת כָּל־אִמְרֵ֣י 1 The stone that Joshua set up is spoken of as if it were a person who heard what was spoken and would be able to testify about what was said. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
905 24:27 h23i פֶּֽן־תְּכַחֲשׁ֖וּ⁠ן 1 “if you ever”
906 24:29 e9uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers בֶּן־מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים 1 “one hundred and ten years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
907 24:30 iyt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠תִמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח & לְ⁠הַר־גָּֽעַשׁ 1 names of places (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
908 24:31 gf2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ 1 This is an idiom that refers to Joshua’s entire life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
909 24:31 r7xz הֶאֱרִ֤יכוּ יָמִים֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ 1 “lived longer than Joshua”
910 24:32 a3ik עַצְמ֣וֹת י֠וֹסֵף & קָבְר֣וּ בִ⁠שְׁכֶם֒ 1 It may be helpful to change the order of the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel brought the bones of Joseph up out of Egypt and buried them at Shechem”
911 24:32 ve2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers בְּ⁠מֵאָ֣ה קְשִׂיטָ֑ה 1 “100 pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
912 24:33 ur16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֥ר 1 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
913 24:33 rv7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠גִבְעַת֙ 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])